B. Lea Terminologies PDF

CSC-Antipolo City Pride/What Criminologist Knows?
/2016
What Criminologist Knows?

LAW ENFORCEMENT
ADMINISTRATION
Culled by: Charlemagne James P. Ramos R.C., J.D.
POLICE ORGANIZATION AND

ADMINISTRATION
1 | P a g e LAW ENFORCEMENT ADMINISTRATION/Charlemagne James P. Ramos R.C., J.D./2016

CSC-Antipolo City Pride/What Criminologist Knows?/2016
WHAT CRIMINOLOGIST KNOWS?

POLICE ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION
DEFINITION OF TERMS
ACCORDING TO FUNCTION -organization according to the nature of the task to be

performed, it should be divided into groups so that similar and related duties maybe
assigned to each.
ACCORDING TO LEVEL OF AUTHORITY - vertical of combination of superior officers,
with each rank at a different level of authority from any, form channels through which
operation maybe directed and controlled.
ACCORDING TO THE PLACE WORK -organization according to the territorial distribution
of a platoon, accomplished by assigning police officers to beats is necessary to facilitate the
direction an control of the officers and to ensure suitable patrol service within the jurisdiction.
ACCCORDING TO TIME FRAME – organization in which police units are divided into
shifts or watches according to the time of day.
ACTIVE SERVICE OF THE UNIFORM PERSONNEL-refers to the services rendered as an
officer and non- officer, cadet, trainee, draftee in the PNP, Fire or Jail Force, on in the
municipal police prior to the integration of the PC-INP or in the AFP.
ADMINISTRATION- denotes functions that determine the basic policies, programs, and
objectives of an organization and the means ad methods to the employed to achieve them.
ADMINISTRATIVE LAW- branch of law dealing with activities of executive or
administrative agencies known sometimes as Boards, Bureaus or Commissions with power to
determine controversies or prices.
ADMINISTRATIVE METHOD- refers to the procedures for formulating rational decisions
based on collected and interpreted information’s as opposed to intuitive persuasions.
ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL- refers to those belonging to the second level manager’s
bracket such as patrol watch commanders.
AFFIDAVIT- a sworn statement in writing voluntarily made before a notary public of any other
officer authorized to administer oaths.
ANSWER- a pleading which contains the respondent’s defense.
APPEALED POLICY- his type of policy is born when problems arises at the lower level’s of
the organization and the man in charged does not know how to meet the problem.
ASSISTANT REGIONAL DIRECTOR OF JAIL MANAGEMENT PENOLOGY- refers to
the assistant heads of the department regional officers with the rank of senior superintendent.
ATTRITION BY DEMOTION IN POSITION OF RANK- any PNP uniformed personnel,
commissioned or non-commissioned officer, who is relieved and assigned to a position lower
than what is established for his or her owned grade in the PNP staffing pattern and who shall
not be assigned to a position commensurate to his or her grade within eighteen (18) months
after such demotion in position shall be retired r separated.
ATTRITION BY NON PROMOTION – any PNP uniformed personnel who has not been
promoted for a continuous period of ten (10) years shall be retired or separated.
ATTRITION BY RELIEF – a PNP uniformed personnel who have been relieved for just cause
has not been given an assignment within two (2) years after such relief shall be retired or
separated.
AUXILLAIRY SERVICE DIVISION – Police work that encompasses such specialties as
records and communication, criminalities, detention and property management.
AVIATION SECURITY UNIT – Headed by a Director with the rank of chief superintendent,
the aviation security unit, in coordination with airport authorities shall secure all the country’s
airport against offensive and terrorist acts that threaten civil aviation, exercise operational
control and supervision over all agencies involved in airport security operation, and enforce all
rules and regulations relative to air travel protection and safety.

BEACH OF INTERNAL DISCIPLINE – Any offense committed by a member of the PNP

involving an affecting discipline and order within the police organization.
BUDGETING – The forecasting in detail the results of an efficiently reorganized program of
operation based on the highest reasonable expectations of operating efficiency.
BUDGET CALENDAR – A schedule of budgeting task to be undertaken during the budget
cycle.
BUDGET CALL - A document that triggers budget preparation.
BUDGET CYCLE – It involves the following possesses: (1) Preparation - by PNP offices; (2)
Authorization - by Congress; (3) Accountability – Control Measures conduct by auditing.
BUDGET GUIDANCE – A document issued by higher authorities stipulating the national
objectives, priorities and constraints include assessment of the peace and order situation.
BUDGET YEAR – Current year and one day.
BUREAU – Refers organic unit within large department.
BUREAU OF JAIL MANAGEMENT AND PENOLOGY – Referred to as the Jail Bureau,
created initially consisting of officers and uniformed members of the Jail Management an
Penology Service as constituted under P.D. No. 765.
CARABINEROS DE SEGURIDAD PUBLICA – Carabineros de Seguridad Publica was
organized as a mounted riflemen or cavalry whose duties expanded in 1781 from a special
commission as government custodian of the tobacco monopoly to a distinct group charged with
the duties of a harbor, port, border and river police.
CHIEF CIVIL RELATIONS UNIT – Headed by a Director with the rank of chief
superintendent, the civil relation unit shall implement plans and programs that will promote
community an citizens participation.
CHIEF OF THE JAIL BUREAU – Refers to the head of the bureau of Jail Management and
Penology with the rank of director.
CHIEF PNP – The Head of the PNP with a rank of Director General who shall have the power
to direct and control tactical as well as strategic movements, deployment, placement, utilization
of the PNP or any of its units and personnel, including its equipment, facilities and other
resources.
CITY/MUNICIPAL JAIL WARDEN – Refers to head of the city or municipal stations with
the rank of senior inspector.
COMMAND COMMUNICATION – Its either oral or written orders of a superior officer to his
subordinates. It is either written or oral orders of a superior officer to subordinate. It is directly
made and compliance is immediately expected.
COMMAND/UNIT INSPECTOR – Refers to the officer in charge of the PNP Inspectorate
Service in the different Command National Support Units.
COMMANDING OFFICER – An officer who is in charge of a department, bureau, division an
area or a district.
COMMISION PROPER – Refers to the National Police Commission which is composed of the
office of the chairperson and the four regular commissioners.
COMMONWEALTH ACT NO. 408 – Otherwise known as the Article of War Act.
COMMUNICATION UNIT – Headed by a Director with the rank o Chief Superintendent
which shall be responsible for establishing effective police communication network.
COMPANY OFFICER –This group includes all junior officers in the rank of Senior inspector
and Inspector.
COMPLAINT- A written and sworn charge fill against respondents.
COMPULSORY RETIREMENT- Retirement for officer and non officer shall be upon the
attainment of age, fifty six (56). Provided that in case o any officer with the rank of chief
superintendent, director or deputy director general the commissioner may allow his retention in
the service for an un- extendible period of one year.
COMPUTER CENTER - Headed by a Director with the of Chief Superintendent. The
computer shall be responsible for the implementation and maintenance a data base system of
PNP.

CONTINENTAL THEORY- In this concept, policeman are regarded as state or servants of the
higher authorities. This theory prevails in the European countries where the governmental
organization follows the centralized pattern, e.g. Spain Italy and France. The people have no
share or little participation with the duties or connection with the police organization.
CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION DIVISION- Has been vested w2ith the responsibility which
primarily pertains to the coordination of criminal information and the investigation of crimes
not resolved by the patrol officers.
CRIMINAL LABORATORY- The central crime laboratory to be headed by a director with the
rank f chief superintendent, which provides scientific and technical investigative and support to
the PNP and other government investigative agencies.
CRIME PREVENTION – Refers to the reduction or elimination of the opportunity to commit a
crime.
CRIME PREVENTION AND COORDINATION SERVICE- Unit which shall undertake
criminological researchers and studies, formulate a national crime prevention and information
program and provide editorial direction for all criminology research and crime prevention
publication.
CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION UNIT- It is headed by a director with the rank of chief
superintendent; the criminal investigative unit shall undertake the monitoring, investigation and
prosecution of all crimes involving economic sabotage and commission by highly placed or
professional criminal syndicates and organizations.
DECISION – A written disposition of a case personally signed by the disciplinary authority
containing facts established during the hearing, the findings and conclusions, as well as the
pertinent and relevant laws and jurisprudence applicable thereon.
DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY- The process of committing and activity to another’s care.
DELINNEATION OF AUTHORITY- Lines of authority and responsibility and should be
definite, clear and so that responsibility is properly fixed and duplication avoided. In the police
service each one knows where he fits in the pattern, to whom he is responsible and who is
responsible to them
DEMOTION- A penalty or reduction of rank.
DEPLOYMENT- It shall mean the orderly and organized physical movement of elements of the
PNP within the province, city or municipality for purpose s of employment.
DIRECTION- It deals with the procedure of what is to be done, who is to do it, and when
where, and how it is to be done.
DISCIPLINARY APPELATE BOARDS – Refers to the formal administrative disciplinary
appellate machinery consisting of the National Appellate Board and Regional Appellate Board,
established by NAPOLCOM.
DISPOSITIVE PORTION- Refers to that part of decisions which declares whether the
respondent is guilty or not guilty of the charge.
DISTRICT- Refers to a geographical subdivision of a city for a patrol purposes.
DISTRICT JAIL WARDEN- Refers to the head of district offices of the BJMP with the rank of
chief inspector.
DIVISION- It is primary subdivision of a bureau.
DUE PROCESS – Refers to the right to be given opportunity to present one’s side and submit
evidence in support therefore.
EARLY RETIREMENT PROGRAM –Within three [3] years after the effectively of RA 8551,
any PNP officer or non commissioned officer may retire and be paid separation benefits
corresponding to a position w [2] ranks higher than his or her present rank subject to the
following conditions; a] that a the time he or she applies for retirement ,he or she has already
rendered at least ten[10] years of continuous government service; b] the applicant is not
scheduled for separation or retirement form the service due to the attrition system for the
separation for cause c) he or she has no pending administrative or criminal case,.(3) more years
in the service before reaching compulsory retirement age an at least a year before his or here
maximum tenure his position.

EMPLOYMENT- Refers to the utilizations of units or elements f the PNP for purpose of
promote.
EXECUTION- Deals with performance of orders followed and done with commensurate
authority to fulfill the responsibility.
EXONERATION - Is the declaration of the respondent’s innocence y the disciplinary authority
under summary proceedings.
EXTRA DEPARTMENTAL PLANS- These are plants designed to guide the organization o
the community of the to assists in accomplishing the police objectives in the field of juvenile
and delinquency prevention, traffic control , and organized crimes.
FINANCE CENTER - Headed by a director with the rank of Chief Superintendent, the finance
center shall be responsible for providing finances services to the PNP.
FIELD OFFICERS - Also known as “Senior Officer”, these categories includes Senior
Superintendent, Superintendent and Chief Inspector.
FIELD PROCEDURES - They are intended to be used in all situation s of all kinds and serves
as a guide to officers in the field on the procedures tat relate to the following. Reporting,
Dispatching, Raids, Arrests, Stopping, suspicious persons, Receiving complaints, Patrolling,
AND Conduct of investigation of crimes.
FIELD TRAINING PROGRAM - All uniformed members of the PNP shall undergo a field
Training Program for twelve ( 12) months involving actual experience and assignment in
patrol, traffic, and investigation as a requirement for permanency of their appointment.
FINANCE SERVICE- Unit which shall provide the commission with staff services and
assistance of the budgetary and financial matters includes the overseeing of the processing and
disbursements of funds pertaining to the scholarship program and surviving children or decease
and/or permanently incapacitated PNP personnel.
FUROM SHOOPING OR MULTIPLE FILING OF COMPLAINTS – Refers to the charges
or complaints regarding one single offense, filed simoutaneously with different venues.
FUNCTIONAL ORGANIZATION- This type of organization is operated wherein the
performance of certain duties, at all level is controlled and directed by a separate organizational
authority.
GENERAL OR FLAG OFFICERS - This category includes all Directors and Chief
Superintendents.
GRADING - the simplest system of performance appraisal.
GUARDIA CIVIL- organized the dual function of a soldier and a policeman whose duties
ranges from the suppression of brigandage by means of patrolling unsettled territories,
detention of petty and local insurrection, the enforcement of tax collection and was armed by
the Spanish Peninsula Troops of their work in policing towns. The establishment of the
Guardia Civil gave the Spanish colonizers a tremendous control through a centralized police
administration which enable to supreme head to determine the policies to be pursued in law
enforcement and the maintenance of peace and order.
GUARDDRILLEROS – The Rural Police during the Spanish regime in the Philippines
established in each town. The laws provided that five percent (5%) of able bodied male
inhabitants of each province were to be drafted in the police service for a three years tour of
duty.
HEADQUATER POCEDURES –Usually found on the duty manual because they pertain to the
responsibility of one person or one class of persons. Procedures that involve coordinate action
on activity of several offices shall be established separately.
HOME RULE THEORY – Law enforcers or policemen are regarded as servants of the
community, who rely for the efficiency of their functions upon the express needs of the people.
In these concepts, policemen are servants whose key duty is the preservation of public peace
and security. This is practiced in the United States and in England where the governmental
structure follows a decentralized pattern.
IAS – Headed by an Inspector General the Internal Affairs Service which conduct “ motu –
propio”, automatic investigations of the following cases: Incidents where a police personnel
discharges a firearm; Incidents where death, serious physical injury, or any violation of human
rights occurred in the conduct of police operation; Incidents where evidence was compromised,
tampered with, obliterated or lost while in custody of the police was seriously injured; and
Incidents where the established rules of engagement have been violated.
IMPOSED POLICY- This type of policy comes from the government in forms of laws,
administrative orders, rules and procedures and specifications.
IMMUNITY – Is a protection from liability in tort due to status or position.
INSPECTION, MONITORING AND INVESTIGATION SERVICE – Unit which shall
conduct continuous inspection and management audit of personnel facilities and operations at
all levels of command and shall monitor the implementation of the commissions programs and
projects relative to law enforcement of the commissions programs and projects relative to law
enforcement and monitor and investigate police anomalies, and irregularities.
INSTALLATIONS AND LOGISTICS SERVICE – Reviews the Commissions plans and
programs and formulate policies and procedures regarding acquisition, inventory, control,
distribution, maintenance and disposal of supplies and shall oversee the implementation of
programs on transportation facilities and installations and the procurement and maintenance of
supplies and equipment.
INTEGRATED ACT OF 1975 – Created the Integrated National Police.
JAIL OF BUREAU – The Bureau of the Management and Penology, created under RA 7695,
vested with the responsibility to supervise and control all city and municipal jails.
LAW – Refers to a rule of conduct or action laid down and enforced by supreme governing
authority of a community or established by custom.
LATERAL ENTRY – In general, all original appointments of commissioned officers in the
PNP shall commence with the rank of inspector, to include all those with highly technical
qualifications applying for the PNP technical services, such as dentist, optometrists, nurses,
engineers, and graduates of forensic sciences. Doctors o medicine, members of the Bar, and
chaplains shall be appointed to the rank of senior inspector in their particular technical service.
Graduates of the Philippine National Police Academy (PNPA) shall be automatically appointed
to the initial rank of inspector. Licensed criminologists may be appointed to the rank of
inspector to fill up any vacancy after promotions from the ranks are completed.
LEGAL AFFAIRS SERVICE – Provides the NAPOLCOM with efficient and effective service
as legal counsel of the Commission; draft or study contracts affecting the Commission and
submit appropriate recommendations pertaining thereto; and render legal opinions arising from
the administration and operation of the Philippine National Police and the Commission.
LINE COMMAND – Is the operating authority delegated by the commander down to the line
thru each intermediate supervisor until level o execution is reached.
LINE FUNCTION – refers to operational duties like patrol, investigation, vice control, juvenile
control and traffic task.
LINE ORGANIZATION- It divides responsibility and authority between several specialists.It
is the most common type of all police organizational structure commonly found in the rural
areas.
LOCAL EXECUTIVE - exercises operational, supervision and direction over the PNP units
assigned within respective localities.
LOCAL LOGISTICS - Headed by a Director with the rank of Chief Superintendent which shall
be responsible for the procurement, distribution and management of all the PNP including
firearms and ammunition.
MIDDLE MANAGEMENT LEVEL - Means that decisions are made that govern day-to-day
operations of the organizations.
MODERN CONCEPT- This thought of police service regards police as the first line of defense
of the criminal justice system, an organ of crime prevention. Under this concept, police
efficiency is measured by the decreasing number of crimes. It further broadens police activities
to cater to social services, and has for its mission the welfare of the individual as well as that of
the community in general.
NAPOLCOM - The National Police Commission exercises administrative control and
supervision over the P.N.P Republic Act 4864 otherwise known as the Police Act of 1966
created the NAPOLCOM. It is a collegial body within the D.I.L.G., composed of the Secretary
as its Chairman and four regular commissioners.
NARCOTIC UNITS - Headed by a director with the rank of chief superintendent , the Narcotics
units shall enforce all laws relative to the protection of the citizenry against dangerous and
other prohibited drugs and substances.
NATIONAL APPELATE BOARD - Primarily grievance machinery against erring policeman,
vested to decide cases in appeal from decisions rendered by the PNP chief and the Regional
Appellate boards.
NATIONAL COMPLAINANT- Refers to any PNP officer who is required to file and institute
charges by reas0n of their office or position.
OLD CONCEPT- Police service is give the impression of being a merely suppressive
machinery. This philosophy advocates that the yardstick of police competence is the
increasing number of arrest, throwing offenders in detention facilities rather than trying to
prevent them from committing crime.
OPERATIONAL SUPERVISION AND CONTROL- Shall mean the power to direct,
Superintendent, and over see day-today function of the police investigation of crime, crime
prevention activities , and traffic control in accordance with the rule and regulation
promulgated by the commission.
OPTIONAL RETIREMENT- Upon accumulation at least twenty (20) years of satisfactory
active service, an officer or non officer at his own request and with the approval of the
commission shall be retired from the service and entitled to receive benefits provided for by
law.
ORGANIZATION - It is the arrangement of people with common purpose and objective in a
manner to enable the performance of related tasks by individuals grouped for the purpose. This
organization can be functional, Line, line and staff, etc. depending on the objectives and
functions of the organization.
ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE - Refers to the mechanical means of the depicting, by an
arrangement of symbols, the relationships which exists between individual, groups and
function within the organization.
ORIGINATED POLICY - This type comes from the highest rank or top management and is
intended to set up guidelines in the operation of the organization.
P.D. 765 – Organized the Integrated National Police in August 8,1975 which was composed of
the Philippine Constabulary as the nucleus and the INP forces as components under the
Department of National Defense.
PERFORMANCE - Sum total of a candidate’s past activities and achievements in a certain
work.
PERSONNEL ADMINISTRATION – Personnel administration is the technique of organizing
and handling of people at work in all levels and types of management.
PERSONNEL AN ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICE- Performs personnel function for the
commission, administer the entrance and promotional examination for policemen, provides the
management system or procedure, evaluation an monitoring of the commission programs,
project and internal operation an shall conduct through research, an analysis on social and
economics conditions affecting peace an order in the city.
PLEB – People’s Law Enforcement Boards. There shall be at least one (1) PLEB for every
municipality and for each of the legislative district in the city. The PLEB shall have
jurisdiction to hear and decide citizen’s complaints or cases filed before it against erring
officers and members of the PNP. There shall be at least one (1) PLEB for every five hundred
(500) city or municipal police personnel.
POLICE ADMINISTRATION – Defined as the management of police administration which is
all about the work of police offices or the utilization of personnel to coordinate and manage
resources for the achievement of the organizational goals. It is the direction of the police
organization or a part of it, and the application of its various resources in such a way, as to
carry out its functions effectively and efficiently.

POLICE FORCE OF A MUNICIPAL CORPORATION – They refer to those that preserve

the peace, protect person an property, and obey and enforce all ordinances of the legislative
authority thereof, and all criminal laws of the state.
POLICE INTILLEGENCE UNIT – Headed by a director with the rank of chief
superintendent, the police intelligence unit shall serve as the intelligence and counter
intelligence operating unit of the PNP.
POLICE MANAGEMENT – Is the act, method or art of administering, controlling or
conducting a police unit force.
POLICE SECURITY UNIT – Headed by a director with the rank of Chief Superintendent, the
Police Security Unit shall provide security for the government officials, visiting dignitaries and
private individual authorize to be given protection.
POLICY – It may also be defined as a “general plan of action” that serves as a guide in the
operation of the organization.
POLICY FORMULATION – It involves what are to be done in the form of orders or broad
statement of action.
POTENTIAL – The overall gross worth and capability of a candidate to assume a higher
position and greater responsibility based on tangible past performance.
PRIVATE COMPLAINANT – Refers to any person, whether natural or juridical who suffered
harm, injury or disturbance through an act or omission attributable to the respondents.
PROCEDURE – Are the actual courses of action such working details methods of operation,
paper work, review, routing letters.
PROMOTION – Status change of the policeman amounting to dynamic elevation of qualified
or deserving members as opportunities occurs, to assignment or duties of greater importance.
All promotion should be based on merits and fitness.
PUBLIC POLICY- Means a set of social values, embodied in authorizations rules, which
guides the government.
R.A No.6975 - The Department og Interiors an Local Government Act. This law created the
Philppine National Police, Bureau of Jail Management and Penology, Bureau of fire
Protection and the Philippines Public Safety college under a reorganize Department of Interiors
and Local Government.
R.A. No. 4864 - Law enacted September 8, 1966 which provided the legal guideline in
undertaking at a national level reforms which contributed to the improvement of police
efficiency and performance. To implement its objectives the National Police Commission was
created.
RANKING OFFICER - The officer having the highest rank or grade.
REGULAR PROMOTION - Quota allocated promotion wherein a candidate must satisfy all
the mandatory requirements fixed for a certain grade.
REPORTING - The making of the detailed account of activities, work progress, investigations
and unusual accurences inorder to keep everyone informed.
SECTOR - Refers to functional unit necessary for specializations.
SELECTION - The choosing of available applicants who are fitted and qualified as police
officers.
SENIORITY IN RANK – Is the total period acquired in certain grade in permanent status.
SERVICE – Refers to the execution of a writ or process as used in summary proceedings.
SCREENING PROCESS – The process involves two basic functions first is the measuring of
each candidates qualifications and second is ranking the candidates relatively on the basis of
their qualifications.
SPAN CONTROL – Refers to the principle where in the ability of one man to direct, coordinate
and immediate.
SPECIALIZATION – It is the principle that results from the division of force into separate
units to perform the police tasks.
SPECIAL ACTION FORCE – Headed by a Director with the rank of Chief Superintendent,
the special action force shall function as a mobile strike force or reaction unit to augment

regional, provincial, municipal and city police forces for civil disturbance control, counter
insurgency, hostage taking, rescue operations and other special operation.
SPECIAL OPERATING PROCEDURES – Included in such guidelines are crime scene
search, preservation an investigation, dissemination of information concerning wanted persons,
organization and operation of police support units and the like.
STAFFING – The task of providing competent men to do job and selecting the right man for the
job. It involves good selection and the processing of reliable and well-trained personnel.
STAFF WORK – It is a part of managerial work that the police executive or commander assigns
to someone outside the chain of command, called staff assistant.
SUMMARY DISMISSAL POWER – Exercised by the Chief of the PNP and regional directors
who, after due notice and summary hearings, may immediately remove or dismiss any
respondent PNP member in any of the following cases: (a) When the charge is serious and the
evidence of guilt is strong; (b) When the respondent is a recidivist or has been repeatedly
charged and there are reasonable grounds to believe that he is guilty of the charges; and (c)
When the respondent is guilty of conduct unbecoming of a police officer.
SUMMARY PROCEEDINGS – Administrative proceedings conducted consistent with due
process to determine the culpability or innocence of the respondent.
SUPERIOR OFFICER – One having supervisory responsibilities, either temporarily
permanently over officers of lower rank.
SUPERVISION – Deals with the assistance and guidance given to subordinates to ensure
successful performance.
SWORN OFFICER – All personnel of the police department who possess the power of arrest
and who takes an oath of office.
TESTING – Giving a series of actual and theoretical assignment to re-enforce what has been in
the investigation phase.
TIME-IN-GRADE – Total period of time a candidate has acquired in a certain grade regardless
of his status of appointment therein.
TRAFFIC DIVISIONS – Vested with the responsibility for those organizational objectives
which primarily includes traffic regulation policy, the investigation of traffic accidents
involving personal injury and otherwise undertaking traffic related duties not performed by the
Patrol Division.
TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT UNIT – Headed by a Director with the rank of chief
Superintendent, the traffic management units were established to enforce traffic laws and
regulations.
UNIT – Refers to functional groups within a section where further specialization is needed.
UNITY OF COMMAND – Is a doctrine in police service which means that only one man is in
complete command of each situation and only one man in direct command or supervision of
each officer.
WORK DELEGATION – The act of transmitting to a person the power to act for another.
Delegation to be proper should accompany a corresponding authority, specific responsibilities
and finally accountability on the delegated job or position.
WORK SIMPLIFICATION – It is a method of finding easier ways of doing work to increase
productivity, work quality, meet work schedule, and reduce waste, lower accident rates and
reduce costs. This method is also utilized in law enforcement administrative service.
POLICE ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION (LEA 1)
THE TERM POLICE

The term POLICE derived from the word “POLITIA”, meaning condition of a state,
government, and administration. POLITIA originated from the Greek words “Politeia” which
means government, citizenship, or the entire activity of a police.
HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE POLICE (LAW ENFORCEMENT)

Historians believe that law enforcement began unnoticed. It started in the protection of
the interest of the families of the, clans tribes, and finally end up in nations or states. Law
enforcement certainly had its beginning in the last centuries of prehistory. Early man felt the
need to protect his territory that formalized methods community protection become necessary.
As early as 7,000 BC, farming communities in Jarmo and Iraq , its general protection and as well
as the enforcement of each “rules” was probably the responsibility of each individual. Many law
enforcement books termed it as SELF-POLICING METHOD.
As population increases the concept of “self-policing” proved inadequate and so
deteriorated. Apparently and mores were not being complied with; thus they become ineffectual
as a means of “SOCIAL CONTROL”. Scholars attributed to the Babylonian King Hammurabi,
of the said law were apprehended and punished. It was considered that the code of Hammurabi is
the FOUNDATION OF THE DEVELOPMENT NOT ONLY LAW BUT LAW
ENFORCEMENT.
Similar development occurred in ancient China the DYNASTY; it was established and
maintained by an organized military authority. But later on a written code was then spread all
over the world.
But the term “law enforcer” originated in ROME, during the time of the Roman empire
(from about 100 to 200 AD). The city limits are guarded by Roman soldiers carefully selected by
the commander of the city garrison under the authority of Caesar from the Roman Legion called
CENTIRIONS whose main task is to maintain internal peace and order, to arrest of law, and to
defend and protect the city of Rome. The “Centurions” were recognized as the exclusive
authority task with the peace and order in the city (they are used and regarded as both military
and paramilitary units for policing purposes.).
There are some evidence that in about 100 AD, the Romans established the first
investigative units in Western History, known as FRUMENTARII. The frumentarii had 3
principal duties, they are (1) Supervising grain distribution to Rome’s needy; (2) Oversee the
personal delivery of messages among government officials; (3) Detect crime and prosecuted
offenders. From then on, almost all nations throughout the word adopted the effective method of
maintaining internal peace and order in a given community by designating law enforcers, who
they initially called PEACE OFFICERS now commonly known as POLICE OFFICERS.
ANCIENT LAW ENFORCEMENT

The Summerians
The earliest record of ancient people’s need to standardize rules and methods of
enforcement to control human behaviour dates back to approximately 2300 B.C., when the
Summerian Rulers LIPITHSTAR and ESHUMMA set standards on what constituted an
offense against the society.
The Babylonians
The CODE OF KING HAMMURABI (2100 B.C) – during the time of Babylonian
King Hammurabi, he established rules for his Kingdom that disegnated not only offenses but
punishment as well. The principle of the code was that “The strong shall not injure the wake”.
Hammurabi originated the legal principle of LEX TALIONIS – the eye for an eye, tooth for a
tooth doctrine.
Ancient Egypt
The early Egyptians established laws and courts and a rudimentary rule of law. The first
accounts of a developing court system originated in Egypt in approximately 1500 B.C. The court
system presided by judges who were appointed by the pharaoh. They later organized marine
patrols and customhouses to protect commerce.
Ancient Greece
The Greeks gad an impressive of law enforcement called the EPHORI. Each year at
Sparta, a body of Ephors was elected and given almost unlimited powers as investigator, judge,
jury and executioner. These five men also presided over the Senate adn Assembly, assuring that
their rules and decrees were followed.
From the Greek philosopher PLATO, who lived from 427 to 347 B.C, was the idea that
punishment should serve the purpose rather than simple retaliation.
Ancient Rome
The Romans had a highly developed system of administering justice. The 12 Tabulae (12
tables) were the first written laws of the Roman Empire. It deals with legal procedures, property
ownership, building codes, marriage customs and punishment for crimes. At the reign of
Emperor Augustus, he created the Praetorian Guard, which consisted of about 7000 men/
soldiers to protect the palace and the City of Rome, together with the Urban Cohorts to patrol
the city. He also created the so-called Vigiles who were assigned as fire fighters and eventually
given law enforcement responsibilities. As the first civilian police force the VIGILES sometimes
kept the peace very ruthlessly, hence the word vigilantes.
Another important event was the time of Justinian I, ruler of the Eastern Roman Empire
(A.D 527 to 265) who collected all Roman Laws and put it into his Justinian Code – they
became known as the Corpus Juris Civillis which means Body of Law.
The Early Policing Systems
The policing system is divided into different systems namely:

 The Anglo-Saxon Period
The Anglo-Saxons were influential in developing the early police forces. The Following
are the features of this period:
1. Tun Policing System – Tun is the forerunner of the word “Town”. Under this system all
male residents are required to guard the town and to preserve the peace and order, to protect
life and property from harm or disturbance.
2. Hue and Cry – a system of apprehending a criminal whereby a complainant goes to the
middle of the street and shouts to call all males to assemble. The victim reports his
complaint to the assembly and gives the whereabouts of the perpetrator. All male residents
would then proceed to locate and apprehend the culprit. When apprehended, trial is
conducted giving the culprit a chance to defend himself.
3. The Royal Judge – a person who conducts criminal investigation and gives punishment.
Punishment usually fits the crime committed.
4. Trial by Ordeal – a system of determining guilt and innocence in the ancient times which
was based on painful test of skills. It is usually accompanied by harsh punishment. For
instance, suspects were required to place their hands in boiling oil or water. When not hurt,
suspect should be acquitted, when hurt, it indicates guilt and the suspect placed under
punishment.
 The Normal Period of Policing (1066-1285)
1. Shire-Rieve System – England at the time of William Norman, divided England into 55
military districts known as the Shire-Rieve. Shire was the district, Rieve was the ruler who
makes laws, pass judgment and impose punishment. He was assisted by a Constable
(forerunner of the word constabulary).
2. The Travelling Judge – one responsible in passing judgment which was taken from the
shire-Rieve in view of some abuses by the Rieves.
3. Leges Henri – the Law of King Henrie I. During this period:
a. Offenses were classified as against the king and individual
b. Police men were considered public officials.
c. Police and citizens have the broad power to arrest.
d. A grand jury was created to inquire on the facts of the law.
4. The Magna-Carta – laws were enacted upon the demand of the Knights of the Round
Table and forced the king to sign the same. Examples of the principles of law includes the
following:
a. No free men shall be taken or imprisoned, disposed or outlawed except by legal

judgment of his peers.
b. No person should be tried for murder unless there is proof the body of the victim.
c. Beginning of the national and local government as well as legislation.
 The Westminster Period of Policing (1285-1500)

1. The Statute of 1295 – this law prescribed the closing of the gates of London at
sundown. Start of curfew systems.
2. Justice of the Peace – this was a position which gives a person the power to arrest,
pursue and impose imprisonment.
3. The Start Chamber Court – a special court which try offenses against the state.
 Modern Policing System

This period came to the limelight when a bill creating the Scotland Yard was
passed by the parliament of England. It was sponsored and expanded by Sir Robert Peel who
was made to be the first head of the police organization. He was referred as The Father of
Modern Policing due to his contributions in the modernization of the police force.
The following are principles were considered in organizing and administering the
Scotland Yard known as the Peel’s Principles:
1. Stable and effective police force should be under government control.
2. Absence of crime is the best proof of efficiency.
3. Fast distribution of news to the people is essential.
4. Proper distribution of personnel according to shift and by hour.
5. The best qualification of peace officers is control of temper.
6. Proper selection and training is the basis of efficiency.
7. Police cannot function properly without wholehearted support of the people.
8. Every police must sell himself to the people.
9. Police officers must go out of their way to help or assist the people.
POLICE DEVELOPMENT IN ANGLO-EUROPEAN SOCIETY

After the Roman empire crumbled, the continent was an array of fragmented people
attempting to maintain some sort of identity. The leadership of Rome gone and small nations
began to form. The desire of most was additional territory, wealth and power, which resulted to
conflict, war and death and misery. Many families migrated in various directions. England
prospered during that time, groups formed in a small settlement called TUNS. For protection, the
principle of “HUE AND CRY” was originated. These concept required able-bodied man to help
in the chase and apprehension of law breakers. Failure to take part could force payment of
restitution or punishment. This method of maintaining peace & order prevailed until the 17th
Century.
THE PRANKPLEDGE SYSTEM

This was the progenitor of the TITHING SYSTEM that required every freeman above
twelve years to belong a group of ten families (a tithing) for the purpose of maintaining the peace
and harmony of the community. The head was the chief TITIHINGMAN, elected from the ten
families. This maintains peace and harmony; apprehend and punish offenders by establish
customs and laws. The tithing was called a hundred headed by REEVE. Several hundred formed
a SHIRE headed by SHIRE-REEVE (where the word SHERIFF was derived). But later on, the
system becomes inadequate due to the increased of population.
EARLY FOUNDATIONS OF ANGLO-AMERICAN POLICE

With the conquest of England, the pendulum swung away from community responsibility
for maintaining peace, as it was established towards the concept of “State Responsibility”.
During his period comes the STABULI (constable) into being. His duties were actually to assist
the SHIRE REEVE in his duties and to maintain the weapons of the shire.
King Edward 1 made an authentic attempt to establish a bonafide POLICE

ORGANIZATION. The Statute of Winchester enacted in 1285 replaced the pledge system with a
domestic security called WATCH and WARD. The origin of the word police can be traced to
either the Greek word POLIS meaning cit/, or the Roman word POLITES, meaning CITIZEN.
The GENESIS of POLICE CONTROL AND CRIME PREVENTION through curfews, physical
security, & vice control lies with EDUARD 1.
Many forms of peacekeeping initiatives had been introduced based on the different
principles and adaption. The Night Watch system, the justice of the peace, the court of the star
chamber, Merchant Police, Parochial Police, Military Police (after civil war between South and
north America), and the Bow Street Runner are some of the system of policing that evolved in
the development of POLICE SERVICE.
BEGINNING OF THE MODERN POLICING SYSTEM

As early as 1636, Boston started to adopt a Night Watch system followed by Philadelphia
in 1700, Philadelphia in 1833 established the first day time paid police. Five years later, Boston
followed. Crime problems and subsequent police remedies instituted by said states were very
much the same as those in England. In 1829, Sir Robert Peel, introduced an act in Parliament that
establishes the Metropolitan Police of London. This police force served as a mode/for later
American Police forces Colonial Americans adopted the English offices of sheriff and constables.
In United States, areas outside the cities were likewise becoming more populated, and the
needs for protection service were apparent. Thus the state governments were pressed for a
remedy. The TEXAS RANGERS were establishing in 1835 in response to this need which later
becomes a law enforcement arm. On 1865, Massachusetts and Connecticut organized varieties of
state law enforcement. In 1905, Pennsylvania established a force that becomes a model of later
state police organizations.
But prior to this, the United State Marshal was the first law enforcement officer in the
Federal Government, created by Judiciary Act of September 14, 1789. In 186 also, legislation
was passed to create the secret service within the treasury Department to handle counterfeiting
currency violations, but after the assassination of President McKinley in 1901, the secret service
was assigned informally to protect the President of the United States. With the passing of time
other Federal law enforcement evolved. The forerunner of the FBI was organized in 1908, and
considered a product of reorganization in 1924 under the directorship of J. Edgar Hoover. Later,
other enforcement bodies in the federal government was created, like the drug Enforcement
Administration, Internal Revenue service, and Border Patrol to name a few.
THE EPITOME OF POLICE SERVICE IN THE PHILIPPINES

Police functions originated from human society of family life to the most developed trend
of family group like states and nations. In the Philippines, negrito tribes,tagbanuas and other
clans their own family rules and regulations which are to be following by every member
composing the clans. Like the head of any nation, their desire is to have a peaceful community in
order for them to live harmoniously. That system or method of preserving harmony among the
individuals of the group is the basis of creating our present police system, not only here in the
Philippines but in all civilized nations in the world.
PRE-SPANISH PERIOD
Date back to the early 15th century, rulers in the Philippines were called Sultan,
Gat, Datu, Rajah or Hare. They have their own way of protecting lives and properties of their
own people; they were not united, although their police functions and organization differ in
many forms from our present system, YET THEIR PRIMARY PURPOSE ARE THE SAME.
SPANISH ERA
During the Spanish Regime, peace and order in a pueblo or community is maintain by
the Cuadrillos, Carabineros, and Guadia Civil; There were times they were called Cuepo de
Vigilancia; when abolished become Civil Veterana. But they are known more as Spanish
Guardia Civil. Thereafter the Spaniards decide to recruit the services of selected Indios who
trained as local GUARDIA CIVIL.
EARLY AND POST AMERICAN ERA (Including Japanese Occupation)

When the Americans took over from the Spaniards, American Scouts controlled the
peace and order in every town and city within the island of the Philippines. Later, on they
recruited and trained groups of Filipinos to maintain peace and order in a given community. On
January 9, 1991, the Manila Police Department was organized with Col. Matthew Harmon
(1901-1903) as its first Chief of Police (Comprehensive Criminal Investigation Procedure by
Peña and saldi,1998). Though some criminology books read that on July 31, 1901, act No. 183
was passed creating the Metropolitan Police District, where Capt. George Eastman Currey was
appointed as its first chief (PCCP Series of handouts; Notes on Police Patrol). It’s quite
confusing to note the different personalities involve in the history of Philippine policing. But as
far as Capt. George Eastman Currey is concerned, he was then the adjustant of the Philippine
Constabulary when it was created on August 8, 1901 and Capt. Henry T. Allen of US Regular
Army was its chief by virtue of Act No.175 The Philippine Constabulary (INSULAR POLICE)
was organized that served as the TERRITORIAL FORCE for maintenance of peace and order.
After the Japanese occupation and after the Philippines obtained its independence from
American, the Philippine Constabulary was created by operation of law as one of its service of
the Armed Forces of the Philippines. Its main task is to maintain the internal peace and security
of the nation. Since then the Philippine Constabulary, consisting of the proud and elite graduates
of the Philippine Military Academy assumed the responsibility to oversee the internal peace and
order of all regions, provinces, cities and municipalities nationwide with implied police authority,
over and above the local police justified by the prevailing regional lawlessness created by the
dissidents critical to the government such as the hukbalahaps amongst other. Local police at this
time is separate from the Philippine Constabulary. Their genesis was based on Section 2275,
Book III, titleJX of the Revised Administrative Code of the Philippines approved on March
20,1917, which provide for the creation of Code of the Philippine in any city or municipality thru
the approval of the governor if a town is infested with (a) outlaws; (b) lawbreakers; (c)
suspicious looking personalities. No services of Military are allowed for this purpose, and the
nature of service is voluntary. No proper compensation was giver to the police volunteer
appointed by the mayor that’s why the Congress passed Republic Act 541 to improve the police
service and administration. This law is known as the Police Pension Law, but later said law was
proved to be defective that contributed more problems and conflict in the policing system. On
September 18, 1966, Republic Act 4864 better known as the Police Act of 1966 was passed and
approved by Congress with the end in view of professionalizing the police service which serves
as the code of all local police departments in the country, some of its pertinent provisions reads:
“Sec. 2. Purpose- it is hereby declared to be the policy and purpose of this act to achieve
and attain a high degree of efficiency with the end in view that peace and order may be
maintained more effectively and the laws enforced with more impartiality. It is also the object of
this Act to place the local police service on a Professional level”.
One of the most significant provisions of RA 4864 is Section & which specifically define
the duties of peace officers expressly provides that:
“Sec. 7. Duties of Peace Officers- All members of the police agency shall be PEACE
OFFICERS. It shall be their duty to preserve peace and order; prevent the commission of crimes;
protect life, liberty and property; and arrest all violators of law and ordinances within their
jurisdiction. They shall exercise the general power to make arrest, searches and seizures IN
ACCORDANCE WITH LAW. They shall detain an arrested person only within the period
prescribed by law.
MARTIAL LAW ERA

By virtue of the provisions, the local police agencies were expressly granted the authority
in law as PEACE OFFICERS so lawfully exercise general police powers limited within their

respective jurisdiction. On September 21, 1972, PROCLAMATION 1081 was declared and
MARTIAL LAW was imposed throughout the country.
Consequently, military officers from the Philippines Constabulary were designated as
Officers-In-Charge of the respective police department of the different cities and municipalities
and took CONTROL of the SUPERVISION, ADMINISTRATION and OPERATION thereof.
Those were the days were a young first lieutenant of the Philippine Constabulary requires a
PEACE OFFICER with a higher rank including the Chief of Police to SALUTE TO HIM.
Subsequently, several Presidential Decree were issued amending and modifying RA No.
4864 to suit the needs of those who are close to the Palace. On the 21st day of March 1974,
Presidential Decree No.421 was issued modifying and/ repealing certain pertinent provisions of
the Revised Administrative Code, further amending RA No. 4864 the provisions of city charter
of manila, Quizon, Caloocan, and Pasay, as well as all existing laws, rules and regulations
governing the police force in the country.
By express mandate of PD 421, the Metropolitan Police Force (MPF) was formed and
created whose officers and men are regular members of the Philippine Constabulary. The four
cities and thirteen municipalities comprising Greater Manila Are (GMA) were place under the
exclusive military and authority of the MPF.
The real plan however was to utilize Greater Manila Aria as an experimental ground into
one Integrated National Police. It would seem that the military authorities were then anticipation
that officers and men of the different local police agencies may possibly band together and rebel
against the dictatorship. To thwart the possibility, it was decided to integrate them under the
direct control supervision of the Philippine Constabulary.
On the 13th day of June 1974, PD No. 482 was issued, the principal purpose of which
(“purportedly”) is to bolster the entire police agencies in the country (2nd, 3rd, and 4th paragraphs,
PD No. 482). As distinguished from PD 421, PD 482 specifically lodged to the Philippine
Constabulary THE POWERS OF DIRECT CONTROL DIRECTION & SUPERVISION over
the provincial integrated police forces (1st sentence, Sec. 4, Supra.). Several President Decrees
were subsequently issued complementing, modifying and/amending other existing PDs.
THE PRESIDENTIAL DECREE 765

On the 8th day of August 1975, Presidential Decree No. 765 was issued establishing and
constituting the Integrated Police (INP). Section 1 of the aforesaid PD provides:
“Section 1. – Constitution of the Integrated National Police – There is hereby established and
constituted the Integrated National Police which shall be composed of the Philippine
Constabulary at the NUCLEUS and the Integrated (National) Police Forces established under the
Department of National Defense
The word composed as provided in that provision of law makes the Philippine
Constabulary a cohesive part of the INP. It became the central point of authority, even as it
remained as one of the major services of the Armed Forces of the Philippines (Section 5, PD
765).
The issuance of PD 765 somehow finds constitutional sanction under Section 9, Article
XIV of the 1935 constitution which expressly provides:
“Section 9 – the government shall organize and maintain as national police force to preserve the
public order and enforce the law.
Observe the language of the law. “The Constitutional duty of the INP under the 1935
Constitution is merely to preserve public order and enforce the law. To DEDEND AND
PROTECT the people were NOT included thereto as distinguished from the 1987 Constitution.
The 1987 CONSTITUTION AND THE PNP LAW

After the dictatorship was overthrown by the EDSA revolution, Congress of the
Philippines acknowledged and recognized that unless the police be released from military
influence and indoctrination, the constitutional provision that “CIVILIAN AUTHORITY IS,
AT ALL TIMES SUPREME OVER THE MILITARY” (Section 2, Article II, 1987
Constitution) will be nothing but an empty piece of legislation.
Thus, on December 13, 1990, the President of the Republic signed into law Republic Act
6975 creating the Philippine National Police (PNP). Incidental thereto, dissolving the Philippine
Constabulary whose officers and rank and file were given the privilege either to join the AFP or
the PNP within the period as provided therein. The Act was known as “An act Establishing the
Philippine National Police under a Reorganized Department of Interior and Local Government
and for other Purposes”, which became effective on January 1, 1991.
On February 17, 1998, Republic Act 8551 entitled “The PNP Reform and Reorganization
Act of 1998” was enacted to amend certain provisions of RA 6975. Under this Act, the PNP shall
be strengthened and shall evolve into a highly efficient and competent police force, that is
community and service oriented and fully accountable in the performance of its functions.
CONCEPTS OF ORGANIZATION
Definition
An organization is a system of coordinating activities of a group of people working in a
concerted manner towards a common goal under authority and leadership.
It is a system of coordinated activities means that all organizations are composed of parts
and relationships. The parts of the organizations are the activities or functions being performed
and they are organized when they assumed certain logical relationships.
TITLES OF ORGANIZATIONAL UNITS

Functional Units: functional divisions of the department are described in the following
terms:
1. Bureau- the largest organic unit within a large department. Each bureau is comprised of
a number of divisions.
2. Division- a primary subdivision of a bureau of the chief. A division has a department-
wide function either for general police service or for specialized activity.
3. Section- functional units within a division
4. Unit- when further specialization is needed, the section can be divided further into units.
Territorial Units- territorial divisions of the department are described as follows:

1. Post- a fixed point or location to which an officer is assigned for duty, such as an
intersection or crosswalk for traffic duty; a spot or location for general duty, observation
and surveillance or for the apprehension of a wanted person or about to commit a crime;
or the designated desk or office.
2. Route- a length of street or streets, designated for patrol purposes. A route is most
frequently used for assignment of traffic officers or assignment for foot patrol officers.
3. Beat- an area, in contrast to a route, assigned for patrol purposes, whether foot or
motorized. It is also sometimes used for the assignment of motorized traffic officers
instead of a route.
4. Sector- an area containing two or more beats, routes or posts. The squad of officers
assigned to a sector is headed by a sergeant.
5. District- a geographical subdivision of the city for patrol purposes usually with its own
station. A district is usually headed by a captain.
6. Area- a section or territorial division of a large city each comprised of a designated
districts headed by an area commander.
OUR PRIMAL CONDITIONS OF ORGANIZATION

Organizations provide unity of action to realize a common purpose but before my
unity of action is possible, four primal conditions must exist:
1. Authority. This is the supreme source of government for any particular organization. It is
the right exercise to decide and command by virtue of rank and position.
2. Mutual Cooperation/ Coordination/ consultation. An organization exist because it
serves a purpose. This purpose is viewed by society as beneficial to it. This becomes the

social legitimacy for the organization to perform its functions is the society. It constitutes
recognition by an agreement with the public on the rationality of its existence.
3. Doctrine. The defined the organization’s objectives. It also provides the very source of
various actions which are performed to assure organizational coordination. Hence,
policies, procedures, rules and regulation or organizations are based on statements of
doctrine.
4. Discipline. In any organization, discipline is necessary to promote coordination.
Understood as comprising behavioral regulations, it is impose either by command of self
restraint to insure supportive behavior from people composing the organization. In other
words, discipline is derived negatively from voluntary personal commitment to
organizational objectives.
What is organization?
An organization is a social group which distributes tasks for a collective goal. It is the
collection of organs of scientific methods and artifacts of the al mamater The word is derived
from the Greek word organon, itself derived from the better-known word ergon which means
"organ" - a compartment for a particular task.
An organization is defined by the elements that are part of it (who belongs to the
organization and who does not?), its communication (which elements communicate and how do
they communicate?), its autonomy (which changes are executed autonomously by the
organization or its elements?), and its rules of action compared to outside events (what causes an
organization to act as a collective actor?).
Organization also is a form of human association for the attainment of goals and
objective. It is the process of identifying and grouping the work to be performed, defining and
delegating responsibility and authority establishing relationships for the purpose of enabling
people work effectively.
Goals –are broad statements of general and long term organizational purposes often used
to define the role of each member of the organization.
Objectives – are specific short term statements consistent with an organization’s goal.
Elements of the Organization

1. Specialization – is the assignment of particular workers to particular tasks.
2. Hierarchy of Authority – the department must have a person or persons with authority to
direct the actions of workers and ensure compliance with standards in order to achieve
the department’s goals.
3. Span of Control – is the maximum number of subordinates at a given position that
superior can supervise effectively.
4. Delegation of Authority – is the conferring of an amount of authority by a superior
position onto a lower-level position.
5. Unity of Command – traditional theories of organization insisted that each employee
should have only one supervisor or “boss”, and considered this principle of unity of
command the backbone of any organizational structure.
6. Formal Communication – Basically, communication is the process of sharing
understanding and information on common subjects.
PRINCIPLES OF POLICE ORGANIZATION

The primal foundation stated above is broad enough to apply to any organizations
regardless of structural design and forms. However, certain principles of organization
constituting prescription of techniques find particular participation in the rational structuring of
organization
1. Principle of Unity of Objective – an organization structure is effective if it enables
individuals to contribute to the organization/unit objectives.

2. Principle of Organizational Efficiency – An organization structure is effective if it is

structured to aid the accomplishment of the organization’s objectives with a minimum of
unsought consequences or costs.
3. The Scalar Principles – prescribes the vertical hierarchy of organizations. It defines an
unbroken chain or scale units from top to bottom describing explicitly the flow of authority.
This principle demands the following conditions to achieve effective coorfination.
o Unity of Command- it clearly hierarchical system a subordinate is accountable to one
and only one immediate superior of. This is indispensable to achieve effective
coordination. Any violation to this principle undermines authority, jeopardizes
discipline, disturbs order and threatens stability in the organization.
o Span of Control- This relates to the number of subordinates a superior can effectively
supervise. There is no determinate mathematical ratio in superior subordinates’
relationships. A satisfactory span of control is instead determine for four factors
combined situationally:
 Managerial ability of superior
 Effectiveness of organizational communication system
 Effectiveness of management control exercise over operations
 Organizational philosophy on centralization versus decentralization of authority
and functions.
o Delegation of Authority – The process is accomplished through the delegation of
authority. Scalar process refers to the growth of chain of command resulting in the
creation of additional levels in the organizational structure. Span of control necessitates
delegation of authority.
4. Functional Principle. It prescribes the horizontal growth of the organization. The growth
referred to here is applicable to the line as well as to the emergence of staff function in
organizations. The dynamic foundation of the functional process is called the division of
labor. It simply means the braking up of work into work units to achieve specialization. As
organization grows, the job must be divided so that it won’t become so inclusive to an
extent that it could hardly be performed. Such division must be division must be defined to
identify clear areas of specialization. The reason for the division of work is to improve the
operational performance of the organization.
5. Line and Staff Principle. Organizations must provide an orderly arrangement of functions
so that objectives can be accomplished effectively. The line and staff principle provides two
basic structures in organization- the line structure and staff structure. This implies a system
of varied function arranged into a workable pattern. Line organizations refer to the direct
accomplishment of objectives. The staff on the other hand, refers to the organizations who is
an advisory or facilitative capacity. Those having relatively unlimited authority over those
to whom orders are given are considered line officials while those having authority
restricted to their functional are called staff officials.
6. Directorial Staff Principle. It prescribes the direction authority of the directorate in the
national and regional headquarters levels and other equivalent units.
7. Principle of Balance. In very structure there is a need for balance. The application of
principles or techniques must be balanced to ensure the overall effectiveness of the structure
in meeting organization objectives.
8. Principle of Delegation by Results Expected. Authority delegated to all individual
managers should be adequate to ensure their ability to accomplish results expected.
9. Principle of Absoluteness of Responsibility. The responsibility of subordinates to their
superior for performance is absolute, and superiors cannot escape responsibility for the
organization activities of their subordinates.
10. Principle of Parity of Authority and Responsibility. The responsibility for actions cannot
be greater than the implied by the authority delegated, nor should it be less.
11. Authority-Level Principle. maintenance of intended delegation requires that decisions
within the authority of individual commander should be made by them and not be referred
upward in the organizational structure.
12. Principle of Flexibility. The more provisions are made for building flexibility in an
organizational structure, the more adequately an organizations structure can fulfill its
purpose.
13. Principle of Leadership Facilitation. The more an organizational structure and its
delegation of authority enable leaders/commanders to design and maintain an environment
for performance the more they will help the leadership abilities of those
leaders/commanders.
Other Principles in Police Organizations

1. Grouping of Similar Task. Tasks, similar or related in purpose, process, method, or
clientele, should be grouped together in one or more units under the control of one person.
Whenever practicable, every function of the police force shall be assigned to a unit.
a. According to Function
The force should be organized primarily according to the nature of the basis to be
performed. It should be divided into groups so that similar and related duties may be
assigned to each.
b. According to Time Frame
The elements are divided into many shifts or watches according to the time of the
day. This is the most elementary form of police organization. Any large functional unit
can also be organized according to time if demand exists.
c. According to Place of Work
A territorial distribution of a platoon, accomplished by assigning patrolman on
beats, is necessary to facilitate the direction and control of the officers and to ensure
suitable patrol service at every point within the jurisdiction.
d. According to Level of Authority
A police department is always divided according to the level of authority.
2. Specialization Based on Need
Specialized units should be created only when overall departmental capability is
thus significantly increase.
Specialization is a principle of organization which is the result of the division of
the force into separate units.
Organizational Structure Defined

It is the form of structure that determines the hierarchy and the reporting structure in the
organization. It is also called organizational chart. It is also a mechanical means of depicting, by
an arrangement of symbols, the relationships that exist between individuals, groups, and
functional relationships between groups and individuals clearly defined to ensure accountability
and compliance.
Different Types of Organizational Structure

An organizational structure is an institution with strategies, policies, commonly shared
values and a specific set of activities working together toward a single objective. Organizations
adopt various organizational models that best match their agendas.
1. Line Organizational Structure
o Line organizational structures are informal environments where decision-makers
interact directly with their staff, and decisions are implemented quickly.
2. Functional Organizational Structures
o Functional organizational structures are concerned with matching a propensity for a
skill set with a functional department; for example, placing employees displaying
excellent interpersonal skills in a customer service department.

3. Bureaucratic Organizational Structures

o Bureaucratic organizational structures are mature and formal structures where
decision-making is implemented from the top-down. Bureaucratic structures involve a
complex hierarchical system divided into departments and divisions which are critical
to efficiently carrying out a set of complex tasks to achieve a main objective.
4. Network Organizational Structures
o Network structures are concerned with outsourcing jobs, tasks and/or activities to
outside entities to better achieve their goals; reduce operating costs; take advantages of
price discrepancies in the marketplace; export liability; and harness volunteer-based
talent.
5. Matrix Organizational Structures
o Matrix organizational structures are a combination of functional and line
organizational structures. Matrix structures are the most complex of all the structures,
and are resilient to change. Matrix organizational structures engineer groups with
specific talents and services, using both line and functional departments to best
accomplish particular tasks.
BROAD BASES OF ORGANIZATIONS

The PNP observes several broad bases in organizing units of the commands.
Organizations composing the command are not organized out of vacuum but always with bases.
In most cases two or more of these bases are equally applied as could be expected in actual
situations.
The following are the Broad Bases of Organizations:

1. Area basis
2. Function basis
3. Clientele basis
1. Work process basis
2. Contingency basis
The nature of the missions, functions and responsibilities assigned to a command

organization determine which basis should apply in its creation. The boundaries of these bases
when applied are blurred. In any case, however, the more dominant reason should be considered.
Organization on Area Basis

Organization according to plan is defined as the grouping of subordinate units or
elements under a commanders who is made responsible by higher authority for some continuing
operations within a specified geographic area.
The following are reasons for organizing an Area Basis
1. To provide centralized direction among units within the area;
2. To provide a medium or coordination between higher levels of the command and the
command organization itself in the area;
3. To establish specific responsibility of the commander;
4. To maximize coverage of the overall command, thus enabling it to accomplish its missions
and functions more effectively; and
5. To serve as an integrated force for all units within the area.
Organization on Function Basis

Organization according to function is defined as the grouping together of subordinate
units or elements under a commander who is charged with specific functions without respect to
any geographic area.
The following are reasons for Organizing on Functions Basis
1. To obtain expeditious performance of a given task or solution to a given problem without
restriction to a given geographic area;
2. To achieved concerted actions toward the accomplishments of objectives by avoiding

overlapping or duplications of functions;
3. To fix responsibility to a specific functional area; and
4.To effect proper coordination for specialized logistics support required for particular
operations.
In some instances, organizations are created on the bases of both area and function
depending on the nature of missions and responsibilities confronting the commander.
Organization on Clientele Basis

Under special circumstances, organizations may be established to serve a particular sector
of the client public. Such organizations are created on a clientele basis usually without respect to
geographical area or to functions for which they have been specifically dedicated. Normally,
these organizations are also created with respect to work process to effect satisfactory service to
public demands
The following are reasons for Organizing Clientele Basis:
1. To concentrate on a specific service required by client;
2. To fix responsibility of commander;
3. To make the organization more wieldy to its assigned task.
Organization on the Basis of Work Processes

Organization on the basis of work processes means the grouping together of subordinate
units or elements primarily trained to practice a given or related jobs.
The following are reasons for Organizing on the basis of Work Processes:
1. To maximize utilization of up-to-date skill derived from training;
2. To obtain more effective coordination as result of homogenous training and skills; and
3. To make the organization more wieldy to its assigned task.
Organization on the Basis of Contingency

Organization on the Basis of Contingency means the creation of a contingent small unit
in a short term period comprising the organic elements tactically organized to address a specific
situation or phenomenon occurring in the area of responsibility.
The following are reasons for Organizing on the Basis of Contingency:
1. To maximize utilization of existing elements whose expertise or technical knowledge are
needed and applicable;
2. To obtain facts and immediate solution of the existing problem by which the units was
tactically organized; and
3. To support generally the organization of various basis as mentioned above.
APPLICATIONS OF PRINCIPLES
Fundamental consideration in Command Organization
The primary concerns in organizing command organization are:
1. Determination of specific activities that are necessary to accomplish the pre-determined
objectives; and
2. Grouping and assigning the activities to specific positions and people.
A sound command organization should provide for:
1. Centralized direction;
2. Decentralized execution; and
3. A common doctrine
The CHAIN OF COMMAND

A unit director exercises his authority and responsibility through a “chain of command”.
A chain of command is consists of different levels as follows:
1. Top Echelon
2. Middle Echelon

3. Lower Echelon
Top Echelon- the topmost level where the overall responsibility and authority whereby
subordinate commands and units are placed. The command group composed of the CPNP, DCA
DCO and the TCDS constitute the top echelon of the PNP.
Middle Echelon- the next lower echelon constitutes such subordinate command units
apportioned by the commander in order to accomplish his tasks. The national support units,
regional, provincial, city, district police officers composed the middle echelon. Echelon is further
categorized below:
a. Top Middle Echelon - NSUs/Regional Offices
b. Intermediary Middle Echelon - Provincial/City Police Offices
c. LOWER Middle Echelon - Provincial/City District Offices
Lower Echelon- the lower echelon is comprised of the subordinate units further
apportioned by subordinate commanders, such as the city and municipal police stations.
ORGANIZATIONAL TERMINOLOGY
To fully understand an organization and its structure and components or parts, the
following terminologies are defined:
. Chief Superintendent (Chief of Police)
. Senior Superintendent (Deputy Chief)
. Superintendent (Division Chief)
. Chief Inspector (Assistant Division Chief)
. Senior Inspector (Section Chief)
. Inspector (Unit Chief)
. Senior Police Officer (Shift in Charge)
. Police Officer (Patrol Officer/Detective)
THE PNP MISSION VISION AND FUNCTIONS

The PNP vision statement defines a desired future state to which all the resources of the
police organization and directed. In such vision, the important elements are:
a. The presence of professional, dynamic, motivated PNP personnel;
b. The presence of resources;
c. A collaborative partnership with stakeholders from the community; and
d. The presence of a responsive empowered and engaged citizenry who proactively take
part in the fight against criminality to ensure a stable and peaceful community.
On the other hand, the Mission statement of the PNP defines its mandate which are
enforce the law, to prevent and control crimes, to maintain peace and order, and ensure public
safety and internal security with the active support of the community.
In the accomplishment of this mission, and as mandated by Republic Acts 6975, the PNP
is vested with the following powers and functions:
1. Enforces all laws and ordinances relative to the protection of lives & properties;
2. Maintain peace & order & takes all necessary steps to ensure public safety;
3. Investigates and prevents crimes, effects the arrest of criminal offenders, bring offenders to
justice and assist in their prosecution;
4. Exercises the general powers to make arrest, search and seizure in accordance with the
Constitution and pertinent laws;
5. Detains and arrested person for a period not beyond what is prescribed by law, informing
the person so detained of all his rights under the Constitution;
6. Issues licenses for the possession of firearms and explosives in accordance with law;
7. Supervises and controls the training and operation of security agencies and issue licenses to
operate security agencies, and to security guards and private detectives for the practice of
their possessions; and

8. Additionally, the PNP has also absorbed all the functions of the Philippine Air Force
Security Command ( PAFSECOM), as well as the functions of the Philippine Coast
Guard.
PNP VISION
The PNP vision statement defines as desired future state to which all the resources of the
organization are directed. It states that
“The men and women of the PNP are committed to the vision of a professional, dynamic and
highly motivated PNP working in a partnership with a responsive community towards the
attainment of a safe place to live, invest and do business”.
In such vision, the important elements are: a) the presence of professional, dynamic and
motivated PNP personnel; b) the presence of a police organization that nurtures and develops
that the potential of its human resources; c) collaborator partnership with the community; and, d)
the presence of a responsive, empowered and engaged citizenry who proactively take part in the
fight against criminality to ensure a stable and peaceful community.
On the other hand, the mission statement of the PNP defines its mandated which are
“To enforce the law, to prevent and control crimes, to maintain peace and order, and
insure public safety and internal security with the active support of the community”.
THE PNP ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

The PNP Command Group is composed of the Chief PNP whose hands is vested the
command and direction of the PNP.
He has (2) Deputies, one for Administration and one for Operations. The Chief of the
Directorial Staff acts as the chief operating officer of the PNP. He coordinates, supervises and
directs the Directorial Staff and all PNP units and offices in the performance of their respective
functions. The Internal Affairs Service (IAS) assists the Chief PNP in ensuring the operational
readiness of the command and investigates infractions of the regulations committed by members
of the PNP.
The directorial Staff consists of ten (10) Directorates namely:

1. The Directorate for Personnel and Records Management (DPRM)
2. Directorate for Intelligence (DI)
3. Directorate for Operations (DO)
4. Directorate for Logistics (DL)
5. Directorate for Plans (DPL)
6. Directorate for Comptrollership (DC)
7. Directorate for Police-Community Relations (DPCR)
8. Directorate for Investigation and Detective Management (DIDM)
9. Directorate for Human Resource and Doctrine Development (DHRDD)
10. Directorate for Research and Development
There are twenty (20) National Support Units; nine (9) of which are ADMINISTRATIVE
and eleven (11) are OPERATIONAL.
THE Administrative Support Units are the following:

2. Logistics Supports Service (LSS)
3. Computer Service (CS)
4. Finance Service (FS)
5. Health Service (HS)
6. Communication Service (COMMO SVC)
7. Chaplain Service ( CHS)
8. Legal Service (LS)

9. Headquarters Support Service (HSS)

10. Engineering Service (ES)
The Operational Support Units are the following:

1. The Maritime group (MG) performs all police functions over Philippine Territorial waters
and rivers;
2. Intelligence Group (IG) serves as the intelligence and counterintelligence operating unit of
PNP;
3. Police Security and Protection Office (PSPO) provides security to government officials,
visiting dignitaries and private individuals authorized to be given protection;
4. Criminal Investigation and Detection Group (CIDG) undertakes the monitoring,
investigation and prosecution of all crimes involving economic sabotage, & other crimes of
such magnitude and extent as to indicate their commission by highly placed of professional
criminal syndicates & organizations;
5. Special Action Force (SAF) function as a mobile strike force or a reaction unit to augment
regional, provincial, municipal and city police forces for civil disturbance control, internal
security operations, hostage-taking rescue operations and other special police operations;
6. Narcotic Group (NG) enforces all laws relative to the protection of the citizenry against
dangerous and other prohibited drugs and substances;
7. Aviation Security Group (ASG) is responsible for the security of all airports throughout the
country;
8. Traffic Management Group (TMG) enforces traffic laws and regulations;
9. Police Community Relations Group (PCRG) implements the plans and programs that
promote community and citizen participation in the maintenance of peace and order;
10. Civil Security Group (CSG) regulates business operations and activities of all organized
private detectives, watchmen, security guards/agencies and company guard forces, it also
supervises the licensing and registration of firearms and explosives; and
11. The Crime Laboratory (CRIMELAB) provides scientific and technical investigations
support to the PNP and other government investigative agencies.
PNP RANK STRUCTURE
(PNP Rank – Police Commissioned Officers) PCO

Police Director General
Police Deputy Director General
Police Director
Police Chief Superintendent
Police Senior Superintendent
Police Superintendent
Police chief Inspector
Police Senior Inspector
Police Inspector
PNP RANK Non-commissioned Officers (PNCO)

SENIOR Police Officer IV
Senior Police Officer III
Senior Police Officer II
Senior Police Officer I
Police Officer III
Police Officer II
Police Officer I
THE PNP PROGRAM THRUST

Based on the assessment on the emerging peace and order situation, the PNP National
headquarters deems it appropriate that for the year 2001 and onwards, the time, efforts, and
resources of the PNP should be devoted on the following program thrust:
1. Crime Prevention and Control thru Community Oriented Policing System – it is the policy
of the PNP to be community and service oriented agency; and the strategy of community
oriented agency; and the strategy of community oriented policing, is the fulfillment of this
policy. It is an active partnership between community and the police to provide lasting and
permanent solutions to the peace and order problems in local scene.
2. Effective Law Enforcement – the need to reprioritize our efforts in law enforcement is a
must. Such re-channeling of priority should emphasize our limits and need to give
importance to the more pressing problems affecting the community. To this end, the
following police campaigns were given more focus and attention over and above other law
enforcement duties:
a. Anti-illegal drug Campaigns
b. Anti-terrorism Campaign
c. Anti-Kidnapping/Anti-Robbery Campaign
d. Oplan Paglalansag
e. Anti-Illegal Gambling Campaign
3. LOI Patnubay – this is the PNP campaign to raise the moral values of its members and at the
same time rid the police organizations with misfits and scalawags. The PNP recognizes that
LOI Patnubay should also give emphasis on the reward system in order to recognize PNP
personnel who have effectively and efficiently performed their assigned duties and
responsibilities.
4. Support to the Internal Security Operations (ISO) – the National Leadership has put up a
strong stand against insurgency and rebellion without totally abandoning the peace process.
The PNP supports the Armed Forces of the Philippines (AFP) in internal security operations
relative to the suppression of insurgency and other serious threats to national security.
5. Gender Awareness and Development (GAD) – GAD examines the social, cultural, political
and economic realities in the society and how they assign different roles, responsibilities,
and expectations to both men and women.
6. Upliftment of the Living Standards of PNP Uniformed Personnel and Retirees- the PNP
shall continue the implementation of the Housing Program in close coordination with PAG-
IBIG. The PNP will also provide quality health care service thru the establishment of a
Medical Plaza, which was envisioned to benefit all the PNP personnel. Not to be left out,
PNP retirees will receive better retirement benefits with the implementation of the recently
launched program “Project Kalinga”.
7. The National and Local Election – with the recently held national and local elections, the
PNP had been in the forefront in ensuring the maintenance of peace and order. In this
connection, the PNP strictly implemented COMELEC rules and regulations relative to the
gun ban policy.
LINKAGES WITH OTHER LAW ENFORCEMENT ORGANIZATIONS

Domestically, PNP are linked with the other law enforcement agencies thru the National
Law Enforcement Coordinating Committee (NALECC). This body convenes regularly to foster
cooperation and coordination among all law enforcement agencies in the country. PNP are also
linked to the International law enforcement community thru the INTERPOL. The PNP
designated as the INTERPOL national Central Bureau here in the Philippines and the Chief PNP
is the Chairman.
REPUBLIC ACT NUMBER 8551

The PNP Reform and Reorganization Act of 1998
Important Features of the Law
What is RA 8551?

Republic Act 8551 is known as the PNP Reform and Reorganization Act of 1998.
Under this law, what is the declaration of Policy and Principles?

It is the policy of the State to establish a highly efficient and competent police force,
which is national in scope and civilian in character and controlled by a national police omission.
The Philippine National Police (PNP) shall be a community and service oriented agency
responsible for the maintenance of peace and order and public safety.
The PNP shall be so organized to ensure accountability and uprightness in police exercise
of discretion as well as to achieve efficiency and effectiveness of its members and units in the
performance of their functions. (Section 1, RA 8551-IRR)
What is the Role of the PNP in counter-insurgency Functions?

The DILG shall be relieved of the primary responsibility on matters involving the
suppression of insurgency and others serious threats to national security. The PNP shall, through
information gathering and performance of its ordinary police functions, support the Armed
Forces of the Philippines (AFP) on matters involving suppression of insurgency, except in cases
where the President shall call on the PNP to support the AFP in combat operations.
In times of national emergency, the PNP, the BFP, and the BJMP shall, upon the
direction of the President, assist the armed forces in meeting the national emergency pursuant to
the provision of Section 3 of RA 8551.
The complementary relationship between the DILG and DND on matters involving the
suppression of insurgency and other serious threats to national security and in times of national
emergency, shall be jointly prescribed by their Secretaries in a Memorandum of agreement that
shall thereafter be published and implemented. (Section 2, RA 8551 – IRR)
What are the General Guidelines governing the relationship of the AFP with the PNP?
The relationship between the AFP and the PNP on matters involving the suppression of
insurgency and other serious threats to national security shall be governed by the following
general guidelines:
1. The AFP in the exercise of its primary responsibility on matters involving the
suppression of insurgency and other serious threats to national security, shall operate
through the area commands.
2. The PNP shall enforce laws and ordinances and perform statutory functions.
3. The AFP shall be primary responsible for the integrated territorial defense system, while
the PNP shall provide assistance to the AFP in insurgency-affected areas;
4. The AFP and the PNP shall maintain close coordination between their respective
missions and functions; and
5. The AFP operating units shall initially conduct tactical interrogation of an arrested,
captured or surrendered insurgent, after which the latter shall be turned over to the
concerned PNP unit in the area within the prescribed reglementary period, together with
the affidavit of arrest, medical certificate and all evidence related thereto, for further
dispositive action. The PNP shall provide assistance to the AFP in the arrest of suspected
insurgents with standing warrants of arrest. The PNP may continue launching intelligence
projects and case operations targeting ranking leaders of local insurgent movements.
(Section 3, RA 8551 – IRR)
The PNP also serves as the backbone of several law enforcement arms of the Government
created by virtue of an Executive Order, like the NDLEPCC and the PCTC.
What is the Organization and Composition of the NAPOLCOM?

The National Police Commission, the agency created under Section 13 of RA No. 6975,
as amended by Section 4 of RA No. 8551, for the purpose of effectively discharging the
functions prescribed in the Constitution and provided in the aforementioned Acts. The
Commission is attached to the DILG for policy and program coordination.

It is composed of a Chairperson, four (4) regular Commissioners, and the Chief of the
PNP as ex-officio member. Three (3) of the regular Commissioners shall come from the civilian
sector who are neither active nor former members of the police or military, one (1) of whom
shall be designated as Vice Chairperson by the President. The fourth regular Commissioner shall
come from the law enforcement sector either active or retired: Provided, That an active member
of a law enforcement agency shall be considered resigned from said agency once appointed to
the Commission”, Provided, further, That at least one (1) of the Commissioners shall be a
woman. The Secretary of the DILG is the ex-officio Chairperson of the Commission, while the
Vice Chairperson is the Executive Officer of the Commission. (Section 5, RA 8551 – IRR)
SIGNIFICANT POWERS OF NAPOLCOM UNDER R.A No. 8551

1. Formulation and submission to congress of a reorganization plan of the PNP not later
than 31 December 1998 (Section 13).
2. Revision of the standards of uniformed personnel of the PNP which should be clearly
distinct from the military and reflective of its civilian character (Sec. 5, par. 8).
3. Monitor and investigate police anomalies and irregularities (Sec. 53).
4. Give entrance and promotional examinations (Sec. 20 par. 4)
5. Summary dismissal power (jointly with chief PNP & PNP regional directors (Sec. 53)
6. Grant waived of age, height and weight requirements (Sec. 15, par. 6).
7. Design and establish qualification upgrading program for PNP within 90 days from
affectivity (Sec. 23).
8. Approval of the PNP attrition system within on (1) year from effectively (Sec. 24)
9. Formulate guidelines for the maximization of the regional provincial and effective
utilization of PNP personnel (Sec. 5, par. 10).
10. Prescribe training and carrier courses for PNP regional, provincial, and chiefs of
city/municipal police stations.
11. Establish a system of promotions based on merit for the uniformed & non uniformed
personnel of the PNP within six (6) months from effectivity (Sec. 31).
12. Certify claims for permanent disability (Sec. 35).
13. Validate the basis of spot promotions (Sec. 33).
14. Rationalize the PNP retirement and separation benefit schedule within one (1) year from
effectivity (sec. 38).
15. Promulgate implementing rules and regulations on penalties to be imposed by PLEB (sec.
52)
16. National and Regional Appellate jurisdictions of PLEBs, PNP regional heads (sec.54)
17. Monitor the performance of the local chief executives as deputies of the commissions.
18. Inspect and assess the compliance of the PNP of the established criteria for man power
allocation, distribution and deployment and their impact to community and the crime
situations (sec. 5, par. 10)
EVOLUTION AND RECONFIGURATION OF NAPOLCOM POWERS

I. UNDER REPULIC ACT 4864, OTHERWISE KNOWN AS THE POLICE ACT OF 1966
AND UNDER OTHER LAWS BEFORE RA 6975
a. Power to investigate, decide, and review administrative cases;
b. To conduct inspection, investigation and intelligence activities;
c. Attest and disapprove appointments (promotions);
d. Conduct police examinations (Entrance and promotional);
e. Summary disciplinary powers;
f. Adjudicate death and disability benefits claims;
g. Grant of waiver of qualification requirements;
h. Preventive suspension powers;
i. Investigate and prosecute cases involving police anomalies/irregularities ( administrative
and criminal)
j. Conduct intelligence, surveillance and undercover jobs;

II. UNDER REPUBLIC ACT 6975 NAPOLCOM LOST THE FOLLOWING VITAL
POWERS:
a. To investigate and conduct intelligence activities;
b. Powers of hearing officers, and adjudication boards to investigate and decide police
administrative cases;
c. Power to waive qualification requirements;
d. Summary dismissal powers;
e. To conduct examinations (shared with Civil Service Commission)
f. Power to attest appointment/promotions
g. To prosecute, search and arrest
What are the Qualifications of the Commission Members?

No person shall be appointed regular member of the Commission unless:
a. He or she is a citizen of the Philippines;

b. A member of the Philippine bar with at least five (5) years experience in handling, criminal
or human rights cases or a holder of a master’s degree preferably a doctorate degree in public
administration, sociology, criminology, criminal justice, law enforcement, and other related
disciplines, specially National Security Administration and Public Safety Administration; and
c. The regular member coming from the law enforcement sector should have practical
experience in law enforcement work for at least five (5) years while the three (3) other
regular Commissioners must have done extensive research work or projects on law
enforcement, criminology or criminal justice or must have been members of a duly registered
non government organization involved in the promotion of peace and order. (Section 8, RA
8551 – IRR)
What is the Term of Office of the NAPOLCOM Commissioners?

The four (4) regular and full-time Commissioners shall be appointed by the President for
a term of six (6) years without reappointment or extension. (Section 8, RA 8551 – IRR)
What happens in case of temporary or permanent incapacity of the chairperson?

In case of absence due to the temporary incapacity of the chairperson, the Vice
Chairperson shall serve as acting Chairperson until the Chairperson shall be present or shall have
regained capacity to serve. In case of death or permanent incapacity of disqualification of the
Chairperson, the Acting Chairperson shall act as such until a new Chairperson shall have been
appointed by the president and shall have qualified. (Section 9, RA 8551 – IRR)
What is the Organization Structure of the NAPOLCOM?

The Commission consists of the following units:
a. Commission Proper – this is composed of the offices of the Chairperson, four (4) regular
Commissioner and one ex-officio Commissioner.
b. Staff Services – the staff service of the commission are as follows:
1. The Planning and Research Service
2. The Legal Affairs Service
3. The Crime Prevention and Coordination Service
4. The Personnel and Administrative Service
5. The Inspection, Monitoring and Investigation Service
6. The Installation and Logistics Service
7. The Financial Service
c. Regional Offices – The regional Offices in Region 1 to 13, the National Capital region
(NCR), the Cordillera Administrative Region (CAR), and the Autonomous Region in

Muslim Mindanao (ARMM) implement the policies and programs of the Commission in
their respective regions. The regional offices investigate, adjudicate and pay PNP death and
permanent disability benefit claims and grant scholarship benefits subject to standards set
by the Commission.
They provide legal consultancy services, including legal assistance and advice to the People’s
Law Enforcement Boards (PLEBs) in hearing and deciding cases against members of the
PNP. Likewise, they perform such powers and functions as may be delegated by the
Commission.
d. Disciplinary Appellate Board – the formal administrative disciplinary appellate machinery
of the Commission for PNP Members consists of the National Appellate Board (NAB) and
the Regional Appellate Boards (RABs).
The NAB decides cases on appeal from decisions rendered by the Chief of the PNP where the
penalty imposed is demotion in rank, forced resignation or dismissal from the service.
The RABs decide appeals in the following cases:

1. Decisions of the PLEBs where the penalty imposed is demotion in rank and forced
resignation or dismissal from the service.
2. Decisions of the PNP Regional directors or their equivalent supervisors where the penalty
imposed is demotion in rank, forced resignation or dismissal from the service; and
3. Decisions of the city or municipal mayors in cases filling within their respective
jurisdictions, regardless of penalties imposed.
The Boards also decide appeals from decisions of Regional Directors of the Commission in
claims for police benefits. (Section 10, RA 8551 – IRR)
COMPARATIVE PRESENTATION OF
NAPOLCOM POWERS
RA REPUBLIC REPUBLIC
4864/OTHER ACT 6975 ACT 8551
Features Features Features
Has Investigative Restored
investigative Power Investigation
powers Abolished Power
Hearing Abolished Status Quo
officer
Summary Abolished Restored
Dismissal
Waiver Abolished Restored
Authority
Attestation Partial Status Quo
Power Attestation to
CSC
Oversight Power of Exercise
Power Admin. Admin.
Control Control &
operational
Supervision
Power of the Power of the Local
Local Local Government
Executive Executives are
Original are Automatically
Derivatives Deputized
(Deputies of
the
NAPOLCOM
)
ATTRITION SYSTEM UNDER RA 8551

(PNP Reform and Reorganization Act of 1998)
ATTRITION SYSTEM- A reduction of personnel. Downsizing of personnel strength (Sec. 24)

(CODES OF ATTRITION ARDNO)
Attrition by Attainment of Maximum Tenure in Position
Attrition by Relief
Attrition by Demotion in Position or Rank
Attrition by Non- promotion
Attrition by Other Means
NOTE: NO ATTRITION SYSTEM IS PROVIDED IN RA 6975 (The DILG Act of 1990).

Only the following mode is provided:
- By Compulsory Retirement (Sec. 39, RA 6975)
- By Optional Retirement (Sec. 40, RA 6975)
NOTE: Under RA 8551, a person who is dismissed from the service due to attrition shall be
RETIRED if she or he has rendered 20 YEARS OF SERVICE and SEPARATED if he or she
has rendered LSS THAN 20 YEARS (Sec. 30)
ATTRITION BY Attainment of Maximum Tenure in Position (Section 25, RA 8551)

POSITION MAXIMUM TENURE
Chief 4 years
Deputy Chief 4 years
Director of Staff Services 4 years
Regional Directors 6 years
Provincial/City Directors 9 years
ATTRTION BY Relief (Section 26, RA 8551)

A PNP uniformed personnel who has been relieved for just cause & has not been given
assignment within 2 years after such relief shall be SEPARATED OR RETIRED.
ATTRITION BY Demotion in Position or Rank (Section 27, RA 8551)

A PNP personnel who is relieved and assigned to a position lower than what is
established for his or her grade and who shall not be assigned to a position commensurate
to his or her grade within 18 months after such demotion shall be SEPARATED OR
RETIRED.
ATTRTION BY Non-promotion (Section 28, RA 8551)

Any PNP personnel who have not been promoted for a continuous period of 10 years
shall be SEPARATED OR RETIRED.
ATTRITION BY Other Means (Section 29, RA 8551)

Any PNP member or officer with at least 5 years of accumulated service shall be
SEPARATED based on any of the following:
- Inefficiency based on poor performance during the last two (2) years successive annual
rating periods
- Inefficiency based on poor performance for three (3) cumulative annual periods
- Physical and/or mental incapacity to perform police functions and duties, or
- Failure to pass the required entrance examination twice and/or (failure) finish the required
career course except for justifiable reasons.
GROUNDS FOR SUMMARY DISMISSAL

. Serious Offence (the evidence of guilt is strong)
. Recidivism (respondent has been repeatedly charged)
- Serious Offence (involving Conduct Unbecoming of a Police Officer (Sec. 53, RA 8551
amending Sec. 42 of RA 6975)
. PNP Personnel on AWOL for continuous 30 days shall be DISMISSED (Section 53, RA 8551)
DISCIPLINARY APPELLATE BOARD

National Appellate Board/Regional Appellate Board
INTERNAL AFFAIRS SERVICE

Powers and Functions of the Internal Affairs Service (IAS)
The Internal Affairs Service (IAS) shall be constituted as a personal staff arm of the
Chief PNP for the purpose of performing the following functions:
1. Pro-actively conduct inspections and audits of PNP personnel and units;
2. Investigate complaints and gather evidence in support of an open investigations;
3. Conduct summary hearings on PNP members facing administrative charges;
Submit periodic reports on the assessment, analysis and evaluation of the character and
behavior of the PNP personnel and units to the Chief, PNP and the NAPOLCOM;
File appropriate criminal cases against PNP members before the court as evidence warrants
and assist in the prosecution of cases; and
Provide assistance to the office of Ombudsman in cases involving the personnel of the PNP.
The Internal Service (IAS) shall also conduct, motu propio, automatic investigation of the
following cases:
- Incidents where a police personnel discharges a firearms;
- Incident where death, serious physical injury, or violation of human rights occurred in the
conduct of a police operation;
- Incidents where evidence was compromised, tampered with, obliterated, or lost while in the
custody of police personnel;
- Incidents where a suspect in the custody of the police was seriously injured; and
- Incidents where the established rules of engagements have been violated.
The IAS shall likewise conduct, upon direction of the Chief PNP, background necks, on PNP
members being considered for promotion or assignment to any key position.
Delineation of the Inspection and Audit Authority of the IAS and NAPOLCOM
The IAS shall conduct inspection and audit of PNP personnel and units for the purpose of
determining the state of behavioral discipline of personnel and operational preparedness of PNP
units. The Inspection, Monitoring, and Investigation Service (IMIS) of the NAPOLCOM, on the
other hand shall focus on determining the state of effectiveness of all levels and units of the PNP
organization and the degree of compliance with established policies and standards of the police
service as promulgated by the commission.
Delineation of the Investigative Powers of the IAS in Relation to the Jurisdiction of the PNP
Disciplinary Authorities
The IAS shall conduct pre-charge investigation of raw informal complaints against PNP
members for the purpose of determining if enough evidence exists to warrant the filing of a
formal complaint against subject. Any of the PNP Disciplinary Authorities mentioned in Section
41 and 42 of RA 6975 may delegate to the IAS the conduct of summary hearing or reception of
testimonial and documentary evidence against PNP members facing administrative charges,
subject to final disposition thereof by such Disciplinary Authorities.

The existing jurisdiction, of the PNP Disciplinary Authorities over administrative

offenses committed by PNP members under Section 41 and 42 of RA 6975 remains unaffected
and operative.
Organization of IAS
National, Regional, and provincial offices of the Internal Affairs Service shall be
established. The IAS shall be headed by a non-uniformed official with the position title Inspector
General who shall be assisted by a Deputy Inspector General with a rank Police Chief
Superintendent.
The regional offices shall be headed by a Director with a rank of Police Senior
Superintendent, while the provincial offices shall be headed by a Superintendent with a rank of
Police Superintendent.
Qualification Standards for IAS

Appointments and assignments to various positions in the IAS shall be based on rigid
Qualifications Standards to be promulgated by the NAPOLCOM. The following are the
maximum qualification required for assignment to various positions in the IAS.
- Must be at least a college degree holder;
- Must have at least five(5) years experience in law enforcement; and
- Must have hove no derogatory record
ADDENDUM:
CLASSIFICATION OF POLICE OFFICERS:
1. Components Cities:
a. Type “A” for cities with population ranging from 100,000 and above
b. Type “B” for cities with population ranging from 75,000 to less than 100,000.
c. Type “C” for cities with less than 75,000 population
2. Municipalities
a. Type “A” for those with population ranging from 75,000 or more
b. Type “B” for those with population ranging from 30,000 to 75,000.
c. Type “C” for those with population of less than 30,000
REFERENCES:
BOOKS
 Rommel K. Manwong and Gilbert C. San Diego (2006), Dynamics of Law Enforcement
and Public Safety Administration (1st Edition, Quezon City, Philippines: Wiseman’s
Book Trading, Inc.
 Rommel K. Manwong and Darlito Bernard G. Delizo(2010), Law Enforcement
Administartion, Quezon City, Philippines: Wiseman’s Books Trading, Inc.
 JUAN L. AGAS & RICARDO M. GUEVARA (2008), Criminology Glossary, Quezon
City, Philippines, Wiseman’s Books Trading Inc.
Special Laws
 RA 6975 : “The DILG Act of 1990”

 RA 8551 : “The PNP Reform and Reorganization Act of 1998”


LAW ENFORCEMENT
ADMINISTRATION
INDUSTRIAL SECURITY
MANAGEMENT


INDUSTRIAL SECURITY MANAGEMENT
DEFINITION OF TERMS
ACCESS LIST – An authenticated list of personnel given to security allowing entry to a

compound or installation natural or manmade.
ADVANCE PARTY – Refers to a group of protective personnel tasked to conduct surveys and
inspection on the area of visit, performs coordination and make the required arrangement of
visit of a VIP to a particular area.
AGENCY MANAGER – Is automatically the chief security director who shall be responsible
for the entire operation and administration\ management of the security agency. He shall be
directly responsible to the agency operator \ owner\ Board of Directors.
ALERTNESS – A desirable quality of a security guard is it determines his effectiveness; it must
be therefore develop by everyone desiring to become security guards. Means spotting the
violators, a person, a vehicle or an incident. Little thing can mean a lot in security work and
the alert security guards can spell the difference alertness can be only attained by
watchfulness, dedication and diligence.
AMUTER SWINDLER – As contrasted to the professional’s swindlers is one who does not
swindle for a living.
ARMORED CAR SECURITY – It is the protection resulting from the application of various
methods which safeguards cash and other valuables in transit.
ASSASINATION – Refers to the treacherous killing of a protected person.
ASSETS PROTECTION PROGRAM – It is the sum-total of protect scheme encompassing the
entire security spectrum, design to eliminate, reduce or control threats hazards, risk or dangers
to company assets.
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM – Attached to the ceilings and roof and activated when
there is a sudden increase in temperature. Water is directed where it is needed.
AUXILLIARY SYSTEM – Alarm system where the circuitry is directly linked to local police
stations or fire stations and when activated it immediately notifies said personnel for prompt
response. This system is prone to false alarm and is considered unpopular. However, banks
and other vital establishments are fitted with such devices for response in cases where the
alarm is activated.
BACKGROUND INVESTIGATION – A check made on an individual usually seeking
employment through subjects records in the police files, educational institutions, place of
residence, and former employees.
BANK SECURITY – Is the protection resulting from the application of various measures which
safeguards cash and assets which is in storage in transit and during transaction.
BARRIER – Any structure of physical device capable of restricting, deterring or delaying illegal
access to an installation natural or manmade.
BARRIER MAINTAINANCE – The regular inspection of fencing barrier and protective walls
by security guard.
BUFFER ZONE – Refers to an area which separates a VIP from attack.
CASUAL PILFERER – One who steals primarily because of irresistible urge due to an
unexpected opportunity and has title chance of detection.
CENTRAL STATION SYSTEM – This type of alarm system utilizes a station located outside
the compound. When the alarm is sounded, the security immediately calls the attention of law
enforcement units and fire teams as the case may be. The alarm panel system is located
outside the facility but manned by company personnel.
CHANGE KEY – A key to a single lock within a system of locks in an installation.
CHARACTER – The sum of traits that have been impressed by nature, education and habit
upon the individual.
CLEAR ZONE – Unobstructed area it should be maintained on both sides of the perimeter
barrier.
CLOSE-IN SECURITY – Also known as personal security composed of two or three men
assigned to a VIP.

COMBINATION LOCK – For installation in safe and bank vaults, it can have an intricate
system of at least million possible combination consisting of more than six dials; it affords the
maximum delay in terms of efficiency.
COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY – The protection resulting from the application of various
measures which prevent or delay the energy or unauthorized person in gaining information
through communications. This includes transmissions, cryptographic and physical security.
COMPANY GUARD FORCE – A security guard recruited and employed by the company.
Those hired will be in the company payroll and are usually entitled to the same benefits
received by other employees. At times, organic personnel as guards get special allowance for
uniforms and are even gratuitously given special privileges for uniforms and meal allowance.
CONFIDENCE – Is a state of being sure, a state of mind, free from doubt, or misgiving. This
attributes include faith in oneself and in his abilities, which is attained by job knowledge. A
state of trust.
CONFIDENTIAL – Spoken or written in secret.
CONTROLLED AREAS – Are those areas access is restricted as to entrance or movement by
all but authorized personnel and vehicles. It should additionally marked by a fence or other
barrier, and access to it should be limited to as few guests as possible.
COST OF SECURITY PROTECTION – Principle which states that is not economical to
spend thousands of pesos on plant security when the return on such investment is only a
fraction of that amount.
CRITICAL CLEARANCES – in this business in which money or other valuable objectives are
handled by employees or in which the individual employees is otherwise subjected to
temptation or entrusted with secrets of value to the industry or to the government, care must
be exercised in the selection of personnel.
CSG – Civil Security Group
CYLINDER LOCKS- Usually installed at home, also called a night latch and is operated by a
key on the outside and a knob on the outside.
DEBRIEFING- Serves to place the person on the notice of his continuing responsibility to
protect classified information which has knowledge of.
DEFENSE RING – Arrangement of protective personnel and or physical barriers in a
concentrate circle to detect, negate potential assassins.
DELUGE SYSTEM – it is similar to a dry pipe system however, it is designed to direct the flow
of water in a specified direction.
DESTINATION SECURITY – refers to the security personnel of the place of stop or rest,
included in the security function of the advance party.
DIAL ALARM SYSTEM – this system automatically dials the numbers of personnel concerned
in case of breach of security. It utilized phone lines thru fiber optics and inexpensive alarm
system which is easy to install and operate.
DISC TUMBLER LOCK – it contains one or more pieces of metal of different heights known
as tumblers, which intercepts the bolt and prevents it from being moved until the tumblers are
raised or released by action. It is usually installed in cars and would afford delay of at least 5
to 10 minutes.
DOCTRINE – access to importance is based on the “need to know” and not by position.
DOCUMENT – an official paper, certificates anything written that gives information or supplies
evidence.
DOCUMENTARY AND INFORMATION SECURITY – is the sum total of all policies,
regulations, doctrines, practices, enforces to safeguard the contents and integrity of any
classified information of document from compromise or loss.
DOCUMENT SECURITY - protection of documents, classified papers and vital records
from loss, access to unauthorized persons, damages, theft and compromise though proper
storage and procedures.
DOPPLER EFFECT – a phenomenon that causes frequency shift in an object located in an area
permeated by radio frequency signals.
DRY PIPE SYSTEM – a system for fire safety which is activated when the head is ruptured the
pressurized air direction to the pipes.
DRY RUN – practical test or exercise of a plan to test its effectiveness and operational
readiness.
DURESS CODE - a type of code system so that security personnel when forced by armed men
to enter an installation can give alarm by the used of certain words in casual conversation with
other personnel in the installation.
ELECTRO MAGNETIC LOCKS- The door are closed by magnetism and the plates are
operate by means of electricity. When the power is on and the door is locked, it can resist a
pressure of more than 1,000 lbs
EMERGENCY FLASHLIGHT SUPPLIES- An extra supply of flash flight batteries and bulb
always ion hand.
ENERGY BARRIERS- Usually electrical or electronic devices used to provides assistance to
guard personnel.
ENTRANCE CONFERENCE – A conference or dialogue between the survey team and
management official of a plant before security survey is conducted.
ETHICAL STANDARD – Fundamental duty of security personnel is to serve the interests and
mission of his agency in compliance with the contact entered into with the clients or
customers of the agency he is to serve.
EXCLUSION AREA – Is used only for handling and storage or high value cargo and classified
documents. The number of people authorized to enter this area should be limited, and the are
should be under surveillance at all times.
FENCES – An independent structure designed to control physical and or visual access between
outside areas.
FILEROOM – A storage facility constructed lighter than a vault but bigger in capacity it is
installed as part of the building which holds up to 10,000 cubic meters of essential items. At
least 12 feet in height, with enough ventilation and fire proof of at least 1 hour.
FIRE HYDRANT – A mechanical device strategically located in an installation or street where
a fire hose in connected that water with pressure will be available to extinguish fire.
FLOODLIGHTS – It projects light in a concentrated beam. It is deal to use in illumination of
buildings, fences, perimeter areas and boundaries.
FRESNEL LIGHTS – It projects wide bean illumination in a long and narrow horizontal strips,
approximately 180 degrees in the horizontal plane and 15 to 30 degrees in the vertical plane.
FRISKING – This is the pat down inspection of the passenger’s body for weapons, explosive or
other dangerous substances which may be concealed. This is done through manual frisking or
with the use of hand-held metal detectors.
GOVERNMENT GUARD FORCES – A security guard recruited and employed by the
government. They are assigned to guard government installation and other government assets.
They are entitled to all benefits received by other government employee, and under the control
and supervision of the civil service commission.
GRAND MASTER KEY – A key that will open everything in a system involving two or more
master key groups.
GUARD CONTROL STATIONS – This is normally provided at main perimeter entrance to
secure areas located out of doors, and manned by guard on a full time basis.
HAZARD – Any act or condition which may be conclusive to breaches of security and resulting
in subsequent compromise, loss, damage, injury or death.
HOTEL SECURITY – Is the protection resulting from the application of various measures, of
assets, guests, personnel and other properties in a hotel.
HUMAN BARRIER – Guards, office and shop workers, etc. who stand between the intruder
and the matter to be protected.
HUMAN HAZARD – Human hazard- an act nor condition caused by humans which affects the
safe operation of a facility. They include sabotage, theft, pilferage and espionage.
INDUSTRIAL SECURITY – Form of physical security involving industrials plants and
business enterprises which includes the safe guarding of personnel, properties and operation.
INFORMATION – Any form of communicated knowledge.
INITIAL INTERVIEW – The first contact with security and should be formally conducted. Its
purpose is to impart security concern, its importance to the company and the penalties that
would result to violation of company rules, regulations and security measures.
INNER RING – Refers to areas immediately outside the VIPs door or close-in to the VIP if
outside.

INQUIRY – It is a process of determining the loyalty, honestly, integrity, reputation etc., of a

particular applicant or employer.
INSIDE PERIMETER – A line protection adjacent to protected area passing through points of
possible entry into the area, such as doors, windows, skylights, tunnels or other point of
access.
INSPECTION – Follow-up surveys.
INSTALLATION SECURITY – Security of a building and facilities by use of towers and posts
with guards, protective lighting and alarm systems, and the use of fence with top guards
barbed wires.
INSUBORDINATION – Refers to refusal to carry out the lawful and legitimate orders of his
superior.
INTEGRITY – Uprightness in character, soundness of moral principles, freedom from moral
delinquencies.
KABIT SYSTEM – Unauthorized and illegal practice of agency operators which operate,
promote or enter into an agreement of “merger” with any person or a group of person for the
purpose of organizing a branch unit or subsidiary under separate control and ownership.
LEVER LOCK – Similar in design with disk tumbler locks, it is commonly installed in safe
deposit boxes and are deemed pick proof since it can be operated by utilizing combination y
means of dial.
LICENSE TO OPERATE – A document issued by the Chief, Philippine National Police or his
duly authorized representative authorizing a person to engage in the occupation, calling or
employment as security guard or detective, or a juridical person to establish, engage, direct,
manage or operate an individual or a private detective agency or private security agency /
company security force after payment of the prescribed dues or fees.
LIMITED AREA – Is those within the controlled area where a greater degree of security is
required.
LOCAL ALRM SYSTEM – Once the security has been breached, the siren is sounded or a
light flashes in remote stations located in the immediate vicinity of the installation. It would
afford response of personnel to the areas wherein intruders were able to penetrate.
LOCAL ALARM BY CHANCE SYSTEM – This is similar in function with local alarms but
the response would depend on persons who are alerted within the immediate vicinity of the
place where intrusion was committed, hence it gives no predictable response.
LOCK AND KEY RECORDS – Written records provided for all company pad locks, to whom
they are issued or where they are installed and the name of the person and department who
carried r controls the keys for the various locks.
LOCK AND KEY STORAGE – Duplicate or reserve locks and keys should be stored in a safe
place under the control of the security department.
LOYALTY – Faithful allegiance to the Philippine Government and its duly constituted
authorities.
MASTER KEYS – Master key-A key that is capable of opening series of locks. Master keys
should have no markings that will identify them as such. They should be issued only to
personnel especially designated by management, and the list of holders of these keys should
be frequently reviewed to determine the continuing necessity for the individuals having them.
MIDDLE RING – Refers to inside quarters, residence or office covering all stairways and
elevators.
MORAL – Distinctive identifying qualities which serve as an index to the essential or intrinsic
native of a person.
MULTIPLE PASS SYSTEM – Provides extra measures of security by requiring that an
exchange take place at the entrance to each restricted area within the controlled area.
NATURAL BARRIERS – Are those natural features constructed by men that tend to delay the
intruder, whether or not constructed with that specific purpose in mind.
NATURAL HAZARDS – Caused by natural phenomena which results in damage, disturbance
and problems of the normal functions. These include floods, earthquakes, lightning storms,
typhoons and volcanic eruption.
NON-CRITICAL CLEARANCE – Those plants not vitally concerned with questioned of
security on in securing employees with a high degree of honesty and integrity, the
employment application should be relatively simple.
ONE THOUSAND – The maximum number of security guards that and agency /company guard
force may employ to include its branches.
OPERATIONAL SECURITY – Involves the protection of the processes, formulas patents and
other industrial and manufacturing activities from espionage, infiltration , and loss
compromise, of photocopying
OUTER RING – Refers to sidewalks, stationed in front of quarters, residence of office covering
all entrances.
PERIMETER BARRIER- A medium or structure which defined the physical limits of
installations or area to restrict or impede access thereto.
PERIMETER LIGHTING- Usually referred to as protective lighting is completely a part of
standard system in security when fence and guards are employed. There are four
considerations that will influence the effectiveness o protective lighting. These are brightness,
silhouette seeing, contrast and shadow elimination. Darkness is an ally of potential intruders
and must be approximately assessed to limit hiding places.
PERSONNEL IDENTIFICATION- This system designate when are where and how passes
should be displayed and to whom, what is to be done in case of loss of the pass, procedure for
taking a pass from terminating employees; and a system in cancellation and re- issue of all a
pass, either as a security/ review or when a significant number f badges have been lost or
stolen.
PERSONAL SECURITY- It is the protection of personnel especially ranking officials from any
harm, kidnap and other acts. (VIP SECURITY)
PERSONNEL SECURITY-It is the sum of procedures followed, inquires conducted and
criteria, to determine the work suitability of a particular applicant or the retention or transfer
of particular employee.
PERSONNEL SECURITY INVESTIGATION- Is an inquiry in the character, reputation,
discretion, integrity, morals and loyalty of an individual in order to determine a persons
suitability for appointment or access to classified matter.
PETERMAN- Term used in England for lock pickers, safe crackers, and penetrates or restricted
rooms or area.
PHISYCAL BARRIERS- Any physical means to impede, delay, or prevent instruction into a
protected area.
PHYSICAL SECURITY- Part of physical measures designed to safeguarded personnel to
prevent unauthorized access to equipment, facilities, materials, documents, and to protect
them from espionage, sabotage, sabotage damage or theft. The broadest branch of security,
defined as a system of barriers placed between the matters protective and the potential
intruder.
PRACTICE- Authority to have access to classified information is not permanents but can be
withdrawn by the originating authority.
PRIVATE DETECTIVE- He operates on the covert type of mission on a specific confidential
order issued by his agency. Any person who does detective work for hire, reward or
commission, other than members the Armed forces of the Philippines guards of Bureau of
Prisons, provincial guards or members f the Philippines National Police or of any other law
enforcement agency f the Government
PRIVATE SECURITY AGENCY-Any person association, partnership, firm or private
corporation, who contracts, recruits, trains, furnishes, or posts any security guard, to do its
functions or solicit individuals, business firms, or private, public, or government-owned or
controlled corporations to engage his/ its service or those of his/ its security guards, for hire,
commission or compensation thru subscription or as a consultant/ trainor to any private or
public corporation whose business or transaction involve national security or interest like the
operation and or management of domestic or ocean vessels, airplanes, helicopters, seaports,
airports, heliports, landing strips etc. or as consultant or any security related matter, or to
provide highly specialized security detective and investigation services like gangway security,
catering security passenger profiling, baggage examination, providing security on board
vessels or aircraft, or other security needs that the PNP SAGSD may approve.
PROMPTNESS- Punctuality when reporting for duty or always being on time.

PROPRIETARY SYSTEM- This is alarm system wherein the panel or station is located inside
the premises of the compound. It is fully owned and operated by the company and response is
assured with the least time of delay.
PROTECTIVE ALARMS- Are devices and contrivance installed inside and outside a facility
or buildings to compliment and provide additional security measure and operates to advertise
entry into sensitive and protected areas. It signals and alerts the security personnel to
intrusions within the compound. The alarm is activated in cases of tampering into the circuitry
or activated upon intrusion.
PROTECTIVE CABINETS – Referred to as the final line of defense, it is a high security
storage area where papers, plans, cash and other negotiable instruments are kept.
POTECTIVE OPERATIONS – Refers to those activities designed or intended to provide
physical protection of VIP from all hazards.
R.A. 5487 (AS AMENDED) – Otherwise known as Private Security Agency Law this law
governs the operation, administration of security agency, and activities, qualifications, duties
and licensing of security guards, watchmen and private detectives. In short, it is the intention
of this law is towards professionalism of the security services in order to upgrade the level of
security protection.
REFRESHER CONFERENCE – It reminds individuals of their job responsibility. It also
serves as a forum to resolve security problem and explain new rules and regulations.
REGULAR INVENTORY – Periodical accounting of all tools and equipment charged out to
departments or reaming on hand in supply.
RELATIVE CRITICALITY – Importance of a firm or installation with reference to the
national economy or security.
RELATIVE VULNERABILITY – Susceptibility of a plant damage, loss or destruction due to
various hazards, natural or manmade.
REMOTE STATION SYSTEM - A structure where the alarm signal is transmitted to a remote
location manned and operated by a dependent party or police department.
REPORTING FOR DUTY – Checking in at the beginning of his shift and take down in writing
any special orders for the day.
REPUTATION – Opinion or estimation in which one is generally held. It is what a person is
reported to be whereas character is what a person is.
RESIDENCE SECURITY – Protection assigned in them place the VIP resides or live.
RETURN TOOLS AT END SHIFT – It is the practice in some plants that all tools and
equipment used during the shift is checked back into the tool crib at the end of their shift.
ROUTE SECURITY – Refers to personnel assigned by the roads, avenue, boulevards where the
VIP will pass en route to his destination.
SAFE – It is a metallic container used primarily for safekeeping of documents and small items.
It should be at least 750 lbs. in weight or anchored to the building if lighter. The walls should
be at least one inch thick and the door 1 1\2 inch thick.
SAGSD – Security Agencies and Guards Supervision Division
SEARCH LIGHTS – Are incandescent lamps which are highly focused and utilized to pinpoint
possible threat areas
SECRECY – The state of being secret\ the ability to keep a secret.
SECURITY – Protection of any type of crime to safeguard life and assets by various method
and device.
SECURITY AGENCY SERVICE – A guard hired by company belonging to a private
Licensure Security Guard agency is in a contracted basis. The agency supplies the number of
guar needed to carry out the security duties and functions required. This would include
supervision as part of the force, or if the force is small, supervision may be accomplished by
schedule visits of uniformed supervisors and other agency officials. Security guard and
supervisors are paid by the agency. The agency usually makes contact with the firm or
facility. Law will do by the 24 hours duty by thru guards on an 8 hours tour of duty. Duties of
agency guards is similar to that of the other company guard.
SECURITY ALARM SYSTEM – Combination of compatible intrusion and detection device so
arrange and wired as to support one another.
SECURITY CABINET – Added protection of important vital papers, data, special
correspondence, cash and other essential documents, such as vault safe and file room.
SECURITY EDUCATION – The exposure and teaching of employees on security and its
relevance of the building structure used to keep and protect cash, documents and negotiable
instruments.
SECURITY EDUCATION PROGRAM – A program given to employees of an installation by
lecture and other means pertaining to measure and safeguard to be taken to protect the interest
of the installation for loss, damage, sabotage, pilferage, and other criminal acts.
SECURITY GUARD – Is any natural personal, not a member of the regular police force or the
AFP who acts as a watchman.
SECURITY GUARD FORCES – A group of forces o men selected trained or organized into
functional group for the purpose of protecting operation process those disruption which
impede efficiency or halt operation at a particular plant, facility, institution or special activity.
SECURITY HAZARD – Is any act of condition which may result in the compromise of
information, loss of life, or destruction of property or disruption of the objective of the
installation.
SECURITY LIGHTNING – The providing of sufficient illumination to areas during hours o
darkness to ensure visibility and to act as to deterrent to the intruders.
SECURITY PLANNING – Is a corporate and executive responsibility. It involves knowing the
objectives or the security and the means and the method to each these objectives or goal must
then involve.
SECURITY PROMOTION – It is a positive effort to sell security or make the employees more
involved in the implementation of security measures.
SECURITY REMINDERS – It commonly manifested in office memorandum, announcement,
posters placed at strategic areas within the company.
SECURITY SUPERVISOR – Is charge with directing the work and observing the behavioral
performance of the guard under his unit.
SECURITY SURVEY – Is a process of conducting an exhaustive physical examination and
through inspection of all operation system and procedure o the facilty. (Security Risk
Analysis/ Assessment)
SINGLE PASS SYSTEM – System wherein in the badge or pass coded for authorization to
enter specific areas is issued to an employee who keeps it in his possession until his
authorization is charge or until her terminates.
SPECIAL ENTERVIEW – It is conducted with the senior company officials to facilitate
compliance by means of example.
STORAGE SYSTEM – The Third Line of Defense which may be utilized by means of safes
vaults or file rooms.
STRUCTURAL BARRIERS – These barriers are features constructed by men that tend to
delay the intruder, whether or not constructed with that specific purpose in mind.
SYSTEMATIC PILFERER – One who steals primarily because of irresistible urge due to an
unexpected opportunity and has title chance of detection.
TEACHING SKILL – A leader must be able to teach in his men what he wants to be done.
TECHNICAL MASTER – A good supervisor must know and master the skill and knowledge
that are necessary for his job.
TOPGUARD – Is an additional overhang of barbed wire placed on vertical perimeter fences
facing upward and outward with a 45 degree angle three to four strands of barbed wires, 6
inches apart and must be stalled on the supporting arms.
TOWERS – Guard tower are house like structures above perimeter barriers.
TRADE SECRET – May consist of any formula, device, pattern or compilation of information
which is used in one’s business and gives the user advantage over competitors who do not
know it. Proprietary information and intellectual property are similar to trade secrets.
TRAINING CONFERENCE – It is normally held in the training period. Conducted for at least
a period of four hours, its concern is to reiterate to employees that security is an additional
burden imposed on them as part of the company.
TRANSMISION SECURITY – The component of the communication security designed to
protect transmission firm interruptions, traffic, and analysis and initiative deception.
TWO HUNDRED – The minimum number of security guards that a private security agency
may employ.

UTILITIES OPENINGS – Sewers, air intakes, exhaust tunnels and other utility opening which
penetrate the barrier and which have cross sectional area of ninety-six inches of more should
be protected by bars, grills, providing protection to that portion of the perimeter barrier.
VAULTS – It is a heavily constructed fire resistant storage facility installed four inches higher
than the floor and the part of the building structure. The door of vaults should be at least 6
inches thick. The vault wall, ceiling, floor should be reinforced by concrete at least 12 inch
thick. It is normally moisture and condensation resistant with electrical conduits which should
not exceed 1 ½ inch in diameter. Standard size vaults can store up to 5,000 cubic feet and fire
resistant of at least 6 hours.
VIP – Refers to executives, any ranking official of the government foreign dignitaries, or other
important persons which due to their positions are accorded or provided with security.
VIP SECURITY – Involves the protection of top ranking official of the government visiting
persons of illustrious standing and foreign dignitaries.
WARDED LOCKS – Simplest form of lock is a ward lock which is not uses a bolt containing a
notch called talon. The bolt is removed backward or forward by engaging a key in the talon. It
offers little degree of security and is merely used to afford for obtaining privacy.
WATCHMEN – Considered more passive as the term implies, they are to watch something and
make periodic reports or sound and alarm if some unusual condition or incidents develops.
INDUSTRIAL SECURITY MANAGEMENT
WHAT IS SECURITY
It is the condition of being protected; securing from threats and dangers; safe from harm
and injury; complete peace of mind with feeling of satisfaction and comfort.
CONCEPT OF SECURITY
SECURITY is the state of being secured; freedom from fear or danger, loss,
destruction or damages. Basically, it was the action of man against man that led to many
unsecured and unsafe conditions. Reasons could be economic, revenge, or just plain greed and
avarice. Whatever the motives, the civilized man needs adequate protection. Security is also
defined as a defense against crime.
Since security in general is very hard to comprehend, it can be divided into three major
areas:
a. Physical Security – this concern with the physical measures adopted to prevent unauthorized
access to equipment, facilities, material and document and to safeguard them against
espionage, damage, loss and theft.
b. Personnel Security – this is an important as physical security. Personnel security starts even
before the hiring of an employee and remains to be maintained for as long as the person is
employed. Its purpose is to insure that a firm hires those best suited to assist the firm in
achieving its goals and objectives and once hired assist in providing necessary security to the
workforce while working carrying out their functions.
c. Document Security – this involves the protection of documents and classified papers from
loss, access by unauthorized persons, damage, theft and compromise through disclosure.
Classified documents need special handling. Lack of indoctrination and orientation among
the personal handling them can result in the leakage, loss, theft adn unauthorized disclosure
of the documents.
Physical security, personnel security, and document security cannot exist independently -
they are mutually supporting. They are in many respects overlapping. Physical security is
correlated to the other two parts, interwoven and one is essential to the other.
Different Types of Security
1. PHYSICAL SECURITY is concerned with the physical measures adopted to prevent
unauthorized access to equipment, facilities, materials and documents, and to safeguard them
against espionage, sabotage, damage and theft.
 Another definition described it as the system of barrier places between a
potential intruder and the matter to be protected.
2. COMMUNICATION SECURITY is the protective resulting from the application of

various measures which, prevent or delay the enemy or unauthorized persons in giving
information through the communication system:
3. HOTEL SECURITY is the protection resulting from the application of various measures
which, safeguards hotel guests and their personal effects, hotel properties and functions in
hotel restaurants, bars and clubs.
4. BANK SECURITY is the protection resulting from the application of the various measures
which, safeguards cash and assets which in storage, in transits and during the transactions.
5. DOCUMENT SECURITY is physical security involving the protection of documents and
classified papers fro loss, access by unauthorized persons, damage, theft, and compromise
through disclosure.
6. PERSONAL AND VIP SECURITY involve the protection of top ranking officials of the
government, visiting persons of illustrious standing and foreign dignitaries.
7. CRISIS SECURITY is the protection of rich/scion, industrial magnates, and political
leaders against kidnapping for economic, political, emotional or nationalistic purposes.
8. INDUSTRIAL SECURITY is physical security as applied to business groups engaged in
industries like manufacturing, assembling, research and development, processing,
warehousing and even agriculture. Lately, INDUSTRIAL SECURITY as used generally
when security, as a business is referred to.
9. OPERATIONAL SECURITY is physical security which deals with the protection of
processes, formulas, patents and other activities.
10. OTHER SPECIAL TYPES OF SECURITY. Those type are adaptations, variations,
innovations, and/or modifications of physical security, they are the following;
a. Air Cargo Security
b. School Security
c. Supermarket Security
d. Personal Security (involve background checking or persons)
WHAT IS INDUSTRIAL SECURITY

It is the state or condition of safety and protection, ease and comfort, free from dangers or
harms, stability and prosperity, sufficiency and satisfaction, and enjoying peaceful and orderly
atmosphere in all situations and operation of any industrial installations as provided by
authorized security agency and personnel. It includes safety and protection of all its resources
and investments.
WHAT IS INDUSTRIAL SECURITY MANAGEMENT

It is the effective, efficient, economical, realistic, and practical application, utilization,
implementation, adaptation and supervision and administration of the security resources and
management operations to protect and preserve the interest and capital including the personnel
and investments of any industrial establishment in order to obtain its goal or objectives smoothly
and productively.
WHAT DO YOU MEAN BY THE TERM INDUSTRIAL ESTABLISHMENT

It refers to any business, construction, firms, factories, schools, buildings, structures,
stores, malls, supermarkets, industries, facilities, installations, hotels or motels, restaurants or
inns, agencies or offices, banks and credit firms, insurance’s, etc., including its respective
personnel. Logistics and resources.
AUTHORITY OF INDUSTRIAL SECURITY MANAGEMENT

Republic Act 5487 otherwise known as the Private Security Agency Law amended by
PD’s 765 (Constitution of the PC/INP), 1184 (Professionalization Law) and then by Republic
Acts 6975 (DILG Act of 1990) and 8551 (PNP Reorganization Law) and other related issuances
and PNP Security Agency and Guards Supervisor Group (formerly known as Supervisory Office
of Security Investigate Agency o SOSIA)
1. Physical Security 10. Maritime Security
2. Personnel Security 11. Route/Escort Security
3. VIP and Dignitary Security 12. Camp Security
4. Office and Building Security 13. Investment Security

5. Installation/Facility Security 14. Bombs and Explosives/
6. Document and Information Security Ammos/Depot Security
7. Communication Security 15. National Security
8. Environmental Security 16. Other Securities
9. Airport Security
PRINCIPLES OF INDUSTRIAL SECURITY MANAGEMENT

A. Appropriate, intelligent and realistic SECURITY PLANNING:
1. Based on the actual situation(s), requirements and problems;
2. Qualifications, training’s, and experiences of the security personnel and officials;
3. Resources, logistics, and capabilities of the Security Agencies;
4. Legacies and accomplishment of the Security Agencies;
5. Security programs, activities and projections;
6. Security survey reports.
B. Flexibility of the Security Operations Plans

1. Adjustability
2. Adaptability 5. Practically
3. Availability and capability 6. Others
4. Legality / Justifiability
C. Unity of Command and Efforts

1. Lateral and vertical coordination and cooperation is highly encouraged.
2. Centralized direction and control systems and only one (1) designated over-all
commander.
3. Focus or concentration must be specific and clearly defined.
4. Individual and collective duties and responsibilities must be substantially explained
and clarified.
5. There is only one blueprint on Security Policies and / or guidelines.
6. Flow of communication and / or channels of command must be strictly observed and
religiously followed.
7. Orders, directives, issuance’s and other instructions must be first fully briefed,
announced, understood, comprehended and disseminated.
D. Sufficiency of Resources
1. Manpower Resources 4. Financial Resources
2. Logistical Resources 5. Legal Resources
3. Technical Resources 6. Other Resources
E. Effectiveness of Security Operational Activities and Programs

1. Guards postings/deployment procedures
2. Guards conduct uniforms, armaments, documents, paraphernalia and credentials.
3. Guards personal and official requirements and needs.
4. Briefing, orientation, guidance, policies, and reminders.
5. Inspection, monitoring, reporting, and evaluation systems.
6. Mobility and communication capabilities and its status.
7. Linkages with other security institutions and agencies or offices.
8. Training and continuing in-service security education programs.
9. Disasters preparedness and rescue operation programs.
10. Special tasking in or during crime occurrence, disasters, hostage negotiations, traffic
accidents, bomb threats, etc.
11. Emergency calls, request for immediate security assistance and similar situations.
12. Other operational activities as embodied in the eleven (11) General Orders.
F. Morale, Welfare and Benefits Programs

1. Payment of salaries allowances and incentives.
2. Insurance and social programs ( SSS, PHILHEALTH and others)

3. Awards, appreciation’s, commendations, etc. for every good and laudable deed(s) or
accomplishment(s).
4. Granting of special bonuses, rewards, prizes, etc.
5. Facilitating renewal of security / lady guards or security officers license and other
necessary documentary requirements.
6. Recruiting only qualified highly competent, well-trained and preferably experienced
security / lady guards, officers and / or officials.
G. Transparency of the Security Contract and Documentary Requirements

1. Clarify the substance of the security services contract including legal rates and
conditions.
2. Religiously follow the PNP SAGSG guidelines and policies.
3. Internalization of the DOLE, SSS and PHILHEALTH mandates.
4. Respects the Bill of Rights as embodied in the 1987 Phil. Constitution, Human Rights
and other rights of a person or persons are enumerated in the International
Humanitarian Law.
SPECIFIC GUIDELINES AND CONSIDERATIONS:

A. VIP / DIGNITARY SECURITY
1. To ensure protection of live / lives of VIP / dignitary.
2. To clear the routine route(s) from any danger or hazard.
3. To avoid assassination plot and / or ambuscade to visiting VIP / dignitary.
4. To establish coordinate efforts with foreign and local agencies re VIP / dignitary
security requirements.
B. BOMBS EXPLOSIVES SECURITY

1.To avoid destruction of lives and property.
2.To prevent and control sabotage operations by enemy.
3.To enhance specialize training on bombs and explosives disposal and how to counter it’s
illegal operations.
4.To plan and design form ore suitable and effective bombs and explosives prevention and
control measures, procedures and operations.
C. AIRPORT SECURITY
1. To prevent presumpt terrorism and other lawless activities within airport vicinity.
2. To protect and safeguard civil aviation operations and airline industries.
3. To ensure security and safety of aircraft, air ports complex, runway, tower house, and vital
installations of airports.
4. To avoid hijacking and heinous crime incidents within airport area and / or during fight of
aircraft.
5. To modernize air safety and civil aviation security instruments and facilities.
D. MARITIME SECURITY
1.To protect and preserve maritime and aquatic-mineral resources.
2.To safeguard all maritime industries to include vessels, ships, barges, smuggling,
gunrunning, etc.
3.To enhance, develop, improve and modernize it’s security and safety capabilities and
machinery’s.
4.To plan and design for more effective and suitable programs and operations of maritime
security in every situation.
5.To counter external threats to our national security.
E. DOCUMENTS AND INFORMATIONS SECURITY

1. To ensure, protect and preserve our documentary files and records.
2. To promote, develop and improve our records management efficiency and credibility.
3. To intensify our intelligence efforts, requirements, operations and capabilities.
F. PHYSICAL SECURITY
1. To ensure protection of vital government installation and materials.
2. To avoid or prevent intruders or enemies to come in restricted or prohibited areas.
3. To provide systems, procedures, mechanics, steps and measures how to provide security
and safety to the entire area, locality and for vicinity.
4. To prevent and control entry of spies, infiltrators, saboteurs, etc.
5. To determine actual and safety requirements and personnel needed.
G. PERSONNEL SECURITY
1. To ensure proper selection, recruitment and employment programs and operations of
personnel in a government or organization.
2. To upgrade and modernize standards, procedures mechanics and systems of acquisition,
promotion and termination of personnel services.
3. To provide effective, reliable, credible and compatible security oriented personnel in every
section / division / department / agency / unit / organization.
4. To prevent entry of infiltrators, deep-penetration-agents, saboteurs, etc. into the protected
organization.
5. To observe strictly the security and safety guidelines and policies on matters affecting
personnel affairs.
CONCEPTS OF SECURITY AND SAFETY

1. Government and It’s functionaries is dependent upon security and safety.
2. Progress and stability of a nation is the product of security and effective, social and
criminal justice system.
3. Sound leadership and management programs are the fruits of security and safety.
PHYSICAL SECURITY
Physical Security
Definition : Physical Security measures are being used to define, protect, and monitor
property rights and assets. These measures consist of barriers and devices that would detect,
impede, and prevent unauthorized access to equipment, facilities, material and document and to
safeguard them agiants espionage, sabotage, damage and theft.
Physical security may be also defined as the safeguarding by physical means, such as
guard, fire protection measures of plans, policies, programs, personnel, utilities, information,
facilities and installation against compromise, trespass, sabotage, pilferage, embezzlement, fraud,
or other dishonest criminal act.
General Consideration : One important consideration in physical security is the security
problem. The security problem is affected by the nature of material stored thereat and the activity
taking place within; the geographical, economic and political situation of the area; the potential
enemy action; existing hazards; and the available logistical support.
What is a Barrier?
A barrier can be defined as any structure or physical device capable of restricting,
deterring, delaying, illegal access to an installation.
PERIMETER BARRIERS is a system of protection designed to restrict or impede
access to restricted areas by unauthorized persons.
PURPOSE OF BARRIERS
A. Outline the perimeter of the area to be protected
B. Create as physical and psychological deterrent to unauthorized entry
C. Delay intrusion, thus facilitating apprehension of intruders
D. Assist in a more efficient and economical employment of guards
E. Facilitate and improve the control of pedestrian and vehicular traffic
What are the types of physical barriers?

a. Natural such as mountains, rivers, seas and terrain.
b. Man-made such as structural construction life fences, walls, floors, roofs, grills, etc.
TYPES OF BARRIERS
a. Natural Barriers – refers to natural terrain features that delay or make the entry or access
of intruder difficult. Examples: rivers, cliffs, ravines, etc.
b. Structural Barriers – refers to barriers or features constructed by man that tend to deny
access, or delay intrusion. Examples: walls, fences, roofing’s, ceilings, etc.
c. Human Barriers – persons being used in providing a guarding system or by the nature of
their employment and location, fulfil security functions. Also refers to guards, office and
shop workers who stand between the intruder and the matter being protected.
d. Animal Barriers – refers to canine or dogs trained to guard duties such as German
Shepherds, Doberman, etc.
e. Energy Barriers – refers to the electrical or electronic devices used to enhance security in
addition to the guard system. Examples: protective lighting and anti-intrusion alarm system.
FACTORS THAT BRING ABOUT INSECURE CONDITION

a. Threats- positive inimical acts.
b. Hazards- passive inimical conditions.
c. Vulnerability degree of exposure against intrusion, attack or
injury.
COMPONENTS OF PHYSICAL SECURITY

 Perimeter Barriers (1st Line of Defense)
 Building Exteriors (2nd Line of Defense)
 Interior Controls (3rd Line of Defense)
Principles of Physical Security

1. The type of access necessary will depend upon a number of variable factors and therefore
may be achieved in a number of ways.
2. There is no impenetrable barrier.
3. Defense-in depth is barriers after barriers.
4. Delay is provided against surreptitious and non-surreptitious entry.
5. Each installation is different.
What is a Restricted Area?

A restricted area is any area in which personnel or vehicles are controlled for reasons of
security. Restricted area is established to provide security for installation or facilities and to
promote efficiency of security operations and economy in the use of security personnel.
Types of Restricted Areas

a. Exclusion Area – is a restricted area which contains a security interest to Top Secret
importance.
b. Limited Area Control – is a restricted area in which a lesser degree of control is
required than in an exclusion area but which the security interest would be compromised
by uncontrolled movement.
What is Perimeter Security?

It is the protection of installatio9n’s inner and the immediate vicinity. The main purpose
of perimeter barrier is to deny or impede access or exit of unauthorized person. Basically, it is
the first line of defense of an installation. This is maybe in the form of fences, building walls or
even bodies of water.
A Perimeter Barrier – refers to the medium which defines the physical limits of an
installation or area, and restricts or impeded access thereto
Main Purpose of Perimeter Barrier:

To deny or impede access or exit of unauthorized person

Other Purpose/Practical Application of Perimeter Barrier

 It defines the boundary of the property being protected;
 It creates a physical and psychological deterrent to unauthorized entry;
 It delays intrusion and facilitates arrests of intruders;
 It assists in more efficient and economical guard system; and
 It improves control of pedestrians and movement of traffic.
TYPE OF PERIMETER BARRIERS:

1. Wire Fences 2. Building Walls 3. Bodies of Water
TYPES OF FENCING
1. Solid 2. Full view
Best Example of Perimeter Barrier Placed in an Installation – FENCE

FENCE maybe defined as an independent structure usually existing in a vertical plane,
designed to control physical and/or visual access between outside areas.
Solid Fence – a fence constructed out of opaque materials in such a way that a visual
access through the fence structure is impossible.
Advantages of Solid Fence:

 It denies observation and viewing of the installation from outside.
 It denies intruder the opportunity to become familiar with the personnel, activities, and
the time schedules and movement of guards within the installation.
Disadvantages of Solid Fence:

 It prevents the security guard from observing the area around the installation;
 It creates shadow that maybe used by the intruder as cover and concealment
FULL VIEW FENCE – a fence constructed in such a way that a visual access through
the fence is possible. Barbed wire, cyclone wire (chain link), concertina or decorative grills are
example of Full View Fence.
Advantages of Full View Fence:
 It permits 24 – hour observation by roving and stationary security guards;
 It does not create shadows for possible cover and concealment
Disadvantages of Full View Fence

 It allows visual access / observation to the installation by outsiders / intruders;
 It allows intruder to become familiar with the movement and time schedule of security
personnel
SOME SPECIFICATIONS OF FULL VIEW FENCE

 Height. At least 7 feet (8 feet including top guard)
 Vertical Clearance at the Bottom. No more than 2 inches
 Wooden Fence Post. Minimum horizontal dimension
 Fence Post. Should be Concrete
 Top Guard. 45 degree angle. Upward and outward
 Chain Link. Not more than 3 inches in diameter
Specifications for Chain-link Fences

1. Must be constructed of 7 feet material excluding top guard.
2. Must be 9 gauge or heavier.
3. Mesh opening must not to be larger than 2 inches per side.
4. Should be twisted and barbed salvage at top and bottom.
5. Must be accurately fastened to rigid metal or reinforced concrete.

6. Must reach within 2 inches of hard ground or paving.

7. On soft ground must reach below surface deep enough to compensate for shifting soil or
sand.
Specification Regarding the Use of Barbed Wire

1. Standard barbed-wire is twisted, double strand, 12 gauge wire, with four points barbs
spaced on equal distant apart.
2. Barbed wire fencing should not be less than 7 feet high excluding top guard.
3. Barbed wire fencing must be firmly affixed to post more than 6 inches and midway
between parts.
PERIMETER BARRIER OPENING

1. Gates and doors – when not in use and controlled by guards, gates and doors in the
perimeter should be locked and frequently inspected by guards. Locks should be changed
from time to time and should be covered under protective locks and key control.
2. Sidewalk elevators – these provide access to areas within the perimeter barrier and should
be locked and guarded.
3. Utilities openings – sewers, air intakes, exhaust tunnels and other utility openings which
penetrate the barrier and which have cross sectional areas of 96 square inches or more
should be protected by bars, grills, water filled traps or other structural means providing
equivalent protection to that portion of the perimeter barriers.
4. Clear zones - in an unobstructed area which, should be maintained on both sides of the
perimeter barrier.
SPECIFICATION ON CLEAR ZONE

1. A clear zone of 20 feet or more should exist between the perimeter barriers and exterior
structures, parking areas, and natural or man-made features.
2. A clear zone of 50 feet or more should exist between the perimeter barriers and structures
within the protected areas except when a building wall constitutes part of the perimeter
barriers.
OTHER ADDITIONAL PROTECTIVE MEASURES OTHER THAN PHYSICAL AND

PERIMETER BARRIERS
1. TOP GUARD – it is an additional overhang of barbed wire placed on vertical perimeter
fences facing upward and outward with a 45 degree angle with 3 to 4 strands of barbed
wires spaced 6 inches apart. This increases the protective height and prevents easy access.
2. GUARD CONTROL STATIONS – this is normally provided at main perimeter entrances
to secure areas located out-of-doors, and manned by guards on full-time basis. Sentry
station should be near a perimeter for surveillance.
3. TOWER GUARD – this is a house-like structure above the perimeter barriers. The higher
the tower, the more visibility it provides. It gives a psychological unswerving effect to
violators
4. Barrier Maintenance – Fencing barriers and protective walls should always be regularly
inspected by security. Any sign or attempts to break in should be reported for investigation.
Destruction of fence or sections thereof should be repaired immediately and guard
vigilance should be increased.
5. PROTECTION IN DEPTH – in large open areas or ground where fencing or walling is
impractical and expensive, warning signs should be conspicuously placed. The depth itself
is protection reduction of access roads, and sufficient notices to warn intruders should be
done. Use of animals as guards and intrusion device, can also be good as barriers.
6. SIGNS AND NOTICES – control signs should be erected where necessary in the
management of unauthorized ingress to preclude accidental entry. Signs should be plainly
visible and legible from any approach and in an understood language or dialect.
What is Protective Lighting?

The idea that lighting can provide improve protection for people and facilities is as old as
civilization. Protective lighting is the single most cost-effective deterrent to crime because it
creates a psychological deterrent to the intruders.
Purposes of Protective Lighting

1. It provides sufficient illumination to the areas during hours of darkness.
2. Lighting can help improve visibility so that intruder can be seen and identified and, if
possible, apprehended.
3. It serves as deterrent to would-be thieves.
SECURITY LIGHTING TECHNIQUES

a. Security lighting should enable the guard to observe clearly the activities around and inside
the premises within his jurisdiction.
b. High contrast between intruder and background should be provided.
c. Lighting the boundaries and approaches.
d. Effective lighting system should:
1. deter or discourage attempts to enter the premises;
2. make detection more likely if entry is attempted;
TYPES OF SECURITY LIGHTING

1. STATIONARY LUMINARY/ CONTINUOUS LIGHTING – the most familiar type of
outdoor security lighting, this is designed to provide two specific results: glare projection or
controlled lighting. It consists of a series of fixed luminaries at range to flood a given area
continuously during the hours of darkness.
a. glare projection – it is being used in prisons and correctional institutions to illuminate
walls and outside barriers.
b. controlled lighting- it is generally employed where, due to surrounding property
owners, nearby highways or other limitations, it is necessary for the light to be more
precisely focused.
2. STANDBY LIGHTING – it is designed for reserve or standby use or to supplement
continuous systems. A standby system can be most useful to selectively light a particular area
in an occasional basis. Similar to lighting but is turned on manually or automatically when
there is suspicion of entry.
3. MOVABLE/PORTABLE LIGHTING – this system is manually operated and is usually
made up of movable search or floodlights that can be located in selected or special locations
which will require lighting only for short period of time. Consist or manually operated
movable search light which may be either lighted during darkness or only as needed.
4. EMERGENCY LIGHTING – this system is used in times of power failure or other
emergencies when other systems are inoperative. May duplicate the 3 systems in whole or in
part, and is used during power failure or emergencies.
GENERAL TYPES OF LIGHTING SOURCES

1. Incandescent Lamps – it is the least expensive in terms of energy consumed and has the
advantage of providing instant illumination when the switch is on.
2. Gaseous Lamps – also known as discharge such as;
a. Mercury – vapor lamps – blue green in color.
- It is considered more efficient that the incandescent and used widespread
in exterior lighting.
b. Sodium – vapor lamps – yellow light.
3. Quartz Lamps – very bright light.
4. Metal Halide – it has similar physical appearance to mercury vapour but provides a light
source of higher luminous efficiency and better color rendition.
5. High Pressure Sodium Vapor – this has gained acceptance for exterior lighting of parking
areas, roadways, buildings and commercial interior installations.
Types of Lighting Equipment

1. Floodlights – these can be used to accommodate most outdoor security lighting needs,
including the illumination of boundaries, fences and buildings and for the emphasis of
vital areas or particular buildings.
2. Street Lights – this lighting equipment received the most widespread notoriety for its
value in reducing crime.
3. Search Lights – these are highly focused incandescent lamp and are designed to pinpoint
potential trouble spots.
4. Fresnel Lights – these are wide beam units, primary used to extend the illumination in
long, horizontal strips to protect the approaches to the perimeter barrier. Fresnel projects
a narrow, horizontal beam that is approximately 180 degrees in the horizontal and from
15 to 30 degrees in the vertical plane.
What are Protective Alarms?

Protective Alarm is one of the important barriers in security. It assists the security in
detecting, impeding or deterring potential security threat in the installation. Basically, its
function is to alert the security personnel for any attempt of intrusion into a protected area,
building or compound. Once an intruder tampers the circuitry, the beam or radiated waves of the
alarm signal.
Three Basic Parts of Alarm System

1. Sensor or Trigger Device – it emits the aural or visual signals or both.
2. Transmission Line – a circuit which transmit the message to the signalling apparatus.
3. Enunciator/Annunciator – it is the signalling system that activates the alarm.
PURPOSE OF INTRUSION ALARM SYSTEMS

1. To economize
2. To substitute in place of other security measures
3. To supplement by providing additional controls
BASIC PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION OF INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEM

1. Breaking an electrical circuit
2. Interrupting a light beam
3. Detecting sound
4. Detecting vibration
5. Detecting a change in capacitance due to penetration of an electrostatic field.
TYPES OF PROTECTIVE ALARM/ALARM DETECTION SYSTEMS
a. LOCAL ALARM SYSTEM – this system consist of rigging up a visual or audible alarm
near the object to be protected. In case of alarm, response will be made by the local guards
and other personnel within sight or hearing.
b. AUXILIARY SYSTEM – one in which the installation system owned is a direct
extension of the police and fire alarm system.
c. CENTRAL STATION SYSTEM – in this system, alarms are transmitted to a central
station outside the installation from which appropriate action is taken, such as notifying
the local police and fire department.
d. PROPRIETARY SYSTEM – it is similar to the central station system, except it is owned
by and located on the installation.
KINDS OF ALARMS
a. Audio Detection Device – it will detect any sound caused by attempted force entry. A
supersonic microphone speaker sensor is installed in walls, ceilings and floors of the
protected area.
b. Vibration detection Device – it will detect any vibration caused by attempted force entry.
A vibration sensitive sensor is attached to walls, ceilings and floors of the protected area.
c. Metallic Foil or Wire – it will detect any action that moves the foil or wire. An
electrically charge strips of tinfoil or wire is used in the doors, windows or glass surfaces
of the protected area.

d. Laser Beam Alarm – a laser emitter floods a wall or fencing with a beam so that when
this beam is disturbed by a physical object, an alarm is activated.
e. Photoelectric or Electric Eye Device – an invisible/visible beam is emitted and when this
is disturbed or when an intruder breaks contact with the beam, it will activate the alarm.
What is a Communication System?

It refers to the regular communications facility of a plant adequate for protective security
purposes. Security needs a special communication system that will vary in size, type,
nomenclature, and cost commensurate with the importance, vulnerability, size, location, radio
propagation, and other factors affecting the security of the installation.
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM IN SECURITY

A. Local telephone exchange E. Security supervising system
B. Commercial telephone service F. Paging and recall system
C. Inter-communication G. Bull-horns or megaphones
D. Two-way radios for security H. Amplifier or loud speaker systems
What is PROTECTIVE LOCKS AND KEYS CONTROL?

Lock is one of the most widely used physical security devices in the asset protection
program of an installation. It complements other physical safeguards of the installation against
any possible surreptitious entry.
What is a LOCK?
A Lock is defined as a mechanical, electrical, hydraulic or electronic device designed to
prevent entry into a building, room, container or hiding place.
Types of Locks
1. Key-operated Mechanical Lock – it uses some sort of arrangement of internal physical
barriers (ward tumblers) which prevent the lock from operating unless they are properly
aligned. The key is the device used to align those internal barriers so that the lock may be
operated.
FOUR GENERAL GROUPS OF KEY LOCKS
A. Warded Lock – a lock that had been developed in the middle ages.
B. Lever Tumbler Lock – lock used in safe deposit box and mail boxes.
C. Disc Tumbler Lock – also known as wafer tumbler lock.
D. Pin Tumbler Lock – the most widely used lock
2. COMBINATION LOCK is a lock that requires manipulation of parts according to a
predetermined combination code of numbers or letters.
3. PADLOCK is used to secure two objects like a lock in the same relative position.
4. CODE-OPERATED LOCK – a type of lock that can be opened by pressing a series of
numbered button in the proper sequence.
5. ELECTRICAL LOCK – a type of lock that can be opened and closed remotely by
electrical means.
6. CARD-OPERATED LOCK – a type of lock operated by a coded lock.
MASTER KEYING is when a lock operates on a master key plus an individual or

change key.
PASS KEY is a key used to operate an inexpensive lock by moving it in keyhole until it
catches locking belt and unlock mechanism.
Types of Keys
1. Change Key – a specific, which operates the lock and has a particular combination of
cuts which match the arrangement of the tumblers in the lock.
2. Sub-master Key – a key that will open all the lock within a particular area or grouping in
a given facility.
3. Master Key – a special capable of opening a series of lock.

4. Grand Master Key – a key that will open everything in a system involving two or more
master key groups.
What is a Security Cabinet?

The final line of defense at nay facility is in the high security storage where papers,
records, plans or cashable instrument, precious metals or other especially valuable assets are
protected. These security containers will be of a size and quantity, which the nature of the
business dictates.
In protecting property, it is essential to recognize that protective containers are designed
to secure against burglary or fire. Each type of equipment has a specialized function and it will
depend on the owner of the facility which type is going to use.
STORAGE SECURITY OF RECORDS

TYPES OF BUSINESS RECORDS
A. Class I – Vital records (records that are irreplaceable)
B. Class II – Important records (loss will involve considerable expense and cause labor)
C. Class III – Useful records (loss will cause inconvenience but readily replaced)
D. Class IV – non – essential records (daily files)
CATEGORY OR TYPES OF STORAGE CONTAINERS

A. Class 1 – Commercial records safes designed for fire protection.
B. Class 2 – Commercial money safes designed for robbery burglary protection.
C. Class 3 – Security cabinets designed to meet specification for safeguarding classified
materials.
Types of Security Cabinet

1. Safe – a metallic container used for the safekeeping of documents or small items in an office
or installation. Safe can be classified as either robbery or burglary resistance depending
upon the use and need.
 Its weight must be at least 750 lbs. and should be anchored to a building structure.
 Its body should be at least one inch thick steel.
2. Vaults – heavily constructed fire and burglar resistance container usually a part of the
building structure used to keep and protect cash, documents and negotiable instruments.
Vaults are bigger that safe but smaller than a file room.
 The vault door should be made of steel at least 6 inches in thickness.
 The vault walls, ceiling, floor reinforce concrete at least 12 inches in thickness.
 The vault must be resistive up to 6 hours
3. File room – a cubicle in a building constructed a little lighter than a vault but of bigger size
to accommodate limited people to work on the records inside.
 The room should at most be 12 feet high.
 It must have a watertight door and at least fire proof for one hour.
Control of Personnel in the Physical facility

In every installation, the use of protective barriers, security lighting, communication and
electronic hardware provides physical safeguards but these are insufficient maximize the effort
of the guard force. A control point must be established for positive personnel identification and
check system. This is to insure that only those persons who have the right and authority will be
given the necessary access to the area.
2 Types of Personnel Identification

1. Personal Recognition
2. Artificial Recognition – ID, Passes, Passwords, etc.
Use of Pass System

1. Single Pass System – the badge or pass coded for authorization to enter specific areas is
issued to an employee who keeps it in his possession until his authorization is terminates.

2. Pass Exchange System – an exchange takes place at the entrance of each controlled area.
Upon leaving the personnel surrenders his badge or passes and retrieve back his basic
identification.
3. Multiple Pass System – this provides an extra measure of security by requiring that an
exchange take place at the entrance of each restricted area.
TYPES OF AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM

1. Wet Piper System – water held in pipes.
2. Dry Piper System – when sprinkler head is ruptured, a pressurized air escape and water
rushes into the pipes.
3. Deluge System – dry pipe installation except that it is designed to direct water flow in a
chosen direction.
TYPES OF FIRE ALARM SYSTEM

A. Smoke Detectors – detect presence of smoke.
B. Ionization Detectors – detect particles created during early stage of fire.
C. Sprinkler Water – Flow Detector – for automatic sprinkler system.
PERSONNEL SECURITY
What is Personnel Security?
Personnel Security includes all the security measures designed to prevent unsuitable
individuals or persons of doubtful loyalty to the government, from gaining access to classified
matter or to any security facility, and to prevent appointment or retention as employees of such
individuals.
Objectives of Personnel Security
1. To provide the standards and procedures necessary to insure the appointment,
employment of retention of suitable and loyal individuals in government service.
2. To develop the necessary and proper security discipline among the applicants and
employee in the government service as well as protect and preserve the security interest
of the Philippine government.
3. Inculcate the desirable security attitudes and habits among the applicants and employees
of the government as well as promote the efficiency of the service.
What is Personnel Security Investigation?

It is an inquiry into the character, reputation, discretion and loyalty of individual in order
to determine a person’s suitability to be given security clearance.
Type of Personnel Security Investigation (PSI)?

1. National Agency Check (NAC)
2. Local Agency Check (LAC)
3. Background Investigation (BI)
a. Complete Background Investigation
b. Partial Background Investigation
Factors Considered in Background Investigation

1. Loyalty 4. Moral
2. Integrity 5. Character
3. Discretion 6. Reputation
Motives that cause people to be disloyal

1. Revenge 4. Friendship
2. Material Gain 5. Ideological Beliefs
3. Personal Prestige
Weaknesses that makes people susceptible to pressure
1. Close Relative in Foreign lands 4. Weakness of Character
2. Gullibility 5. Serious Indebtedness
3. Jealousy 6. Addiction to Drugs
7. Serious Guilty Episodes in the Past

Person’s Internal Hazards
1. Faith 3. Enthusiasm and Pride
2. Conceit 4. Ignorance
The Guard Force and Guard System

The SECURITY GUARD FORCE is the key in the overall security system of a plant or
installation. Its basic mission is to protect all the property within the limits of the facility
boundaries and protect employees and other persons on the installation.
Security Guard defined

Sometimes called private security guard or watchman shall include any person who offers
or renders personal service to watch or secure either a residence or business establishment or
both for hire or compensation, and with a license to exercise profession.
Security Guard Force

It is a group of selected men, trained or grouped into functional unit for the purpose of
protecting operational processes from those disruption which would impeded efficiency or halt
operation at a particular plant, facility, installation or special activity.
TYPES OF GUARD FORCES

A. Company guard force (proprietary or in-house security)
B. Agency guard services (contractual security guard agency)
C. Government guard forces (new type of guard force)
Typical Structure of a Security Organization

1. Office of the General Manager/ Security Director
2. Office of the Executive Secretary of the General Manager
3. Office of the Assistant General Manager/ Security Executive Director
4. Office of the Human Resources and Administrative Manager/Staff Director for Personnel
and Administration
5. Office of the Operations Manager/ Staff Director for Operation
6. Office of the Finance
7. Office of the Logistic Manager
8. Office of the Inspectorate and Special Projects (Special Staff)
9. Office of the Communications Officer
10. The Detachment Commands/ Officer-In-Charge
11. Assistant Detachment Commander
12. Shift-In-Charge
13. Security Guard on Duty/Post
GENERAL GUIDELINES TO BE STRICTLY OBSERVE BY SECURITY/LADY

GUARDS
1. PREPAREDNESS – to prepare everything he/she needs to ensure. That his/her duty
performance is effective and very satisfactory. Among others, is his authorized uniform,
paraphernalia, etc. and internalization of eleven (11) General Orders.
2. ALERTNESS – the ability to maintain the condition of state of guts, firm but humane-
inspired; principles but always dynamic and alive, keep on moving with accuracy of actions,
very observant to the surroundings and others.
3. INTELLIGENCE – using his/her intellect or mental qualities so timely and appropriately;
make sound and honest decision, fittingly; using his/her “Coconut Shells” accordingly; but
however, “better to have wrong decision than having no decision at all”
GENERAL PHILOSOPHIES
1. Have strong faith and trust in God.
2. Always be devoted to you family and loves ones.
3. Be seriously committed to your security job or profession.
SPECIFIC POWERS DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:

1. Strict Adherence and Compliance to the Eleven (11) General Orders.
a. To take charge of the post (beat or area of responsibility) and all company properties and
view.
b. To walk during my tour of duty in a military (gentlemen and respectable) manner,
keeping always on the alert and observing anything that takes place within sight or
hearing.
c. To report all violations of orders (policies, directives, guidelines, etc.) I am instructed to
enforce.
d. To repeat all calls from my post more distant from the guardhouse where I am stationed.
e. To quit my post only when properly relieved.
f. To receive, obey and pass on the relieving guard all orders from my company offers, or
officials, supervisors, post-in-charge or shift leaders.
g. To talk to no one except in line of duty.
h. To sound or call the alarm in case of fire (emergency) or disorder.
i. To call the superior officer in any case not covered by instructions (or in case of doubt).
j. To salute all company officials, superiors in the agency, ranking public officials, and
commissioned officers of the AFP, PNP, NBI and other law enforcement.
k. To be specially watchful at night and during the time of challenging, to challenge all
persons on or near my post and to allow no one pass or loiter without proper authority.
2. To patrol intensively the entire area of responsibility including building or structures.
3. To effect citizens arrest (arrest without warrant) to person or persons who commit crime or
crimes within their area of responsibility on the following grounds:
a. If the person to be arrested has committed, is actually committing or about to commit an
offense in his presence;
b. When the person to be arrested has committed a crime (within his AQR) and he has a
reasonable ground to believe (based on direct and eye witness evidence) that the person
to arrested has committed it; and
c. When the person to be arrested is a fugitive of the law (an escapee) or has escaped from
any penal institution or where he is confined or detailed while his case is still pending
before the honorable court.
Warning: The strict provisions of the Revised Rules of Court, Rule 113 must be
religiously adhered and complied to by arresting officer to avoid being charges to of
violation of human rights and constitutional rights of any person.
4. Assist in the prevention of crime(s) operations of any law enforcement unit.
5. Assist in the criminal investigation/operation of any investigating agency or
element/group/agent if could do so.
6. To effect the search and seizure operations as provided by law.
7. Conduct intelligence operations with focus on the specific target or objective such as, but not
limited to:
a. Character (background and reputation) check of person(s).
b. Discovery of the crime(s) and its clandestine operation.
c. Locating missing items/goods/valuables/person(s).
d. Surveillance/casing work.
e. As ordered by the concerned authorities.
8. To conduct traffic within the area of operation and/or during emergency.
Selection of Guards
Republic Act Number 5487 and its implementing rules and regulations prescribed the
minimum requirements for guards to be able to secure a license to exercise profession as a
security guard, private detective, security officer and security consultant.
General requisites in the Security Profession

1. Filipino Citizen 2. Physically and Mentally Fit
3. Good Moral Character 4. Must not posses any disqualification
General Disqualification
1. Dishonorably discharge from the service in the PNP/AFP or any private government
entities.
2. Physically and Mentally unfit
3. Conviction of a crime
4. Addicted to drugs or alcohol dummy for a foreigner
5. Elective or Appointive government official
Basic Qualification of an Agency Operator/Manager

1. At least 25 years of age
2. Commissioned officer, inactive or retired from AFP or PNP or a graduate of Industrial
Security Management with adequate training and experience in security business.
Basic Qualification of a Security Consultant

1. Holder of Master Degree in Criminology, MPA, MNSA, Industrial Management or LLB.
2. Must have at least 10 years experience in the operation and management of security
business.
Basic Qualifications of a Security Officer

1. At least graduated from Security Officers Training Course
2. A retired personnel in the AFP/PNP
3. Must not posses any of the disqualification.
Basic Qualifications of a Private Detective

1. BS Criminology Graduate
2. LLB Holder
3. Graduate of a Criminal Investigation Course
4. Advance ROTC Graduate
Basic Qualification of a Security Guard

1. Be at least high school graduate
2. Be at least 18 years of age but not more than 50 years old.
3. Undergone pre-licensing training course
4. Passed a neuropsychiatry examination
5. Be locally cleared with PNP or NBI.
Desirable Qualities of Security Guards

1. Alertness
2. Judgment 6. Self-Control
3. Confidence 7. Interest, loyalty, responsible and
4. Physical Fitness trustworthy.
5. Tactfulness
Licenses in Security Profession

1. License to Operate – before a Private Security Agency (PSA) can operate, it has to secure a
License to Operate (LTO) categorized as either temporary or regular. A temporary license
is issued by the PNP thru Civil Security Group Directorate after the applicant/ licensee
should have complied with all the requirements while it has less than two hundred guards. A
regular license to operate is issued to the PSA once it is qualified of having two hundred
(200) or more license security guard in its employ duly posted. Regular License is
renewable every two years.
2. Security Guard License – before a security guard can practice his profession; he shall
possess valid security license. The use of expired license is not allowed. In case of doubt,
licenses may be verified at the PNP SAGSD whether valid or fake.

3. Firearm’s License – all firearms of the security agency should be covered with firearms
license issued by the PNP through the Firearms Explosive Division under the Civil Security
Group, renewable every two years. No duplication of two or more firearms with the same
make and serial number shall be covered by one license.
SECURITY PLANNING is a corporate and an executive responsibility. It is involve

knowing the objectives of security and the means and methods to reach those objectives or
goals must then be involved. In short, security planning is a decision making process.
The Contents of Security Plan are as Follows:

1. THE SITUATION. This part of security plan explains the historical background or the
organization of its security picture.
2. THE MISSION. This part of the security plan will cover what plan is all about and what it
intends to do. This mission is subdivided into: (a) Purpose; (b) Goals; and (c) Objectives.
3. EXECUTION. This part of the security plan will explain and outline the concept of the
security project.
4. ADMINISTRATIVE AND LOGISTICS. This part of security plan involves the listings of
security equipment.
5. COMMAND AND SIGNAL. This last portion of the security plan pertains to the channels
of communication needed when implementing the project until in full operation.
6. SECURITY SURVEY is the process of conducting an exhaustive physical examination and
thorough inspection of all operational systems and procedures of a facility.
Purpose of Security Survey

a. To determine existing state of security
b. To locate weaknesses in defenses
c. To determine degree of protection required
d. To produce recommendations, establishing a total security program
SECURITY INSPECTION is the process of conducting physical examination to determine

compliance with established security policies and procedures as a result of security survey.
A. SECURITY GUARD FORCE may be defined as a group of forces of selected men, trained
and organized into a functional group for the purpose of protecting operational processes from
those disruption which impeded efficiency of halt operations at a particular plant, facility,
institution or special activity.
SECURITY HAZARD is any act or condition which may result in the compromise of
formation, loss of life, loss or destruction of property, or disruption of the objective of the
installation.
Types of Hazard
a. Natural hazards (storm, earthquakes, etc.)
b. Human or man-made hazards (sabotage, pilferage, etc.)
Types of Pilferer
1. Casual pilferer 2. Systematic pilferer
GUARD SYSTEM – the strategic placement and combination of human, animal and
energy barriers between the intruder and the matter to be protected.
Functions of the Guard System

 Sounds Alarms Identifies unauthorized personnel
 Apprehends unauthorized Detects intruderpersonnel
2 Basic Techniques of Guard Employment:
 Stationary (Fixed)  Moving (Patrol)
TYPES OF GUARD FORCE SYSTEM
 Proprietary Guards  Contract Guards

 GovernmentGuard
PROPRIETARY GUARDS
Advantages:
 Generally high caliber  Less turnover
 Provide better service  More loyal to the company
 Knows more complex security issues
Disadvantages:
 Expensive
 Possibility of joining guard union is  Non availability of back up
high personnel
CONTRACT GUARDS
Advantages:
 Less expensive  Relieved of guard supervision
 Convenient  Availability of Back up guards
 Lesser administrative/personnel  Security
related problems
 Free from Payroll-related problem
 Agency usually accepts civil liability
Disadvantages:
 Improper Training  No loyalty to company
 Low Caliber personnel  Large turnover
 Project image
REFERENCES:
Book Trading, Inc.
 WILFREDO C. DOMINGO & HARRY C. LORENZO (2010), Industrial Security
Management, Manila Philippines, Wiseman’s Books Trading, Inc.
 OSCAR GATCHALIAN SORIANO (2008), The Art and Craft of Industrial Security
Management, Quezon City, Philippines, Great Books Publishing.


LAW ENFORCEMENT
ADMINISTRATION
POLICE PATROL
ORGANIZATION WITH POLICE
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM


POLICE PATROL ORGANIZATION WITH POLICE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
D E F I N I T I O N OF T E R M S
ADMINISTRATION – Denotes functions that determine the basic policies, programs and
objectives of an organization and the means and method to the employed to achieve them.
AERIAL/SKYPATROL – I t was activated on April 20, 1996 and formally launched on May 2,
1996 for air patrol operation in NCR with three helicopter as its initial air assist capability.
AFTERNON SHIFT – It is usually the busiest and offers the greatest variety of activities
wherein officers deployed on the afternoon shift encounter a broad range of activities ad
people that make their job challenging. The afternoon shift combines the service orientation of
the day shift with the criminal apprehension function of the midnight shift.
AUTOMOBILE PATROL – It is the most extensively used and the most effective means of
transportation for police patrol.
BACK BERAND – Refers to a thief found with stolen goods borne on his back.
BAY AND RIVER PATROL – It is specialized being highly operating in water maintains the
common form of patrol.
BEAT- It is an area assigned for patrol purposes, whether foot or motorized.
BILLY- a policeman’s nightstick or baton.
BICYLCLE PATROL- Is a type of patrol which utilizes bicycles and ace a combine advantage
if mobility, speed and stealth. They are easily maneuvered in crowded areas and cheaper
operate.
BLISTERFOOT- use to denote a policeman in uniform in patrol assignment.
BLOODLESS EMERGENCY- an urgent situation confronting a police officer where the
subject is not involved in violence such as accidents, shooting incidents, or street fights. This
refers particularly to mental cases victims of drugs, alcohol or suicidal patients.
BUREAU – largest organic unit within a large department.
CANINE UNITS - dogs often used in lieu of a second officer in a motorized patrol unit. They
serve as supplement to the regular patrol force and allow officers to patrol the same or greater
area and maybe utilized in the detection of explosives, drugs and other contrabands.
CHAIN OF COMMAND - it is a system which has for its purpose to ensure that order,
directive and other information are issued downward and upward through the organizational
structure and timely and uniformed manner, it is intended to help the supervision to
established and maintains necessary control over the activities of his subordinates.
CHECK POINTS - a strategic point or area manned for uniformed policemen to establish to
check/intercept the passage of suspect/criminal and contrabands. Also referred to as choke
points.
COLUMN FORMATION - used generally for approach to the riot area.
COMMUNITY ASSESSMENT - this involves knowing the geographical location, topography,
streets and people as well as the political organization in the area of responsibility. Its
objective is to create a climate of trust and understanding within the community.
COMPREHENSIVE PATROL -kind of alternative patrol system where in the regular police
patrol duties are augmented with prescribed objectives and verifiable tasks.
COPS – Community Oriented Policy System.
CRIME STATISTICS - it is a science dealing with the collection, analysis, interpretation , and
presentation, of masses of numerical data on crime.
DAY SHIFT - this shift is devoted to service activities. The people that a police officer meets
during the day shift are usually law abiding and create new problems. The often concentrate
patrol effort around parks and congested recreational areas. Officers assign to the day shift do
not do a lot of hand core crime fighting; they tend to be more service oriented.
DECOY PATROL – This patrol methods rely heavily upon disguise, deception, and lying in
wait rather than upon high-visibility patrol techniques.
DESIRE AND OPPURTUNITY – Consistent factors in the commission o crime.
DIRECTED DETERRENT PATROL – In this patrol method the patrol officers perform
specific predetermined preventive functions on a planned and systematic basis. These
preventive activities are designed on the basis of detailed analysis of crime incidents
offender’s characteristics, methods of operating, and location. It attempts to identify certain
crime trends and then develop specific patrol methods to interrupt these patterns. Ideally
suited for cities which are large enough to experience crimes problems in which patterns and
characteristics can be identified.
DISCRETION - Refers to the wise use of ones judgment, by utilizing personal experience and
common sense to decide on the course of action to be taken for a particular situation.
DISTRICT – A geographical subdivision of the city for patrol purposes usually with its own
situation.
DISTRICT ORIENTATION TOUR- Utilized to familiarize and orients a policeman about the
patterns and characteristics of his patrol area before he goes out on actual patrol.
EMERGENCY CALL- A kind of call which requires the use of the flashing light and siren and
may violate traffic laws provided that extreme care is exercised.
EVENT ORIENTED PATROL- Refers to the identification of events which may require the
application of intensified patrol efforts or different kinds of patrol efforts strategies due to the
nature of the problems they may create.
FIXED WING AIRCRAFT PATROL- This type of patrol would afford police officers to
cover vast area particularly inaccessible remote areas at the least possible time without the
hassle of refueling in cases of long distance which has to be covered.
FOOT PATROL - Traditional type of patrolling which greatly advantageous in terms of
fostering police community relations. It is an integral element of many modern community
oriented policing programs. The foot patrol officer is usually able to develop a much closer
relationship with the people who reside, shop or work in his beat. He can readily identify
people on the beat since they experience impersonal and direct contact with them. The various
roles of an officer information provider, assistance giver, law enforcer, councilor and friend
are facilitated by this patrol method.
FUNCTIONAL ORGANIZATION - This organization, the performance of certain duties at all
levels is controlled and directed by separate organizational authority.
HAZARD - Is any person, thing situation or condition or place which if allowed to exist may
induce an accident or cause the commission of crime.
HIGH VISIBILITY PATROL – The theory underlying high visibility patrol is that there are
certain kinds of crimes.
HORSE PATROL - Used for certain patrol problems in jurisdiction that contain large park
areas of similar places where automobiles either cannot go or may be forbidden.
HOUSE VISITATION - This function is performed by patrol units where policeman routinely
visit residential houses and work places to offer crime prevention advice or to organize
community crime groups.
INSPECTIONAL SERVICES - Are effectively performed by foot patrolmen in uniform, as
they go about their routine tasks o walking their assigned beats, they pay particular attention
to persons and thing.
LAW ENFORCEMENT - This embraces crime prevention and crime control role, including
the customary police functions.
LEAP FROG - Method where two patrol officers alternately take the lead in the search and
cover each others as they progressively move on.
LOCATION ORIENTED PATROL- The process of conducting intensified surveillance over
selected areas that have been identified through crime analysis or though intelligence data as
being high risk areas for the commission of selected types of crimes.
LOW VISIBILITY PATROL - Low visibility patrol is design to increase the rate of
apprehension of persons engaged in selected types of crimes. Its secondary effect is that other
types of crimes will be deterred as the result of greater probability of persons being arrested in
the commission of the crime.
MALFEASANCE – It is the performance of some act which ought not to e done.
MARINE PATROL - Water patrol units are highly specialized form of police patrol and are
utilized in those communities that have access to navigable waterways such as lakes oceans,
and rivers. They represent and extremely valuable addition the regular patrol force.

MEETING UNUSUAL NEEDS - This refers to the result of intermittent and usually
unexpected variations in activities, civil disturbances, special community events, disaster
plans, and civil defense.
MIDNIGHT SHIFT - Called “graveyard shift” to denote lack of activities or “dog watch
“which suggest that it is the penalty box of the police work. It is for the reason that due to the
seniority the youngest and least experienced officers often end on this shift.
MISFEASANCE - It is the improper performance of some act which ought not to be done.
MOB - Refers to e crowd which may become boisterous disorderly and may cause violence and
lawlessness.
MOBILE PATROL - It is the dominant form of police patrol method.
MOTORCYCLE - Primarily used for traffic control and enforcement their speed and
maneuverability makes them an indispensable police vehicle.
NON-FEASANCE - It is the omission of some act which ought to be performed.
OFFENDER ORIENTED PATROL - Refers to the process of conducting surveillance of an
individual. In this case intelligence data as well criminal history information on non offenders
will form the basis for the identification of targets against which patrol efforts are directed.
PARTICIPATIVE LAW ENFORCEMENT - Locally referred to as the community oriented
policing systems or cops, it now has wide applications by the PNP particularly in the Metro
Manila area. Teamwork concept between the police and the citizenry is not something new
although it seems to be something new to those who are not aware of or have forgotten the
basic.
PATROL - Refers t e repeated circuit of in guarding covering in a particular area. It is the only
form of police service which directly attempts to eliminate the desire and opportunity of an
individual to commit misconduct.
PATROLLING - It is a system of sending out of uniform police men to conduct police visibility
patrols within area of responsibility and prevent the commission of crimes.
PATROL FORCE - it is the largest elements in a police organization whose members patrol the
streets on foots, dressed in the familiar khaki uniform, or riding a conspicuously marked,
radio-equipped patrols car, the nature of their service bring them in direct and constant contact
with the public every hour of the night, an every day an and height of the year.
PATROL HAZARD - A term used frequently to describe a specific condition or place that
requires a patrols officer’s special attention.
PATROL OBSERVATION - Refers to constant an alert patrolling with keen sense of
observation on persons and thing and is use as gauge of efficient patrol offices.
PATROILER - A French word which roughly means, “to travel on foot.” Origin of the word
Patrol
PCP - Refers to the present day local Police Community Precinct which evolved from the
NCOB program (New Cops on the black) and from the cops (Community Oriented Policing
System) they are smaller units which were established to operate below the police station
level. To develop trust, confidence, support and cooperation between the member of the
police force and the community, Police Community Precinct (PCP) has been organized in
Metro Manila. In other area of responsibility, the COPS KABABAYAN centers have been
established. The goal of this mini police department to bring the police closer to the people
they serve.
POLICE OMNIPRESENT - This is crime repression activity of the police which is
accomplished by making their presence known and deploying patrol units in the plain cloths
to create in the mind of the citizens that the policemen are everywhere.
POLITEIA - Etymology of the word police, meaning government of a city.
POST - A fixed point or location to which an officer is assigned for duty, such as designated
desk or office/ crosswalk or an intersection for traffic duty/ or spot or location for general
duty.
PRECAUTIONARY ACTIVITY - These would refer to the system of vigilant duty whereby
the policemen assigned thereat cope instantly with outbreak of incident or accident. This is
achieved by consultation and dialogue between the police and residents on how to prevent
similar incident of disorder.
PROACTIVE PATROL - Refer to an alternative patrol systems which means the fielding on
the field units in their respective area of responsibility with prescribed objectives and
verifiable tasks scheduled for the day to augment the calls and other on sight activities that
makes up the officer’s day.
QUADRANT - Using the scene of the crime as the center of the quadrant grid, the areas to be
searched is divided into four equal “ pie shaped” quarters generating from the center.
REACTIVE PATROL- This is a traditional patrol activity which consists driving around the
district waiting for something to happen.
REPRESSION OF CRIMINAL AN DELIQUENT BEHAVIOR- Repression f crime is
generally accomplished whether by having police officers present at specific location
maintaining a highly visible profile or by publicizing a highly active cover operation.
REPRESSIVE POLICE- A style of policing which generally tends to alienate the police from
the community use by rules and government lacking popular support and rely on this
technique to maintain them in power.
ROUTE- It is a light of streets, designated for patrol purposes also referred to as line beat.
SATURATE PATROL- A technique which calls for the deployment of as many police
officers as possible in a specific geographic area with known crime trend.
SECTION- function units within a particular division, necessary for specialization.
SECTOR - An area containing two or more boats, routes or pots.
SELECTIVE EMFORCEMENT - It is refer to targeting of specific criminal activity which
can be used with favorable result to respond high levels of criminal conduct. It allows a
department to maximize personnel deployment with respect to emergent crime trends with
minimum impact on normal patrol operations.
SHIFT SCHEDULING - It is one of the most important task face by patrol dispatchers and
police administrators. It is undertaken by dividing the numbers of variable patrol hours into
the number of hours actually devoted to call for service or other work load indicators.
SKIRMISHER TERRAIN PATROL - Usually four wheel drive vehicles designed to easily
maneuver an traverse with ease sandy area such as desserts and beach fronts as well as prone
to floods. This would enable patrol officers to respond quickly to calls to emergency scenes,
which may not be accessible to more conventional forms of transportation.
SPECIFIC DETERRENCE- It is of crime prevention technique which has an effect to an
activity of a specific individual or group.
SPLIT FORCE PATROL- A means of satisfying the needs of both prevention patrol an the
demands made by calls for service.
SPOT COVER - Usually a fixed post, generally at an intersection or some other vantage point,
overlooking one or more possible avenue of escape.
STREET QUISTIONING METHODS - This is a method whereby policemen on patrol may
interview, within the bounds of law, suspicious personalities at random in order to serve as
deterrent to those who intend to commit a crime.
STRONG POINTS - A critical points or intersection manned by minimum of five(5) uniformed
police personnel pre deployed to intercept fleeing bank robbers or criminals.
SUBERSIVES – Are persons or organization, organized to over throw legitimate government.
SWAT – Special Weapons and Tactics. A specialized mobile police assault force designed to
quell threats and contain crisis.
TACTICAL OPERATION AND STRATEGIES – It is the proper utilization and deployment
of the patrol force includes the design and implementation of patrol strategies and tactical
plans which are designed t meet the daily operational requirements as well as unique
conditions that may arise from time to time.
TARGET ORIENTED PATROL – Strategies which are directed toward specific persons,
places or events. Combining the elements of high visibility and low visibility patrol, and
directed deterrent patrol to identify persons, places or events which attract to create crime
problems. Various means are then used either to deny the opportunity for the crime to occur or
to intercept the criminal in the commissions of the offense.
TEAM POLICING – Refers to a grassroots approach undertaken to bring the people and the
police together in a cooperative situation. Its distinguishing feature is the establishment of
neighborhood. Crime watch groups for the purpose of encouraging the people to report crimes
and to assume greater interest and responsibilities in crime and prevention and suppression.
UNIT – Functional groups within a section where further specialization is needed.

UNLAWFUL ASSEMBLY – The continually conditions of civil unrests and lawlessness

making it apparent that it is possible for a major disturbances to occur at any time or place
where politically active or militant people congregate, labor, students, urban poor and other
minority groups have become prominent and dramatic in their effort to effect changes in
government and society.
WEDGE FORMATION – Used in crowd control to clear the street and splitting the mob.
POLICE PATROL OPERATIONS
WHAT IS PATROL?
According to Hale, Patrol is the essence of police function while Payton said, the Patrol
Division is the backbone of a police department. However, making it simpler, patrol may refer to
the regular tour made by a guard in a place in order to protect it or to maintain order. It could
also mean a person or a group (such as a police or military unit) sent to carry out a tour of duty in
a certain place with a particular mission either for reconnaissance purposes or simply to provide
protection.
Etymology of the Term Police and Patrol

The term police originated from the Greek word POLITEIA, which means civil
organization and the state; the Romans changed the word to POLITIA. The French changed the
word to POLICE to call those people authorized to implement the law. The English and the
Americans borrowed the word from the French and used it to describe a law enforcer. Cop and
Constable are other common descriptions of a police officer. Cop is a Europian term meaning to
Catch or Seize.
It must be noted that terms constable and patrol came from the French. Patrol originated
directly or via German Patrolla from the French Patrouller (PATROULLIER), which
originally means “ to walk through mud in a military camp”.
Police Patrol: Attributes

a. Police patrol is a primary line function, that patrol activities are considered basic and of first
priority.
b. Patrol function is accurately called the backbone of the police organization.
c. Patrol division has the initial responsibility for crime prevention and detection, and the
apprehension of offender. It also assists in the presentation in the court of law.
What is the Importance of Police patrol?

Obviously, the patrol force is indispensable unit in every police organization. The
following are the specific points that justify the importance of Police Patrol;
1. Patrol is the essence of police operations.
2. The patrol group is the single largest unit in the police organization.
3. Actions taken by the patrol officer have the most direct impact on the citizen’s satisfaction
and on the accomplishment of police goals and objectives.
4. Patrol operation is the most visible form of activity that enhances the welfare and security of
the community.
5. Individual patrol officers represent the police department in its contact with the community.
6. Individual patrol officers play a major role in determining the quality of justice in a given
community. Errors made by patrolmen have significant negative effect in the public’s
perception and on the other components of the CJS.
7. The patrol officer is the most important human element of the police organization since all
police field operations are supported by the patrol activity.
What are the Patrol Functions?

Based on the Section 1 of Rule II of the original Police Manual, the patrol force has the
primary responsibility of safeguarding the community. This can be done through the:
1. Protection of persons and property
2. Preservation of peace and order
3. Prevention of crime
4. Suppression of criminal activities

5. Apprehension of criminals
6. Enforcement of laws and ordinances
7. Regulation of criminal conduct
8. Performing necessary services and inspections
Category of Police Functions:

a. Line functions which are those tasks that directly facilitate the accomplishment of
organizational goals.
b. None-line functions are those tasks that supplement the line in its task performance
Line functions or activities are further broken onto subcategories, both of which are Field
Services:
a. Primary Line Function – ex. Patrol
b. Secondary Line Function – ex. Traffic management, criminal investigation, etc.
Roles of the Police in the Society:

a. Crime Prevention
b. Crime Suppression
Crime Prevention – is classically defined as the anticipation, recognition and appraisal of crime
risk and the initiation of positive action to remove or reduce risk.
Crime Suppression – is the modern approach in crime control which deals with the
apprehension, investigation, trial, correction and punishment of the criminal.
Police Discretion – wise use one’s judgment, common sense, and personal experience in making
decision on a particular situation.
Immersion – is the process by which policeman merged with the community in order to know
them. This can easily be done through patrol.
What is the Concept of Crime Prevention and Crime Suppression?

Theoretically, Crime Prevention involves the suppression of the desire of potential
criminals to commit crimes. On the other hand, crime suppression involves the elimination of the
opportunity of criminals to perform acts against the law.
In reality, crime prevention and crime suppression are activities that patrol officers do not
bother to distinguish. When they are deployed at the streets, patrol officers have no time to
ponder if what they do is under crime prevention or crime suppression.
PATROL FORCE ORGANIZATION
Concept of Patrol Force Organization

Patrol force organization maybe defined as the hierarchy of police officers working
together towards a common goal. The general goal of the patrol force is to safeguard the
community. To achieve this goal, patrol officers must have coordinated activities whether these
are in the form of:
1. Protection of life and property
2. Preservation of peace and order
3. Prevention of crime
4. Suppression of criminal activities
5. Apprehension of criminals
6. Enforcement of laws and ordinances
7. Regulation of criminal conduct
8. Performing necessary services and inspections
PATROL THEORIES AND METHODS
A. Fundamental Theories of Patrol

1. Theory of Police Omnipresence – High Police Visibility discourages criminals. Normally,

criminals think twice before executing their plans if there is obvious presence of police
officers. Thus, patrol activity should be carried in a manner that attracts maximum attention
to the police officer or police vehicles. This theory applies the principle of OVERT
Operation or high visibility.
2. Low Profile Theory – Low Police Visibility increases the opportunity to apprehend
criminals. Deceptive absence of the police officers will let criminals believe that they will
not be detected or caught if they execute crimes that they planned. In this theory, the
objective is to attract as little attention as possible while on the process of patrolling. The
officers should operate in a manner that it would be difficult for either criminals or the
public to determine that police are around. The principle of Covert Operation is integrated
in this theory.
The Meaning of the Word Patrol

P – Policeman
A – Assigned
T – To
R – Restore
O – Order in the
L – Locality
B. Patrol Methods
Patrol methods are various means of getting from one place to another within a specified
patrol jurisdiction. Various methods of patrol are not intended to isolate the patrol officer from
the people he vowed to serve and protect.
Patrol effort made by the police may be in the form of any or combination of the
following:
1. Beat Patrol
a. Foot Patrol
b. Sector Patrol
2. Sector Patrol ( Motorized Patrol )
a. Automobile Patrol
b. Motorcycle Patrol
c. Aircraft Patrol ( Helicopter and Fixed Wing )
3. Specialized Patrol Methods
a. Horse (Mounted) Patrol
b. Marine (Water) Patrol
c. Canine (K-9) Assisted Patrol
d. Special Terrain Patrol
FOOT PATROL
Foot Patrol is restricted to small areas and is used to deal with special situations while
maintaining contact with officers in patrol cars. Foot patrol is used to secure Two Types of
police geographical units;
1. Post – a fixed position or location where an officer is assigned for guard duty.
2. Beat – the smallest area specifically assigned for patrol purposes.
Types of Foot Patrol

1. Fixed Foot Patrol – is usually used for traffic, surveillance, parades and special events.
2. Mobile Foot Patrol – is used where there is considerable foot movement such as patrolling
business and shopping centers, high crime areas, and in places where there are many or
multiple family dwellings.
a. Line Beat Patrol is used in securing a certain portion of a road or beat.
b. Random Foot Patrol is used in checking residential buildings, business establishments,
dark alleys, and parking lots.

What are the factors to be considered in determining the size of the beat?
1. Area to be patrolled;
2. Man – made and natural barriers
3. Number of men to patrol the area;
4. Type of patrol to be sued
What are the factors to be considered in determining the number of men to be deployed?
1. Size or area to be patrolled
2. Topography ( Physical Characteristics or terrain of the area )
3. Crime Rate
4. Possible problems to be encountered on the beat
Advantages of Foot Patrol

1. Greater personal contact with the public leading to increased community support for the
police. Police becomes closer to the community residents.
2. Greater opportunity to develop sources of information.
3. High police visibility. Regular police presence discourages criminals and provides greater
sense of security to storekeepers, females, and elderly persons.
4. Places not accessible by motor vehicles are reached and patrolled. Patrol officers can enter
small alleys and side streets.
5. Easier detection of criminal activities. Foot patrol provides closer observation of the
environment and the circumstances that may require immediate police attention.
6. Easy discovery and familiarization on the layout of the beat. In- depth knowledge of the
characters and problems of the patrol area.
Disadvantages of Foot Patrol

1. Low mobility resulting to limited coverage of the patrol area.
2. Low response time to telephone complaints.
3. Foot patrol method involves a large number of personnel, since officers are assigned on
small areas of jurisdiction called posts and beats.
AUTOMOBILE PATROL
The patrol car is the most extensively used and the most effective means of transportation
for police on patrol. Equipped with state – of – the – art police gear, patrol cars today provide a
rapid, safe, and efficient means of transportation under average operating conditions. Automobile
patrol has the greatest mobility and flexibility. Most experts on patrol operation agree that it is
the most cost – effective method of patrol.
Advantages of Automobile Patrol

1. High mobility allowing coverage of greater area.
2. Quicker response time to complaints. Greater efficiency in responding to emergency calls
and other called – for services.
3. More economical as compared to foot patrol.
4. Enable more effective street pursuit of offenders.
5. Enable more effective traffic enforcement.
6. Provide an element of surprise, especially when crime is in progress.
7. Provide the officers with necessary protection during inclement weather.
8. Enable officers to carry supplementary equipment essential in patrolling.
Disadvantages of Automobile Patrol

1. Diminished personal contact with the public.
2. Little opportunity to develop sources of information.
3. Marked police vehicle hampers apprehension and surveillance operations.
BICYCLE PATROL

Bicycle Patrol is growing in popularity because of easy operation and its acceptance by
the public, particularly children who view them as a non-threatening form of patrol. Bicycles
are now used in many countries as a simple and inexpensive means of silent transportation to
carry police officers throughout their patrol district. Often, bicycles are used in parks and on
beaches and have many of the same advantages and disadvantages as motorcycles.
Advantages of Bicycle Patrol

1. Lower – cost (inexpensive) to operate as compared to motorcycle and automobiles.
2. Areas not accessible by patrol cars or are too wide for foot patrol can be covered by bicycle.
3. Increased mobility and stealth since bicycle can be operated quietly and without attracting
too much attention.
4. Found to be highly effective in combating theft, vandalism in residential areas, parks,
shopping malls, etc.
5. Effectively used by plainclothesmen for surveillance in high crime areas wherein officers
wearing nondescript clothes could blend with the apparels worn by the criminals.
MOTORCYCLE PATROL
Most police departments have their motorcycles marked with the same insignia as their
patrol cars. Motorcycles are beginning to be a favorite of patrol officers because of the ease and
speed of moving around. Motorcycle Patrol has many of the same advantages as automobile
patrol, especially in speed and maneuverability. Motorcycles have greater access than
automobiles to some areas and are better suited to heavy traffic, narrow alleys and rugged
terrain.
Disadvantages of Motorcycle Patrol

1. Relatively high cost to operate.
2. Limited use in bad weather.
3. Inability to carry additional equipment or officers.
4. The danger involved in riding them.
HORSE PATROL (Mounted Patrol)

Mounted Patrol is decreasing in the US but still used in some large cities for crowd and
traffic control. Mounted officers are usually more acceptable than K-9s as crowd control
instruments. Expense is one of the main advantages of mounted patrol. The greatest advantage is
that an officer on horseback is much more effective at controlling a disorderly crowd than one on
foot or in any kind of vehicle (other than a tank). Mounted officers can see up to three blocks
away and cover more territory than officers on patrol.
Horses are useful in patrolling jurisdiction that covers large park areas or similar places
where automobiles cannot go or maybe forbidden. Mobile patrol cars cannot be expected to race
on grassy fields or wooded areas but horses can.
Mounted patrol is also valuable in search-and-rescue efforts in rural and wilderness areas.
Officers on horses have been called upon to:
1. Assist in evidence searches at crime scenes.
2. Round up straying cattle after a truck has tipped over.
3. Search for lost children in tall corn or grass where men on foot would be ineffective.
AIRCRAFT PATROL
Among the more recent trends in patrolling is the use of aircraft, either helicopter or
fixed-wing. Today, it has become necessary for the police use aircraft in performing both routine
and specialized patrol activities. The use of aircraft is not totally new. In 1925, the Los Angeles
County Sheriff Department has already formed a volunteer Reserve Aero Squadron. Full-time
Aero detail is still an official unit in this police department today.
WATER PATROL (Marine/Bay/River Patrol)

Water patrol units are extremely specialized and are not in great use except in areas with
extensive coasts or a great deal of lake or river traffic. The objective was to use the vehicles in

anti-smuggling operations as well as against robberies committed in warehouses along

riverbanks or water ports.
CANINE (K-9) ASSISTED PATROL (Dog Patrol)

As earlier mentioned, the Egyptians were the first to use dogs in patrolling. In the US,
dogs have been used in police patrol since 1900. In April 1957, Baltimore was the only
American police force that used trained dog handler teams on patrol. As of April 1968, about 200
police agencies used a total of 500 man dog teams in police patrol work.
Police dogs are especially useful in high crime areas, in dangerous search situations, in
dealing with street gangs, in dispersing a crowd, in taking fleeing suspects into custody, in
guarding suspects, in searching alleys, parks, schools, and other large building. A most recent
use of police dogs is in the search and detection of drugs in packages or on suspects.
Uses of Dogs or K-9s in Police Operations

1. Provide great assistance in search and rescue as well as in smelling out drugs and bombs.
2. Provide protection for 1 – officer patrol. Officer/s assigned to a high crime area has little
fear with a well-trained canine at their side.
3. Great value in crowd control since:
a. Properly trained dogs are virtually fearless;
b. Totally loyal to their handlers have a significant psychological effect on would-be
trouble makers.
4. Extensively used in international airports to detect narcotics and bombs because of their
keen sense of smell. A dog is capable of recognizing an odor 10 million times better than a
human can.
5. Specially trained dogs are extremely effective in finding bodies – dead or alive, just buried
or buried for years.
6. Locating trapped people during emergencies.
7. Can be an asset to public relations efforts.
8. Well-trained police dogs can be used for demonstrations in public affairs, schools, or
parades.
Disadvantages of Using K – 9
1. Most police dogs work with only one handler.
2. K – 9, like most dogs, is territorial, and its handler and its K – 9 cruisers are part of its
territory.
3. Dog training is expensive. Dog training usually takes 10 to 12 weeks.
4. Police department that initiates a K – 9 sections is vulnerable to law suits.
PATROL MANAGEMENT
The following are simple but vital questions in the management of a patrol unit in your
own department or in any police department.
WHAT IS A REACTIVE PATROL?

It is the old system of police patrol activity which consists of continuously driving around
the area of patrol waiting for something to happen and to react accordingly in case something
does happen.
WHAT IS PROACTIVE PATROL?

It is the more economical alternative patrol system, which has an objective approach
against criminality as much as practicable. It addresses crime at its very root before it is able to
develop into felonious act.
WHAT IS PARTICIPATIVELAW ENFORCEMENT?

It is a system where the citizenry and the police work together to reduce crime, prevent
juvenile delinquency and criminal behavior, maintain peace and reduce local problems which are
the mutual responsibility of the police and the people.

WHAT IS THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREVENTION AND REPRESSION OF

CRIMINAL AND DELINQUENT BEHAVIOR?
PREVENTION is the objective aimed towards ways and means to reduce the desire of
the human being to commit crime. REPRESSION, on the other hand is the act of prevening the
actual commission of crimes. Repression is leveled on the prevention of the very act itself which
constitutes crimes.
WHAT IS POLICE OMNIPRESENCE?

It is a crime repression activity of the police which is accomplished by making their
presence known in such a way that even if they are no longer present in a certain location, would
be criminals would still have the impression that they are still around and would therefore refrain
from committing an offense.
WHAT IS THE MEANING OF THE ACRONYM COPS?

The acronym COPS refers to Community Oriented Policing System. It is the
deploying of policemen in police blocks to provide police and public safety services. It also
involves the breaking down of large and impersonal police departments into small units to create
a series of mini-police precincts, which are responsive to the smaller communities.
WHAT ARE THE OBJECTIVES OF THE PNPN’s NEW COPS?

1. To enhance police visibility in order to reach out to the community to serve the resident a
policing out.
2. To improve police community relation to gain public acceptance, build mutual respect and
trust and promote cooperation.
3. To attend sustained and integrated police – community participation, in crime prevention
and suppression.
WHAT IS POLICE BLOCK?

This is the NCOB (New Cops on the Block) Center of Command and Control of its
activities and the police base from which the citizen may seek assistance whether in person, by
radio or telephone.
WHAT IS THE SO-CALLED “HOUSE VISITATION”?

It is a function of NCOB’s where police officers on patrol visit every house and work
place to offer crime prevention advice and to organize the neighborhood crime watch groups.
WHAT IS THE SO-CALLED “STREET QUESTIONING” METHOD?

It is a method whereby policemen on patrol may interview within the bounds of law
suspicious personalities at random in order to serve as a deterrent to those intended to commit a
crime.
WHAT IS THE POLICE SOCIAL SERVICES OF THE PNP?

It is a project that concerns a wide variety of activities such as physical fitness and sports
development and formation and education and livelihood projects. The following are some of the
benevolent services performed by the police patrol:
1. Midwife duties during childbirth.
2. Render first aid to accident victims.
3. Get relief assistance to disaster victims.
4. Mediate in family quarrels.
5. Delivery of death messages.
WHAT DO YOU UNDERSTAND ABOUT THE CONCEPT OF “TEAM POLICING”?

It is the grassroot approach undertaken to bring the people and the police together in a
cooperative situation. Its distinguishing feature is the establishments of neighborhood crime
watch groups to encourage the people to report crimes and to assume greater interest and
responsibility in crime prevention and suppression.

WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF POLICE UNIFORM?

As with any other occupation, the police uniform is intended to separate policemen from
everyone who are not in the same line of work to avoid confusion and to assure others of his
authority and his presence.
GIVE THE FOUR KINDS OF INSPECTIONS CONDUCTED BY POLICEMEN ON

PATROL?
Policemen may conduct Building Inspection, Crime Prevention Follow-up, House
Inspection and Miscellaneous Inspection.
WHAT IS PATROL HAZARD?

This is a term used frequently to describe a specific condition or place that requires a
patrol officer’s special attention.
WHAT IS THE IMPORTANCE OF VEHICLE INSPECTION FOR PATROL?

The emergency nature of police work demands that the vehicle they use be in the best
condition as possible not only for routine patrol driving but also for pursuit operation. Hence,
there is a need for regular vehicle inspection.
WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF DISTRICT ORIENTATION TOUR IN PREPARING FOR

PATROL?
Its purpose is to familiarize and orient a policeman about the patterns and characteristics
of his patrol area before he conducts actual patrol?
WHAT IS POLICE SURVEILLANCE?

It is the process of keeping under observation a person; a place or an object to obtain
information material to the solution of a case. It is also use to detect some forms of criminal
behaviors.
WHAT ARE THE DIFFERENT TYPES OF CALLS RESPONSE BY THE POLICE

PATROL?
1. ROUTINE CALL – Under this category, the mobile car is required to observe all traffic
laws and rules and does not normally use its flashing lights and siren while on its way to the
scene. This includes when the police responds to;
a. Provide police car transportation.
b. Obtain reports about offenses discovered after the criminal has left and which does not
involve injury.
c. Obtain information the nature of which is not given.
d. Investigate apparently abandoned vehicles.
e. Obtain damage reports.
f. Provide additional traffic control and direction.
2. URGENT CALL – This is similar to the routine call, which also requires the responding
police car to observe all traffic rules and does not use its flashing lights or siren. However, it
proceeds directly to its destination and does not stop unless an incident of far more serious
nature occurs. This includes when the police responds to investigate:
a. Trouble of unknown nature.
b. Shoplifter complaint.
c. Vehicular accidents in which there are no physical injuries.
d. Prowler complaints.
e. Lost children complaints.
f. Report of mob activities.
g. Reports of domestic or tenant-landlord or neighborhood conflicts.
3. EMERGENCY CALL – In most cases, this category requires the use of the flashing light
and fluctuating siren although there are exceptions which include the attempt to surprise
criminals in the act. It is permissible in this case for the responding police car to violate

traffic laws provided that extreme care is exercised while driving at high speed. This
includes when police responds to:
a. Investigate a crime in progress.
b. Investigate a traffic accident in which people are injured.
c. Rescue or assist another patroller in trouble.
d. Aids an injured person.
e. Pursue or apprehend suspected criminal/s.
f. Assist in firefighting.
g. Stop an ongoing fight in progress.
WHAT ARE THE TWO SCHOOL PF THOUGHTS REGARDING THE BEST MEANS
OF APPROACHING ANY SCENE WHERE A CRIME IS BELIEVED TO BE IN
PROGRESS?
FIRST is to approach the scene with lights and siren flashing and to pull on directly at the
scene of the reported crime. The idea here is to frighten the criminal in order to prevent him from
completing his criminal act.
SECOND is to approach the crime scene as inconspicuously as possible in order to use
the advantage of surprise in apprehending the criminal or preventing his escape.
WHAT ARE THE FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED BY THE PATROLLER IN

CHOOSING THE MANNER BY WHICH AN APPROACH TO A CRIME IN
PROGRESS IS TO BE MADE?
These are the factors of: Time and Day; Condition of Traffic; Possibility of ongoing
physical assault; and The Neighborhood characteristics.
THE INTEGRATED PATROL SYSTEM (IPS) OF THE PNP

The Integrated Patrol System (IPS) of the PNP is a concerted effort to the whole PNP
organization with other government agencies. The purpose is for the effective performance of the
general role of the PNP which is to deliver the basic public safety services to the community.
What are the Three (3) Public Safety Bureaus?

In the Philippines, there are three separate line bureaus created under the Department of
the Interior and Local Government. They are responsible in the protection of the community
against criminality, destructive fires and calamities and protection by confinement and correction
of convicted perpetrators. The three bureaus are;
1. PNP – Philippine National Police
2. BJMP – Bureau of Fire Protection
3. BJMP – Bureau of Jail Management and Penology
What are the Basic PNP Functions?

As stated earlier, the basic functions of the PNP are : Crime Prevention – including
crime suppression; Crime Solution – covers investigation of crimes; and Traffic Management
– covers direction and control, and traffic accident investigation.
Crime Prevention – the basic police function; the technique of eliminating the desire of
the people to commit crime. It can be done through Police Visibility. Crime Deterrence is
actually the essence (real meaning) of Police Visibility because:
1. Making their presence felt;
2. Giving a feeling of security to law abiding citizens; and
3. Providing a feeling of fear to would be offenders.
What is the General Objective of Patrol Activity?

The general objective of patrol activity is to prevent the commission of crime by
destroying the opportunity of potential offenders thru constant and alert patrolling.
With these, patrol officers should have a detailed understanding of the anatomy of crime
or what makes up a criminal act. The anatomy of crime states that: crime takes place with the
three elements or ingredients are present at the same time and place which are: Instrumentalities,
Motive and Opportunity. To explain further:
1. Instrumentality – the means or instrument used in the commission of crime.

2. Motive – the reason or cause why a person or group of persons will perpetrate a crime or
the purpose of doing something.
3. Opportunity – it refers to the chance or twist of fate; consist of the acts (whether by
omission or commission) by a person (the victim) that enables another person or group of
persons (the offenders) to perpetrate the crime.
Further, once crime took place, it can be further explained by using the interaction of
these three (3) factors: Criminal Tendency, Total Situation, and Resistance to Temptation.
Criminal tendency is innate to every human being. Total situation speaks of the environmental
circumstances. Resistance to temptation could also be innate to a person which could be
attributed to his cultural and educational upbringing.
What is a Freak Crime Accident?

There are situations when all the three elements of the crime are present and merged at
the same time and the same place; however the victim is not the intended one due to error in
persona (mistaken identity). This is called a Freak Crime Accident. Similarly, the public still
need to be protected against these kinds of crimes.
How Police Visibility is Attained?

Police visibility can be done in Three (3) ways: Physical Presence by being visible as
police and easy to locate police units; Patrolling Scheme through mobile, integrated, and
widespread, supportive, and redundant coverage; and Response which should be proper,
adequate and timely (ideal is 5 minutes response time).
Further, the police Visibility Program of the PNP can be accomplished thru the use of the
Integrated Patrol System (PNP-IPS). The PNP-IPS has the following:
 Pre-emptive
 Widespread and Forward Deployment
 Force Mixture (complementary and supportive)
 Cross Checking of Deployment
 Force Multiplier
 Supports the COPS
What are the Components of the IPS?
A. FIXED COMPONENTS – These include the following; Police Station HQ; Police
Community Precincts (PCP); Traffic Post; and Visibility Posts – police outpost.
1. Station Desk (SD) – plays the most important role in the implementation of the police
mission – to serve and protect the community. Further it serves as the Three (3) Cs of
the police force: Communication; Coordinating; and Center/ Command Post.
Situation / Locator Map (with magnetic equipment) – also called spot map; the key-
point in the Police Station Desk; capable of providing visual IPS situation because it
shows the: area of responsibility (AOR); Real Time Current Situation; and Real Time
Status of the IPS.
2. Police Community Precincts (PCP) – Led by a police commissioned officer with the rank
of Chief Inspector or Superintendent with a minimum of 30 personnel including the PCP
Commander divided in 3 shifts of 8-hours duty.
B. PATROL COMPONENTS – The patrol components of the IPS are: Air Patrol; Line Beat
Patrol; Mobile Patrols; Motorcycle Patrol; Bicycle Patrol; Reaction Unit Patrol (SWAT);
and Detective Repressive Patrol.
1. Police Beats (PBs) – these are consist of any contiguous or adjacent area defined by
identifiable boundaries within the AOR of a PCP where an officer can effectively patrol
during his tour of duty; it is an area that can be effectively patrolled on foot and police
officers can respond to calls for police assistance within a matter of minutes.

2. Mobile Patrol (MP) – The SOPs are similar to the earlier discussions under the
automobile type of patrol. In cases where a vehicle is stopped, the following 10 Rules in
Stopping Vehicles should be applied:
a. During daytime, select the widest portion of the road where to stop a motorist.
b. Signal the motorist to pull closer to the right side of the curb with the patrol car
parked behind the violator’s vehicle.
c. Observe flow of traffic coming from behind before opening the door and alighting
from the patrol car.
d. In issuing a citation, occupy the right side of the vehicle using the hood to accomplish
the citation.
e. At nighttime, select a well-lighted place to stop a motorist.
f. Never stand to do anything in front of a stopped vehicle with its engine running and
its driver still at the vehicle.
g. Never stand to do anything between the stopped vehicle and the patrol car if the
driver of the stopped vehicle is at the wheel.
h. Never stand on the way of the door of the stooped vehicle especially if he is ordering
a suspicious driver to get out of the vehicle.
i. Never allow a person being interrogated to stand on the firearm side.
j. Never allow an apprehended suspect to sit inside the patrol car on the side where the
policeman’s f/a is tucked.
3. Detective Beat (DB) or Detective Beat System (DBS) – DB is a contiguous area where a
team of police investigators is assigned with a specific task of conducting follow-up
investigation to all complaints, reports, referrals, and other requests with the end-in-view
of full compliance and/or the filling of a case.
OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES FOR THE CONDUCT OF PATROL

The following are the guidelines normally observed by the PNP in the conduct of
patrolling not necessary under the IPS:
1. Pre – Patrol (Pre-Deployment Phase)
a. Fall-in- information in ranks
b. Roll-call-accounting of patrol elements by the patrol commander (PC)
c. Inspection of uniform, appearance and equipment by the PC
d. TI & E (Troop Information and Education) and dissemination of instructions/orders by
PC
e. Reading of assignment of PBs by Sarhento de Mesa or Field Duty Officer (FDO)
f. Issuance of equipment to Pos (Patrol Officers) and PTs (Patrol Teams)
g. Report to higher headquarters (HQ) by FDO
2. Deployment Phase
a. Report to SD by the Pos (Patrollers)
b. Pos make patrol plan and follow patrol procedures
c. Adopt the buddy-buddy system
d. Make situation report on an hourly basis or upon reaching the end of their line beat
e. Report and/or record in the PSR (Patrol Sheet Report) all unusual incidents
3. Post – Patrol (Post-deployment Phase)

a. Regrouping and formation
b. Accounting
c. Inspection
d. Debriefing/submission of DPR (Daily Patrol Report)
e. Recall of equipment issued
f. Dismissal by the PC
After which, the Patrol Commander collects the DPR and submits it to the HQ for
consolidation and reference.
C. AUXILIARY COMPONENTS – in the Philippines, the police are the members of the PNP
with two (2) statutory characteristics:
1. National in Scope
2. Civilian in Character
Who are the members of the Auxiliary Police (or Auxiliary Components of the IPS)?
1. Private Security Guards
2. Traffic Enforcers and Aides
3. Junior Police
4. Law Enforcement Services Cadets
5. Barangay Chairman and Tanods (Barangay Public Safety Officers (BPSO))
6. Civilian Volunteer Organizations (CVOs) such as civilian volunteer radio
communications, and volunteer public utility vehicles (PUV) drivers and Non-
Government Organizations (NGOs) like Bantay Bayan, Bayan Muna, etc.
POLICE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
What is the Nature of Communication?

Communication is a vital part of personal life and is also important in business,
education, and any other situation where people encounter each other.
Businesses, privately-owned or government-owned, are concerned with communication
in several special ways. Some businesses build and install communication equipment such as fax
(facsimile) machines, video cameras, CD players, printing presses, personal computers, and
telephones. Other companies create books, and software. These companies are part of the media
or telecommunications industries.
What is the significance of Communication in the Police Management and

Administration?
Effective communications is essential in all organizations in which people deal with one
another. It is very difficult to imagine any kind of activity that does not depend on
communication in one form or another. Today’s police managers are aware that the efficiency of
their personnel depends to a great extent on how well the efforts of individual members can be
coordinated. Because coordination does not simply happen, managers must realize that
communication is necessary if their subordinates are to obtain the understanding and cooperation
required to achieve organizational and individual goals.
EVOLUTION OF COMMUNICATIONS
Communication between two people is an outgrowth of methods developed over

centuries of expression. Gestures, the development language, and the necessity to engage in joint
action all played a part.
PAPER AND PRINTING

The first lightweight medium was Papyrus, an early form of paper used by the Egyptians
that was made from grasses called reeds. Later, in the 2nd Century AD, the Chinese wrote on silk
fabric instead of wood, and developed paper made from silk fibers. (Today paper made from
cotton or linen fibers is still called rag paper).
POSTAL SERVICES
Different societies have devised systems for transporting messages from place to place
and from person to person. The earliest were courier-type services whereby messengers carried
memorized or written messages from one person to another, and returned with the reply. The
Persian and Roman empires and some Asian societies sent couriers regularly along planned
routes to retrieve reliable and timely information about trade and military affairs from distant
areas.
THE TELEGRAPHY
The first truly electronic medium was the telegraph, which sent and received electrical
signals over long-distance wires.
THE TELEPHONE
In 1876, Scottish-born American inventor Alexander Graham Bell was the first to patent
and produce a telephone. His patent was titled improvement in Telegraphy, and contained the
design of a device that would transmit the human voice over wires instead of electrical clicks or
other signals, like the telegraph. Originally, Bell thought that the telephone would be used to
transmit musical concerts, lectures, or sermons. The American inventor Elisha Gray filed an
intention to patent at the same time, but after many court battles, Bell was given the rights to the
invention.
THE RADIO
The telegraph and telephone were systems for distance communication that sent electrical
signals through wires. The earliest system for sending electrical signals through the air via
electromagnetic waves was called wireless, and later radio. Radio technology was based on the
discoveries of James Clark Maxwell.
THE TELEVISION (TV)

Two pioneers independently created the first workable television systems – American
inventor Philo T. Farnsworth and Russian – born American engineer Vladimir K. Zworykin.
Farnsworth used an electronic camera he called an image dissector to transmit a picture of a
dollar sign in 1927. He patented aspects of his system, and developed his television, further in
the 1930s, but lost his financial backing when World War II (1939-1945) began.
THE COMPUTERS
The earliest computers were machines built to make repetitive numerical calculations that
had previously been done by hand. By the 1890s, calculating machines were used to tabulate the
US Census with a punched-card system invented by Herman Hollerith. Electromechanical
calculators were being built by the 1930s, especially by a new company called the International
Business Machines Company (IBM). The first truly electronic memory and processors were built
by John Vincent Atansoft in 1939 at the Iowa State College, and the first fully functioning
electronic computers, a series of ten called Colossus, were built by the British Secret Service
during World War II to help them crack the Germans’ secret military codes.
MOBILE PHONE
This is a very recent mode of communication which is already utilized by private and
commercial entities. The Police and the Military are also using this as one of the major
alternatives of communication.
Text Messaging also known as Short Message System (SMS). It is a method of

communication allowing cellular, or mobile, phone users to exchange brief notes, typically up to
160 characters in length. Now, you can send as much as 450 characters.
POLICE COMMUNICATIONS
As pointed out earlier, communications is inseparable in police management and

administration. In fact, Payton stated in his book, Patrol Procedure, that “Police communications
are the Backbone of Police Tactics. Without proper communications, the modern police
department would be lost.”
The Police Radio Dispatcher - the radio dispatcher is the personnel in a police
communication center or coordinating center tasked to receive and transmit radio messages.
Before a policeman or civilian can become a radio dispatcher, he must be trained formally or
through an OJT. The dispatcher is also called radio coordinator and radio operator.
Benefits of employing a trained radio dispatcher:

1. Easy of understanding radio messages
2. Elimination of errors
3. Minimum communication time

4. Development of professional attitude in sending and receiving messages
5. Inter-service cooperation
6. Conservation of equipment
Basic qualifications of a radio dispatcher or operator

1. ability to speak clearly and distinctly at all times
2. ability to reduce rambling and disconnected material into concise and accurate messages
3. ability to think and act promptly in emergencies
4. ability to analyze the situation accurately and to take an effective course of action
5. thorough understanding of the capacities of the communication system
6. adequate understanding of the technical operation of his system to allow intelligent reporting
of equipment failures
7. Physical and mental ability to work effectively under all conditions encountered
8. Knowledge of the rules and regulations applying to dispatcher’s responsibilities
Voice Qualities of effective Radio dispatcher- the three characteristics of a person’s voice
are:
1. Loudness or Volume- depends on the size of the human voice box
2. Pitch or Voice Frequency- the level of the voice which depends on the number of cycles
per second emitted by the speaker (high pitched is not pleasant and clear in talking through a
mike)
3. Timbre- the quality of a speech sound that comes from its tone rather than its pitch or
volume
Voice requirements of effective radio dispatcher

1. Alert- give impression of alertness, being enthusiastic and interested in the person calling
2. Pleasant – create a pleasant office image with voice with a smile since pleasantness is
contagious
3. Natural-use simple straightforward language; avoid repetition of mechanical words or
phrases; avoid technical terms and slang
4. Distinct – speak clearly and distinctly; move the lips, tongue and jaw freely; talk directly
to the telephone
5. Expressive – a well modulated voice carries best over the mike; use normal tone of voice;
not too loud not too soft; vary the tones to bring out the meaning of sentences and add color
and vitality to what to say.
ORAL AND WRITTEN COMMUNICATION

In security work, oral and written communication refers to the means used in
communication. This can be a telephone, teletype, radio, TV, facsimile and internet. Choice of
channel depends on the type of messages or information to be sent but, by and large, the operator
are fixed or pre-set for use by technical personnel.
WALKIE – TALKIES
The slang term for the two-way radio systems developed by Motorola in the 1930s
designed for home and police radios. Today, it is known as two-way hand held radio (HHR) or
radio transceiver.
Features and Advantages of Walkie-talkies:
1. Portable and easy to operate;
2. The foot patrolman can both send and receive messages quite easily; and
3. Enables patrol officers to call for immediate assistance.
TYPICAL RADIO TRANSCIEVER

1. To communicate between two points, there should be a station transmitter and
receiver must be of the same frequency to communicate.
2. If the two transmitter and the two transceivers of the two stations are operating on
the same frequency, it is referred to as “simplex operation”.
3. If the transmitters are using different frequencies this is referred to as “duplex

operation”. As can be seen, in duplex operation, the two stations can talk at the same time
without interruption, unlike that of simplex.
POLICE RADIO (AND TELEPHONE) LANGUAGE

The following are keys terms that help you understand and observe proper radio and
telephone procedures:
1. TRANSMISSION : A communication (formal message) sent by one police unit and
intended for reception by another police unit.
2. ANSWER OR FEEDBACK : A transmission made by a station called in response to the
call received.
3. CALL SIGN : A call sign is a word, or a combination of words, intended for transmission
by voice means and it identifies the command, unit, or authority of the radio station.
4. NET CALL SIGN : The collective call sign that represents all the radio stations operating
together on a particular radio net.
5. NET CONTROL STATION : A radio station appointed by higher authority to direct and
control the operation and flow of all traffic handled on the radio net.
6. PROWORD : A pronounceable word or phrase that has been assigned a meaning to speed
up message handling on radio nets that use radio and telephone.
7. ABBREVIATED PLAINDRESS MESSAGE : A message that has certain elements of the
message heading omitted for speed of handling. Anyone or all of the following may be
omitted: precedence, date, date-time group, and group account.
8. RECEIPT : A communication sent by the receiving operator indicating that the message
or other transmission has been satisfactorily received.
9. ACKNOWLEDGMENT : A separate message originated by the addressee to inform the
originator that his message has been received and is understood.
RADIO VOICE PROCEDURE

1. The station calling should give its name first, then the name of the station being called.
2. The base operator should keep proper logging of all activities of the mobile units.
3. Operator must know all the stations in the net.
4. Courtesy should mention in order to have pleasant atmosphere in the net. Never
broadcast words that indicate irritation, disgust or sarcasm. Relation with other operations
must remain cordial at all times.
5. Formal message for transmission should be recorded and transmission should be
recorded and transmitted exactly as received.
6. If after calling a station or car twice no reply is received, sign off the air. Then call again
in about a minute. Never fill the air incessant calls.
SOME TERMINOLOGIES IN RADIO CONVERSATION:

1. ROGER – Confirmed, Okay.
2. OVER – Statement is finished and expecting for an answer.
3. OVER & OUT – Message is finished, end of conversation.
4. LOUD & CLEAR – Good Reception.
5. COMING BY OR 5 BY 5 – Coming in clear or good reception.
6. ALPHA COME BACK – Requesting for another conversation.
7. ALPHA, BRAVO – Bravo is calling alpha for radio communication.
8. DO YOU READ ME OR DID YOU COPY? – Do you understand me?
9. BRAVO COME IN – The party who is calling is given permission to relay his message.
10. CHARLIE – Asking whether message is correct
11. WHAT IS THE READABILITY OF MY SIGNAL? Asking for clearness of the signal.
THE ABC’S OF RADIO TRANSMISSION

A. ACCURACY – It is the correctness and truthfulness of what is being communicated.
Inaccuracy oftentimes causes miscommunication. The major cause of inaccuracy is haste and
impatience.

B. BREVITY – This means using few words. Due to the expanding volume of radio
traffic, it is essential that there be no unnecessary or repetitious words in the transmission.
Half the words in the English language are not needed in order to understand the message. There
is certainly no need to add to the communication problem. The important point is
understanding and clarity. Sometimes we can make a simple message confusing just by saying
too much.
C. COURTESY – Courtesy refers to politeness of the words being used in
communication. As the old adage points out, “Courtesy begets courtesy”. “Anger begets
anger”. The practice of courtesy is actually a practice of a good human relation. In radio
communication, courtesy can be shown:
1. by saying thank you (but this may take very valuable air time)
2. in the tone of voice
3. by avoiding humorous comments over the air when somebody “goofs up” or
commits error in transmitting or understanding the message; and
4. by avoiding “jamming up” when police officers are on the air.
CLARITY, the Second “C”

“C” in radio communications also stands for “Clarity” which is often mentioned in
report writing and note taking but it is also an essential in radio communications.
OTHER AIDS TO BETTER COMMUNICATIONS

In addition, Payton recommends the following for the better radio (two- way transceiver)
communication:
1. Don’t assume anything. Matters are not all of a serious nature. Make sure that it is
plainly stated, and all the important facts are included.
2. Don’t make extra long transmissions. Taking breathing spells may allow someone cut
in (break in) in case of emergency. It will be easier on the person who is copying (receiving)
the message.
3. Don’t hang your hat on the mike. Sometimes the weight of the hat will depress the
mike button, and two things can result: interference with other message transmissions; and
everything the officers says to his partner will be broadcast.
4. Don’t shout into the mike. If the voice transmissions are weak, turn up the volume.
5. Pronounce the words slowly and distinctly. The normal speaking rate is 40 and 60
words per minute.
6. Proper use of the microphone. Keep the microphone about 2-3 inches away from the
mouth in order to maintain a proper modulation level, and speak across the face of the
microphone.
7. Keep your voice as emotionless as possible. This is because a monotone voice has the
greatest intelligibility.
8. Be impersonal. A police radio station is not licensed for person-to-person
communication, so personal names should not be used. Refer to the person being called by his
radio call number or car number.
9. Use the Standard Phonetic Alphabet. Since numbers are often confused when spoken
over the radio, use the Standard Phonetic Alphabet for Numerals developed by the Bell
Telephone Company. Always use “zero” instead of “oh” for the Number “0”.
1- Wun 4- Fo- wer 7- Sev-ven 0- Zero (never oh)
2- Too 5- Fie-yiv 8- Ate
3- Thuh-ree 6- Siks 9- Nie-yen
RADIO PHONETICS ALPHABET

When necessary to identify a letter of the alphabet, the standard phonetic alphabet should
be used. This helps to prevent the receiving operator from copying your words incorrectly. Bs,
PS, Ts, and other letters that sound alike can be confusing when heard on radio telephone nets.
LETTER PHONETIC
EQUIVALENT
A ALPHA
B BRAVO
C CHARLIE
D DELTA
F FOXTROT
G GOLF
H HOTEL
I INDIA
J JULIET
K KILO
L LIMA
M MIKE
N NOVEMBER
O OSCAR
P PAPA
Q QUEBEC
R ROMEO
S SIERRA
T TANGO
U UNIFORM
V VICTOR
W WHISKEY
X XRAY
Y YANKEE
Z ZULU
APCO TEN CODES
Ten-codes, properly known as ten signals, are code words used to represent common
phrases in voice communication, particularly by law enforcement and in Citizens' Band (CB)
radio transmissions. The codes, developed in 1937 and expanded in 1974 by the Association of
Public-Safety Communications Officials-International (APCO), allow for brevity and
standardization of message traffic. They have historically been widely used by law enforcement
officers in North America, although some departments have controversially attempted to prohibit
their use.
Official Ten-Code List

Association of Public Communications Officers (APCO)
 10-0 Caution
 10-1 Unable to copy -- change location
 10-2 Signal good
 10-3 Stop transmitting
 10-4 Acknowledgement (OK)
 10-5 Relay
 10-6 Busy -- stand by unless urgent
 10-7 Out of service
 10-8 In service
 10-9 Repeat
 10-10 Fight in progress
 10-11 Dog case
 10-12 Stand by (stop)
 10-13 Weather -- road report
 10-14 Prowler report
 10-15 Civil disturbance
 10-16 Domestic disturbance
 10-17 Meet complainant
 10-18 Quickly

 10-19 Return to ...

 10-20 Location
 10-21 Call ... by telephone
 10-22 Disregard
 10-23 Arrived at scene
 10-24 Assignment completed
 10-25 Report in person (meet)..
 10-26 Detaining subject, expedite
 10-27 Drivers license information
 10-28 Vehicle registration information
 10-29 Check for wanted
 10-30 Unnecessary use of radio
 10-31 Crime in progress
 10-32 Man with gun
 10-33 Emergency
 10-34 Riot
 10-35 Major crime alert
 10-36 Correct time
 10-37 (Investigate) suspicious vehicle
 10-38 Stopping suspicious vehicle
 10-39 Urgent -- use light, siren
 10-40 Silent run -- no light, siren
 10-41 Beginning tour of duty
 10-42 Ending tour of duty
 10-43 Information
 10-44 Permission to leave for ...
 10-45 Animal carcass at ...
 10-46 Assist motorist
 10-47 Emergency road repairs at
 10-48 Traffic standard repair at
 10-49 Traffic light out at ...
 10-50 Accident (fatal, personal injury, property damage)
 10-51 Wrecker needed
 10-52 Ambulance needed
 10-53 Road blocked at ...
 10-54 Livestock on highway
 10-55 Suspected DUI
 10-56 Intoxicated pedestrian
 10-57 Hit and run (fatal, personal injury, property damage)
 10-58 Direct traffic
 10-59 Convoy or escort
 10-60 Squad in vicinity
 10-61 Isolate self for message
 10-62 Reply to message
 10-63 Prepare to make written copy
 10-64 Message for local delivery
 10-65 Net message assignment
 10-66 Message cancellation
 10-67 Clear for net message
 10-68 Dispatch information
 10-69 Message received
 10-70 Fire
 10-71 Advise nature of fire
 10-72 Report progress on fire
 10-73 Smoke report
 10-74 Negative
 10-75 In contact with ...
 10-76 En route ...

 10-77 ETA (estimated time of arrival)
 10-78 Need assistance
 10-79 Notify coroner
 10-80 Chase in progress
 10-81 Breathalyzer
 10-82 Reserve lodging
 10-83 Work school xing at ...
 10-84 If meeting ... advise ETA
 10-85 Delayed due to ...
 10-86 Officer/operator on duty
 10-87 Pick up/distribute checks
 10-88 Present telephone number of ...
 10-89 Bomb threat
 10-90 Bank alarm at ...
 10-91 Pick up prisoner/subject
 10-92 Improperly parked vehicle
 10-93 Blockade
 10-94 Drag racing
 10-95 Prisoner/subject in custody
 10-96 Mental subject
 10-97 Check (test) signal
 10-98 Prison/jail break
 10-99 Wanted/stolen indicated
REFERENCES:
BOOKS
 Rommel K. Manwong and Gilbert C. San Diego (2010), Dynamics of Law Enforcement and
Public Safety Administration (1st Edition), Quezon City, Philippines: Wiseman’s Book
Trading, Inc.
 Rommel K. Manwong and Darlito Bernard G. Delizo (2006), Law Enforcement
 Mario A. Garcia (2007), Police Patrol Plans and Operations with Police/Public
Communication System: Quezon City, Philippines, Wiseman’s Books Trading, Inc
 JUAN L. AGAS & RICARDO M. GUEVARA (2008), Criminology Glossary, Quezon City,
Philippines, Wiseman’s Books Trading Inc.

25

LAW ENFORCEMENT
ADMINISTRATION
POLICE INTELLIGENCE AND

SECRET SERVICE

POLICE INTELLIGENCE AND SECRET SERVICE
DEFINITION OF TERMS
ACCOMODATION ADDRESS- Is the forwarding address of agent’s mail packages other

communication.
ACTIVE MEASURES - Operations intended to influence or otherwise affect other nation’s
policies. Active measure, both overt and covert, consists of a broad range of activities
including manipulation or control of the media, written or oral disinformation, clandestine
radio broadcasting and other related activities.
AFP- Armed Forces of the Philippines
AFTER MISSION REPORT- Account submitted immediately upon completion of mission by
an undercover agent-
AGENT- A person who engages in spying or in support of those who do, or who seeks to detect
them. And whose primary objective is to obtain information pertaining to processes,
activities, or operations of others.
AGITATOR - A person or group of persons whose mission is to cause discontent among the
population
AGRIPROF - A person or group of persons whose mission is to cause discontent among the
population
ANALYSIS - Shifting and isolating elements which have significance in light of the mission.
ANTHRAX - Single celled bacterial organism capable of forming spores. Used as a biological
weapon producing pneumonia like symptoms.
ANTI- TERRORISM - Defensive measures used to reduce vulnerability to Terrorist acts.
AREA OF OPERATION - Aspect of the operational environment exclusive of the military
forces involved.
ASSIMILATE - To be absorbed into the system of a foreign society.
ASSUMPTIONS – Accepting some things as being factual although not entirely thus proven.
AUDIO SURVEILLANCE – Checking on persons by listening thru wire-tapping or use of
electronic eavesdropping equipment to pick up conversations of persons and their
associates.
BAG MAN – One who collects illicit or illegal money such as ransom in kidnapping, delivering
bribe money thru middleman.
BIGOT LIST – A listing of names of all persons with authorized access to sensitive information.
This ensures that all certified personnel reading sensitive document have a true “need to
know: with regard to the information contained therein.
BIRD – Slang for an information.
BLACK BAG OPERATION – In Black Bag Operations, FBI agents illegally entered offices of
targeted individuals and / or organizations, and photographed information found in their
records. This practice was used by the FBI from 1942 until 1967. Director Hoover in July
1966 ordered the practice discontinued, and he again restated his position in January 1967.
BSIS – British Secret Intelligence Service.
BUG – A surveillance device which requires a communications channel. A ”bug” usually
involves a radio transmitter, in which the user can pick up the data from poorly configured
wireless computer networks or tune in to the radio emissions of a computer monitor.
BW – Biological Warfare, involves the use of diseases to debilitate populations food or livestock.
BWC – Biological Weapons Convention which prohibits developing, producing and stockpiling
bacteriological and toxin weapons.
CBI – ( complete background investigation ) – Detailed check on an individual’s activity from
the town a person was born and life 15 years ago.
(CCTV) – Closed-circuit television wit the picture is viewed or recorded, but not broadcasted. It
was initially deviced as a means of security for banks. Today it has developed to the point
where it is simple and inexpensive enough to be used in home security systems, and for
everyday surveillance.
CIA – Central Intelligence Agency (USA) Federal body responsible for the evaluation and
dissemination of foreign intelligence within government.
CIPHER – A code or secret message which takes the form of an innocent text.
CIS – Commonwealth of Independent States established in 1991 following the disintegration of

the Soviet Union. There are 12 member states namely: Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus,
Kazakhstan, Moldova, Russia, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, Kyrgyzstan, Ukraine, Uzbekistan
and Georgia.
CLANDESTINE ACTIVIES – Activity to accomplish intelligence, counter intelligence, &
other similar activities, sponsored or conducted by government, all departments in such a
way to assure secrecy or concealment, it conceal operations.
CLANDESTINE OPERATION – An operation conducted in secrecy, but with no effort to
disguise its nature.
CLASSIFIED MATTERS – Information in any form, which in the interest of national security,
must be safeguarded in the manner and to the extent required by its importance.
CLIPPING SERVICE – Publications of local/ foreign news, cut and posted with captions.
CLOSE TAIL – Is one in which extreme pre-cautions are taken against losing the subject.
COINTELPRO – Counter Intelligence Program was a program of the United States Federal
Bureau of Investigation aimed at investigating and disrupting dissident political
organizations within the United States.
COLLATION – Refers to the process of organizing raw data into usable form grouping of
similar items of information.
COLLECTION AGENCY – Is an individual organization or a unit that knows and exploits to
source or information.
COMBAT INTELLIGENCE – Refers to the intelligence utilized in designing plans and
conducting tactical and administrative operations. It includes knowledge of the enemy
characteristics of operations used in the planning and conduct of tactical operations.
COMINT – Communication intelligence.
COMMUNICATION – The process by which is information is exchange & understood people,
usually with the intent to motive or influence people.
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM – The imparting or exchange o information or data by
electronic or other means.
COMMUNITY RELATION PROGRAM – Program that evaluates public attitudes identifies
the mission of organization with public interest and executes a program o action to earn
public understanding and acceptance.
CONFIDENTIAL – Document information or material wherein the unauthorized disclosure of
which the unauthorized disclosure of which while not endangering national security would
be prejudicial t interest or prestige of the nation.
COUNTER INSURGENCY – Aspect of intelligence devoted to destroy the effectiveness of
inimical enemy intelligence activities to protect information from espionage, individual
against subversion and installation or material against sabotage. Military, paramilitary,
political, economic, psychological and civic actions taken by the government to defeat
subversive insurgency.
COUNTER INTELLIGENCE – Activities concerned with identifying and countering the
threat to security post by hostile intelligence services or organizations or by individuals
engage in espionage, sabotage or subversion.
COUNTER SUBVERSION – Aspect of counter intelligence designed to detect, destroy,
neutralize or prevent subversive activities through identification, exploitation, penetration,
manipulation, deception and depression of individuals, groups or organizations conducted
or suspected of conducting subversive activities.
COUNTER SURVEILLANCE – Reliant on good information security planning. Protecting
information is the first stage of counter-surveillance.
COUNTER TERRORISM – Offensive measures taken to respond to terrorist acts.
COVER – It is the change forging, and screening of person’s real personality, things, events and
places.
COVER OPERATIVE – Spies who enjoys diplomatic immunity.
COVERT INTELLIGENCE – Information gathering which are clandestine in nature.
COVERT OPERATIONS – Operations which are so planned and executed as it conceal the
identity of or permit plausible denied by the sponsor or concealment of the identity of
sponsor.

CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCE – Information of knowledge about person or organization

engaged in illegal activities.
CRIMINALITY – Relating to crime and the degree thereof.
CRYPT – Something that is concealed or hidden.
CRYPTOGRAPHY – Art and Science of making, devising and protecting codes and ciphers.
CSIS – Canadian Security Intelligence Service, set up in 1984 under Canada Security
Intelligence service Act.
DEAD DROP – A dead drop or dead letter box, is a location used to secretly pass items between
two people, without requiring them to meet. Spies have been known to use dead drops,
using various techniques to hide the items and to signal that the drop has been made.
DEAD DROP SPIKE – It is concealment device similar to a micro cache which has been used
since the late 1960’s to hide money, maps, documents, microfilm, and other items. The
spike is waterproof mildew proof and can be shoved into the ground or placed in a shallow
stream to be retrieved at a later time.
DEBRIEFING – An interview with personnel from a mission or captivity to get information of
particular interest.
DECEPTION – An attempt to mislead another generally as to its capabilities and intention to
confuse enemy about one’s plan and intension.
DEDUCTION – Formulation of a conclusion from a theory which was tested and considered
valid.
DIRECTOR – A person who turns away or against his allegiance to the government.
DIRECTOR IN PLACE – Person who turn himself against the government but not physically
deserted his country.
DEMENTED – A quirk personality, a bothered information.
DEPARTMENTAL INTELLIGENCE – Intelligence needed by a government in order to
execute its mission or discharge its responsibilities.
DIA – Defense Intelligence Agency – U.S.A.
DIS – Defense Intelligence Staff – BRITAIN.
DISSEMINATION – The distribution of information or intelligence products in written, oral or
graphic form to intelligence customers.
DND – Department of National Defense – PHIL.
DOCUMENT INTELLIGENCE – Assembling, analyzing and disseminating information
about those interest is the overthrow o a democratic country.
DROP – Is a convenient secure and unsuspecting place to live a note or small package where an
item can be handed to an agent.
DURESS CODE – A type of coded system used as internal defense which uses certain word in
casual conversation alarming the personnel concern.
ECONOMIC INTELLIGENCE – Deals with the extended utilization of the natural and human
resources and the industrial potential o the nation.
ELINT – Electronic Intelligence.
ESPIONAGE – It is the practice on spying on other countries, places or things in the course of
systematic secret gathering information in secret. The very nature of data sought is
inimical to the survival or interest of a nation, organization or company.
ETHNIC EXTRIMISM – Small minority groups who falsely use their ethnicity for selfish
political gains.
EVALUATION – Appraisal of information with regards to its accuracy.
EVALUATION RATING – Each item is indicated by standard evaluation system, the
reliability of source and agency is shown by letter and accuracy is manifested in numbers.
EYE – A slang term for a person conducting surveillance on a specific person.
FAMILY BACKGROUND – It includes the name, background, residences, reputation of the
parents including the siblings.
FARM – Central Intelligence Agency training facility.
FALSE FLAG – False flag operations are covert operations conducted by governments,
corporations, or other organizations which are designed to appear as if they are being
carried out by other entities. The name is derived from the military concept of flying false
colors; that is, flying the flag of a country other than one’s own.
FINANCIAL CAPABILITIES- Income tax return, professional fee, etc.
FINANCIAL INTELLIGENCE EXPERTS - individuals who by virtue of their official

capacity tracks down hundred of millions of dollars under different name.
FIXED SURVEILLANCE – Residence, place f work, place frequented of visited.
FLOWCHARTING- A technique used in data description, which visualizes event r commodity
flow over a given period.
FOREIGN INTERNAL DEFENSE – Participation by civilian and military agencies
government in any f the action programs taken by another government to free and protect
its society of sponsor.
FRONT GROUPS – Movements organize t promote a cause of insurgent group.
FTO – Foreign Terrorist Organization.
GAIN – To obtain privilege inside the cell.
GEOGRAPHICAL INTELLEGENCE – Is the evaluation of geographical factors which in
any way influence the courses of action o a nation.
GENERAL – Principles are fundamental guides to action, broad statement of truth from which
others are derived.
GENEVA and HAUGE CONVENTIONS – Laws governing warfare and the engagement
thereof.
GPS – Global Positioning System.
GRATITUDE – Information is given as an expression of appreciation to a police officer.
GRAY PROPAGANDA – The source is clear but the desire result is indirect.
GUERILLA WARFARE – Irregular combat waged independently by small insurrectionist
bodies.
HACKERS – Person breaking into a computer system.
HUMINT – Human Source Intelligence
IAEA – International Atomic Energy Agency
ICT – International Center for Terrorism
IMINT – Imagery Intelligence
INDUSTRIAL INTELLIGENCE – Is the gathering product manufacturing technique, process
from manufacturing formulas that cannot and can be used of value or advantage.
INFILTRATION – Is the penetration of an agent to an intelligence target either in the land, air,
or sea, either through mechanical r electronic devices.
INFORMANTS – Is an individual who supplies information of confidential basis with the
understanding that his identify will not be mistaken.
INFORMATION – Is a communicated knowledge, a raw data or unprocessed intelligence. It is
the bloodline of intelligence.
INFORMATION PROCUREMENT DIVISION – A component of the central intelligence
service which is divide into the intelligence proper, secret intelligence and intelligence
operations unit.
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY – The hardware , software, telecommunications, data base
management and other technologies used to store, process and distribute information.
INFORMATIVE COMMUNICATION - Pertaining to up and down and lateral flow of
communication necessary for administrative effectiveness or the smooth flow f
information.
INSURGENCY – A condition arising a revolt or insurrection against a duly constituted
government, which fall short of a civil war. It is an organized movement aim at the
overthrow f a constituted government through the use of subversion and armed conflict.
INTEGRATION – Hypothesis developed and considered valid as a result of such activity. It is
the process f combining the information isolated and analysis and known element to form
a logical theory or picture.
INTELLEGENCE COMMUNITY – Conglomeration f all intelligence unit and agencies in
country composed of civilians, military and quasi-military organization.
INTELLIGENCE ESTIMATE – Written study of the situations and conditions of a crime
situation with the recommended courses of actions.
INTELLIGENCE JOURNAL – A chronological log of activities.
INTERPOL – An acronym for the International Criminal Police Organization (ICPO). Where
member countries assist one another in the pursuit of suspected criminals and terrorist.

INTERPRETATION – Result of critical judgment involving three factors namely analysis,

integration and deduction. It is the determination of the significance of intelligence data in
relation to other data at hand.
INTERNAL DEFFENSE – The full of measures taken by a government to free an protect its
own society from subversion, lawlessness, and insurgency.
IPP – Internationally Protected Persons.
ISAFP – Intellegence Service, Armed Forces of the Philippines.
ISTAR- Intellegence Surveillance Target Acquisition, and Reconnaissance.
LEAP FROG – Variation of tailing which consentrates on the subject and guards the surviellant
and the subject.
LEGISLATIVE RECORD - Recors f law making bodies (House of Congress, Senate City,
Provincial Boards)
LINE INTELLEGENCE – Any process information coming from open and convert sources
that effect police agencies, operations and harmony with the community and other
government agencies.
LINK ANALYSIS – A technique used to show the relationship between the individuals
organizations by means of visual graphic design.
LOOSE SURVEILLANT- On and off close surveillance continuous.
LOSE TAIL- General impression of the subject’s habit an associates is required.
LOW INTENSITY CONFLICTS - A limited political- military struggle to achieve political,
social, economic or psychological objectives confined in geographic area.
MILINT or MI – Military Intelligence
MILITARY INTELLEGENCE – Refers to the used of processed information in formulating
military plans, programs and policies.
MISSION ORDER – Duty slip in which all personnel on undercover operations shall carry at
all times it must be duly approved by their immediate supervisor and filled appropriately
with their respected officers
NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE – Covers the broad aspects of national security. It is concern to
more than independent and transcends, exclusives interest of a single department or
agency
NERVE AGENT – A chemical agent that interferes with the central nervous system.
NICA- National Intelligence Coordinating Council
NOC- Non Official Cover is a term used in espionage (particularly by the CIA) for agents or
operatives who assume covert rules in organizations without ties to the government for
which they work. Such agents or operatives are typically abbreviated in espionage Ingo as
a NOC (Pronounced “knock”).
NPT- Nuclear Non- Proliferation Treaty.
NSC- National Security Council
OBJECTIVES- Specific results an expertise seeks to achieve in pursuing its basic mission.
OIR- Other Intellegence Requirements – additional information
OPERATIONS- It performs the line functions, establishments of contracts, recruitment of
informers/ informants, execution of intelligence plans.
ORDER OF BATTLE- Intellegence list containing the main or primary threat to a nation’s
security and peace and order
ORDINARY INFORMER- Usually gives, but expects in return favor or money.
ORGANIZATION- Is the arrangement of person with a common purpose. It is the division and
unification of effort toward the same goal or policy.
ORGANIZED CRIMES- Is a combination of two or more persons for the purpose of
establishing by terror, threat, intimidation or conception in the city or municipality or any
community of either monopoly or criminal activities in afield that provides continuing
financial support.
OSCINT- Open Source Intelligent
OVERT INTELLEGENCE- Processed information produced openly.
PARA MILITARY FORCE-Force that the distinct from the regular armed force of any country
but resemble them in organization, equipment, training or mission.
PBI- Partial background investigation for record and employment check.

PEACE TIME CONTENGENCY- Politically sensitive military operations normally

characterized by the short term rapid projections or employment of force in condition
short of conventional war.
PERSONAL CIRCUMTANCES- Determine the following name, birth place of birth, place of
place, age, city and provincial address, civil status.
PHOTINT- Photographic Intelligence.
PLANNING- Is a process of developing a method, procedure or an arrangement of parts to
achieve a defined objective more easily.
PLO- Palistinian Liberation Organization.
PNP- Philippine National Police
POLICE INTELLIGENCE- It is the gathering of information regarding the activities of the
criminal and their law violation for the purpose of affecting their arrest obtained evidence
of their activities and for stalling their plans to commit crime.
POLICE INTELLIGENCE PROCESS- Refers to the cyclical steps followed from intelligence
planning to the dissemination of processed information.
POLITICAL INTELLIGENCE-Deals with the structure of government, the electorate,
national policies and foreign relations of governmental organizations, public order and
safety, subversion, intelligence and security organization.
PRIVATE SOURCES- Business establishments as spring of information (e.g. telecom, leading
companies, insurance companies, hotels and restaurants).
PRINCIPLE OF COMMUNICATION- Intelligence is adequate to their needs; it must be
communicated to the entire decision maker in manner that they will understand and in
form that will permit the most effective use.
PRINCIPLE OF OBJECTIVES- Intelligence must be based on the decision makers own plans
and intentions as much as on considerations of the intelligence target themselves.
PROCESSING- A step by which the intelligence is transformed from raw facts or materials to
intelligence data.
PROPAGANDA-Psychological techniques designed to alter control opinions, ideas and values.
PSYCHOLOGICAL OPERATION-Planned activity in peace and war directed towards enemy,
friendly and neutral audiences in order to create an attitudes behavior favorable to the
achievement of political and military objective. Psychological warfare which encompasses;
Political, Military, Economic, Ideological, Information activities.
PSYCHOLOGICAL WARFARE – The planned used of propaganda and other psychological
actions having the primary purpose of influencing the opinions, emotions, attitudes and
behavior of the hostile groups to support the achievement of national objectives.
PSYCHOLOGICAL WARFARE CONSOLIDATION – Operations directed towards
populations in the friendly rear areas on the territory occupied by friendly force. Used to
facilitate military operation and promote maximum cooperation.
PUBLIC RECORDS SOURCE – Spring of information government institution (e.g. hospital,
public libraries, civil service, police stations, NBI, different bureaus, AFP, intelligence
organization and other offices.)
RABBIT – Refers to the subject or person being followed in surveillance.
RADINT – Radar Intelligence
RECORDING – Act of reducing of information to writing
REFORM MOTIVE – Repenting for wrong and wants to set a straight record.
REHABILITATION – Restoration of a normal life by specially training programs, also
restoration to former privileges when training is satisfactory when training is satisfactory
completed.
RESEARCH – Systematic investigation in order to establish facts and research conclusions; an
endeavour to discover new, or a subject, or topic by a course of critical investigation.
RESTRICTED – Document information or material other than top secret or confidential which
should not be published or communicated to augment except for official purposes.
REVENGE – Grudge to another person, get exaggerated information to get even.
ROUGH SHADOWING – Criminal is aware that has is being tailed, witness that should be
protected.
SABOTAGE – A willful and malicious destruction of natural processes and functions of a plant
installation or premises.
SABOTEUR – A person or group of person designed to carry out sabotage act.

SAFE HOUSE – Is a place or building enclosed mobile or apartment where police undercover
and operatives meet for purpose of the briefing or plainly to report.
SARIN – A G- series nerve agent (gas)
SCIENTIFIC INTELLIGENCE – Deals with the progress of scientific research and
development as it affects a nation potential.
SECURITY CLEARANCE – An administrative determination that an individual is eligible
from a security standpoint for access to a classified matter of specific category.
SIGINT – Signals Intelligence it extracts intelligence from various types of communication.
SNIPPET – Fragment of information.
SECURITY INTELLIGENCE – Investigation of actual or theoretical violation of espionage
laws with a purpose of apprehending violator.
SECRET – Document information or material wherein the unauthorized disclosure of which
endangers national security case serious injury to the interest or prestige of the nation or
any governmental activity or would be great advantage to a foreign nation.
SHADOWING OR TAILING – The act of following person (overtly or covertly).
SOCIOLOGICAL INTELLIGENCE – Interest centers with the study of population and
manpower or demography, national characteristics labor, public opinion and public
welfare.
STRATEGIC INTELLIGENCE – Refers to the process of gathering information designed to
disturb and disrupt enemies’ state of finances and destroy the stability and foundation of
its organization. Knowledge pertaining to the capabilities, vulnerabilities and probable
courses of action of foreign nation.
SUBJECT – Is a person or place or object being surveyed or watched.
SUBVERSION – An organized and systematic conspiracy designed to discredit and overthrow
duly constituted authorities.
SUBVERSIVE – Agitators propaganda infiltrators, organizers, front group mobs, paper
organization, activities, terrorists and saboteurs.
SUBVERSIVE ACTIVITIES – Activities designed to disrupt or even overthrow ruling parties
or government.
SUBVERSIVE INTELLIGENCE – Assembling analyzing and disseminating information
about those individual or groups whose interest is the overthrow of a democratic country.
SUPERVISORY – Overseeing of administrative work and not supervising operating units.
SURVEILANT – Is a person or group who does the surveillance works.
SURVEILLANCE – Is the discreet observation o places, person, and vehicles for the purpose of
information concerning the activities of the target on t subject.
TACTICAL INTELLIGENCE – Targets and their type of activities.
TARGETS – Person, places and organizations, which are criminal activity considered to be of
immediate importance to the law enforcement units. It furnishes the police about
individual, organization objects of police interest due to their criminal activities.
TARGET SELECTION – First phase in the process of identifying criminals and subversive
elements. It involves utility, probability of success, required resources and objectives.
TECHNICAL INTELLIGENCE – Concerns the foreign technical developments, which have
practical military application and the practical performance, capabilities and limitations o
materials and installation used by foreign military forces.
TELECOMMUNICATION INTELLIGENCE – Is concern with the operations and facilities
o long distances.
TARGETS- Persons, places and organizations, which are objects of police interest due to their
criminal activities.
TARGET SELECTION- First phase in the process of identifying criminals and subversive
elements .It involves utility, probability of success, required resources and objectives.
TECHNICAL INTELLEGENCE- Concerns the foreign technical development, which have
practical military application and the practical military application and the practical
performance, capabilities and limitations o materials and instillation used by foreign
military forces.

TELLECOMUNICATION INTELLEGENCE- Is concern with the operations and facilities

of long distance communication media including telegraph, telephone, radio, satellite,
television and other electronic communication.
TERRORISM- under the HUMAN SECURITY Act of 2007, it denotes the unlawful acts of
persons punished by the revised penal code particularly: Piracy in general and mutiny in
the High Seas or in the Philippines Water, Rebellion of Insurrection Coup d’ Etat,
Murder, Kidnapping and Serious Illegal Detention, Crimes Involving Destructions, or a
violation of the Law on Arson, Toxic substances and Hazardous and Nuclear Wastes Act
of 1190, Atomic Energy Regulatory and Liability Act of 1968, Anti Hijacking Law, Anti
Piracy and Robbery Law of 1974, PD 1866, Thereby sowing and creating condition of
widespread am extraordinary fear and panic among the populace, inorder to coerce the
government to give in to an unlawful demand.
TOP SECRET – Certain document information or material wherein the security and defense
aspects of which are paramount and which unauthorized disclosure would cause
exceptionally great damage to the nation.
TRANSPORTATION AND TELECOMMUNICATION INTELLIGENCE – It is concerned
with operations and facilities of transportation system.
UNDERCOVER ASSIGNMENTS – It is strategy wherein a member of police organizations
joins the underworld for the purpose of obtaining evidence or gathering of information
against the criminals and criminal organization.
UTILITY – Refers to the type of criminal activity, amount and frequency of criminal activity
and its impact
WHITE PROPAGANDA – Open activity to clear out government image.
WMD – Weapons of Mass Destruction
POLICE INTELLIGENCE
HISTORICAL SETTING
Biblical Beginnings
The earliest source of intelligence, in the age of belief is super natural interventions in the
affairs of men, were prophets, seers, oracles, soothsayers and astrologers.
MOSES
One of the first recorded formalized intelligence efforts, with format, can also be found in
the Holy Bible Numbers 13:17.
“ And Moses sent them to spy out the land of Canaan and said unto them, get you up this
way southward, and go up into the mountain; and see the lands, what it is; and the people that
dwell therein, whether in tents, or in strongholds; and what land is; whether it be fat or lean,
whether there be wood therein, or not. And be of good courage and bring of the fruit of the land.”
The scriptures also named the twelve intelligence agents whom the Lord directed Moses to sent
into the Land of Canaan and records that “ all those men were heads of the children of Israel”.
RAHAB
The Harlot of Jericho (Joshua 2:1-21) who sheltered and concealed the agents of Israel,
made a covenant with the agents and duped their pursuers. She was not only an impromptu
confederate of immense value for the Jewish leader of that far distant day, but also established a
plot – pattern which is still of periodic relief to motion picture producers.
DELILAH
The Philistine used her when she allowed spies to hide in her house (Judges 16). Delilah
was an impromptu intelligence agent. Apart from her tonsorial specialty, she also allowed sex to
gain intelligence from a powerful enemy. She achieved the largest effective force of her
employer’s adversaries and contriving the stroke which put that force out of action.
EVENTS AND PERSONALITIES IN THE WORLD OF INTELLIGENCE
SUN – TZU
The East was ahead of the West in the raft of intelligence in 400 BC rejecting the oracles
and seers. Sun – Tzu, a Chinese philosopher takes a more practical view according to him, what
is called foreknowledge cannot be elicited from spirits, nor from gods, nor from analogy with
past events nor from calculations. He wrote, “It must be obtained from men who knew the enemy
situation.” It is no wonder that Sun – Tzu’ book entitled “ The Art of War ” is the favorite
readings of the late Mao Tse Tung and is a required reading material for the Chinese Communist
Tacticians. He further wrote the saying in which most people in the intelligence service believe
became a parlance in the world of intelligence:
“ Know thy enemy and know yourself, you need not fear the results of a hundred battles, If you
know your yourself and not the enemy, for every victory, you are a fool who will meet defeat in
every battle”
ALEXANDER THE GREAT

When Alexander the Great was marching to Asia, were rumors of disaffection growing
among his allies and mercenaries, he sought the truth, and got it by simplest expedient by
devising the first “ letter sorting ” and opening to obtain information.
AKBAR ( The Great Mogul)

He was known to be the sagacious master of the Hindustan. He employed more than
4,000 agents for the sole purpose of bringing him the truth that his throne might rest upon it.
GENGHIS KHAN ( The Golden Emperor of Cathay )

He was known “The Great Mongol”, who used intelligence to conquer China and invade
Cathay. He instructed his Generals to send out spies and used prisoners as sources of information.
The leader of the so-called MONGOL CONQUERORS – made use of effective propaganda
machine by spreading rumors of Mongol Terror, they collected information on weaknesses and
rivalries of Europe. The leaders usually disguised as merchants.
FREDERICK THE GREAT

He was known as “The Father of Organized Military Espionage”. He has divided his
agents into four classes:
a. Common Spies – those recruited among poor folk, glad to earn a small sum or
accommodate a military officer.
b. Double Spies – are unreliable renegades, chiefly involved in spreading false information
to the enemy.
c. Spies of Consequences – couriers and noblemen, staff officers, and kindred conspirators,
requiring a substantial bribe or bait.
d. Intimidated Spies – persons who were forced to undertake espionage against their own
will.
Hannibal
He was considered one of the brilliant military strategists in the history of military
intelligence. He had developed an effective intelligence system for 15 years in Rome. He usually
roam around the city often disguise himself as a beggar to gather first hand information.
Julius Caesar
During his time, the staff of each Roman Legion includes ten “speculators” who served
as an information- collecting agency. The “speculators” were the first intelligence personnel to
appear definitely in a military organization. Military success of the Romans was aided by
communication system. Made use of carrier pigeons, which made possible the amazing speed
with which intelligence of Imperial Rome was transmitted. They also employed ciphers to ensure
secrecy of communications.
George Washington

Conspirator under oath abounds in the history of every nation. George Washington was
Grand Master in intelligence. He mobilized the Free Masons of the colonies at the outbreak of
the American War of Independence.
Karl Schulmeister
Karl Schulmeister was Napoleon’s eye. Napoleon’s military secret, born on August 5,
1770. He began his career in offensive espionage under a cover role. He was able to infiltrate the
Austrian General Staff.
Wilhelm Stieber
He incorporated intelligence in the General staff Support System. He further device
military censorship and organized military propaganda. He works as a census taker and
developed informal gathering of data.
Alfred Redi
He was one of the most brilliant intelligent agents. Though a homosexual, he became
Chief of the Austro – Hungarian Secret Service. He became a double agent of Russia. In 1913,
his treason also led to the death of almost 500,000 agents and soldiers combined in his 13 years
espionage episode.
Brahma Kautilya
In Ancient India, he overthrow the Nanda Dynasty and established the first
MAYURYAN king in the Indian throne. He recommended to his king that for the ruler to
succeed, the ruler should strike at his enemy’s weak points by means of spies. He proposed the
following means to conquer enemy’s stronghold: Intrigues and Spies – Winning over enemy’s
people – Siege and Assault – Before beginning military operation, a conqueror should know the
comparative strength and weaknesses of himself and his enemy. No war should be undertaken
without careful examination of all factors reported by the kings’ spies.
MAYRYAN SPY SYSTEM – rivalled Modern Soviet and had the following tasks:
Shadow the kings’ ministers and officials and attempt to determine their very thoughts – Report
wrong doings of the people – Operate secretly in foreign countries – Spread unrest – Commit act
of sabotage – Assassinate political and military leaders – Official envoys were instructed to make
friends with officials of the enemy to compare their military strengths with their own.
Major General Donovan

He was the organizer of the OSS, builder of a central intelligence system whose exploits
become legendary in World War II.
V2 – Rackets – OSS agents working in conjunction with the British Intelligence, through
penetration and technical intelligence discovered Punemundo which was the V2 guide missile
research project of Nazi Germany. It resulted to its de and destruction and heavy bombing.
Battle of Midway
In June 1442, the turning point of the Naval in the Pacific, the victory gained by the
Americans was due to the disrupted messages from the Imperial Japanese Navy.
Admiral Isoroku Yamamoto

April 1943, he was the crypto analyst of the US Navy Communications Intelligence
intercepted a top-secret signal relaying the travel of the Admiral. En route, he was intercepted
and crashed in the Jungles of Baugainville.
State Informer
Edward I, King of England in 1725 organized a systematic police system so called Witch
and Ward. By Royal proclamation, the profession “State Informer” was created in 1734
enjoining all informers to expose criminal activities and be compensated.
Joseph Petrosino

He was member of the New York Police Department in early 1900, he was the head of
the Italian Squad. Through extensive intelligence network, he was credited to smash and
neutralization of the Black Society.
Federal Bureau of Investigation

First established in 1908 as an investigative arm of the US Department of Justice and
became what is known as the FBI under its first director John Edgar Hoover in 1924. On
September 6, 1939 by a presidential directive, it came to its responsibility the task of a domestic
intelligence.
Central Intelligence Agency

The agency was created under the US National Security Act of 1947. It was teh Central
Intelligence group established during the time of President Truman in January 1946. The CIA
was under the National Security Council.
Committee for State Security

Russia – the Intelligence agency known as KGB – Komitet Gosudarstvennoy
Bezopasnoti (KBG).
British Secret Service – Great Britain

Mossad – Israel
BND – West Germany
KCIA – Korean Central Intelligence Agency
Britain: Scotland Yard, London Metropolitan Police Force
It was established by Sir Robert Peel in 1829 which signalled the beginning of a colourful
legendary police force and considered one of the most efficient in the world today.
POLICE INTELLIGENCE DEFINED

It is the end product resulting from the collection, evaluation, analysis, integration and
interpretation of all available information regarding the activities of criminal and law violators
for the purpose of affecting their arrest, obtaining evidence, and forestalling plan to commit
crime.
Functions of Intelligence in General

Today all countries have their intelligence services. They maybe different in their
organization, efficiency and method but they all have the basic functions such as:
1. The collection or procurement of information.
2. The evaluation of the information which then become intelligence.
3. The dissemination of intelligence to those who need it.
4. The counter intelligence or negative intelligence, which is dedicated to the concealment
and protection of one’s own information from the adversary intelligence operation. It is a
defensive function of intelligence.
INTELLIGENCE refers to an end product (knowledge) resulting from the recording, evaluation,
and analysis, integration and interpretation of the information. It is also an activity involve in the
production of that end product which includes collection, processing, dissemination and use of
the knowledge.
BROAD CATEGORIES OF INTELLIGENCE

a. NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE – Integrated product of intelligence developed by all
government departments concerning the broad aspects of national policy and national
security.
b. DEPARTMENTAL INTELLIGENCE – intelligence required by an agency or department of
the government in order to execute its mission and discharge its responsibilities.
c. MILITARY INTELLIGENCE – intelligence used in the preparation and execution of
military plans, policies and programs. It encompasses three broad fields,

1. Strategic Intelligence – knowledge pertaining to capabilities, vulnerabilities and

probable courses of action of foreign nation.
2. Combat Intelligence – used in planning and conduction tactical and administrative
operations. It is concerned with information about tire weather, enemy people and
terrain.
3. Counter Intelligence – denies information to the enemy, increases the security of the
command and aids in achieving surprise.
POLICE INTELLIGENCE DEFINED

“IT IS A RECORDED INTELLIGENCE OF POLICE UNITS REGARDING
VIOLATIONS OF THE PENAL AND SPECIAL LAWS OF THE LAND, NOT NECESSARILY
RESTRICTED TO THE CRIMINAL ASPECT. IT CAN ALSO INCLUDE THE OTHER BROAD
CATEGORIES OF INTELLIGENCE IN THE INTEREST OF PUBLIC SAFETY.”
Other Used to Defined it as:

Evaluated and interpreted information concerning original crime and other major
problems. In a sense the principle in intelligence likes timeliness, flexibility, foresight and
security remain constant and become the cardinal principles by which major decisions are
influenced whether in planning for broad crime prevention program in the police.
OTHER DEFINITION OF TERMS RELATED TO POLICE INTELLIGENCE

 Intelligence – is an end product or knowledge resulting from the evaluation, analysis,
integration and interpretation of information.
 Information –is the material of every description, which is used in the production of
intelligence it includes facts, observations, reports, documents, etc.
 National Interest – is the general and continuing interest and for which a nation acts. It is
the totality of goods and aspirations, which nations pursue.
 National Security – relates to the protection and preservation of the police, military,
economic and productive strength of the country.
 Military Intelligence – is an intelligence used in the preparation and execution of military
plans, policies and programs.
 Tactical Intelligence – military intelligence used in planning and conducting of tactical
and administrative operation.
 Strategic Intelligence – the knowledge pertaining to capabilities, vulnerabilities, and
probable course of actions of foreign nation for use of national leaders in the planning and
execution of national security.
 Intelligence Community – refers to the agencies and organizations of the government,
which have intelligence interest or responsibilities.
 Production of intelligence – the process by which information is transformed into finish
intelligence data.
 Selection of Information – method by which information is wide available to appropriate
researcher for examination.
 Recording of Information – handling all reports, documents, or other materials and
reducing them into some form of journal, situation map, worksheet and/or workhorse.
 Organized Crime – this is the combination of two or more persons for the purpose of
establishing by terror or corruption in the city/community or section of, either a monopoly
or virtual monopoly of criminal activity in a field that provides a continuing financial
profit.
 Criminal World – the social organization of the criminals is termed as the underworld.
The underworld is a world in itself part, having its own social classes from the hobo to the
moneyed gangsters and racketeers.
 Criminal Syndicate – it is a stable business with violence applied and directed at
unwelcome competitors. It is a merger of capitalists or financiers, entered in, especially
one having the objectives of obtaining control in the market of a particular commodity. A
criminal syndicate therefore, is engaged in any illegal and unlawful activity.

TWO GENERAL FORMS OF POLICE INTELLIGENCE

1. UNDERCOVER INTELLIGENCE – this concerns the various types of confidential
information that filter info the possession of the police, and the techniques employed in
developing these lines of information. Frequently, these types of intelligence in the hands
of the detective and patrolman plays an important part in the solution of individual criminal
cases and the apprehension of wanted persons, but with it, this study is concerned directly.
2. DEPARTMENTAL INTELLIGENCE – of far greater import in the project of control
and prevention is department intelligence upon which administration must rely as of the
most indispensable tools of management. It is derived from organized information
available in the police records division, which is concerned with the nature, size, and
distribution of the police to, which the police records are properly maintained and
processed is directly related to administrative performance and it is a principal determining
factor in the quality of police service delivered to the community.
FORMS OF INTELLIGENCE
The two methods of collection of information for the production of intelligence are overt
and covert. These forms are descriptive of the manner by which raw information is gathered. It is
Overt if the information or documents procured openly without regards as to whether the subject
of the investigation become knowledgeable of the purpose or purposes for which it is being
gathered. It is Covert if the information obtained without the knowledge of the person against
whom the information or document may be used, or if the method of procurement is done not in
open manner.
1. Overt – involves those openly conducted by intelligence personnel such as research and
liasoning;
2. Covert – Intel activities undertaken clandestinely in order to get the necessary
information not available to open source.
PRINCIPLES OF INTELLIGENCE
1. Timeliness – intelligence must reach the user in time to serve, as basis for appropriate action.
2. Commander’s Need – intelligence must fit the need of the commander,
3. Principle of Planning – principle of intelligence which requires careful and thorough setting
of ideas.
4. An Integral Part of Military Operation – intelligence activities are made part of any military
operations.
5. Flexibility – intelligence activities are based on reason and judgment, and not on fixed
procedures.
6. Imagination and Resourcefulness – are essential for a successful intelligence operation.
7. Principle of Security – anything placed between, thing protected and potential intruder;
8. Principle of Continuity – intelligence activities follow a single continuous cycle.
9. Need To Know – knowledge for those who have an area of interest/ influence and according
to the needs of an authorized individual.
10. Compartmentalization – intelligence is not disseminated to an individual or unit due to some
restriction as required by the commander.
INFORMATION PROCESSING AND DISSEMINATION OF INTELLIGENCE

A. As a rule, initial recording, evaluation and processing of information will be made at the
lowest collecting intelligence agencies at the station levels. Line Intelligence produced at
this level may be disseminated to lower and adjacent agencies/ units on the need to know
basis only. Dissemination to higher headquarters, provincial, regional and major service
level will be accompanied by other information, data and documents gathered that normally
would be processed at higher headquarters.
B. The following standard prescribed codes of evaluation as to source and as to information
shall be indicated on all information forwarded or disseminated.
SOURCE
Completely Reliable - - - - - - A
Usually Reliable - - - - - - B
Fairly Reliable - - - - - - C
Not Usually Reliable - - - - - - D
Unreliable - - - - - - - E
Reliability Unknown - - - - - - F
INFORMATIONS CODES FRO SOURCES OF

INFORMATIONS
Confirmed by other Sources - - - - - - - - - - - 1 Direct Observation of the Commander - - - T
Probably True - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2 Report of Agent - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - U
Possibly True - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3 Own Troop / Element - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - V
Doubtfully True - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - 4 Tactical Interrogation - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - W
Improbable - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - 5 Government Personnel - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - X
Truth cannot be Judge - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6 Document - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Z
Definition:
INTELLIGENCE is a processed set of information. The product resulting from a
collection, evaluation and interpretation of information which concerns one or more aspects of
foreign nations or of functional or geographic areas and which is immediately or potentially
significant to the development and execution of PLANS, POLICIES and OPERATIONS.
INTELLIGENCE may refer to any of the following:

 Processed Information (the end product)
 Organization (institutional structure of the government tasked to collect information)
 Activity (the task of collecting information to become intelligence)
WHAT IS INFORMATION?
This is an unevaluated material of every description including those derived from
observation, communications, reports, rumors, imagery, and other sources from which
INTELLIGENCE is produced.
TYPES/KINDS OF SOURCES OF INFORMATION

1. Human Intelligence (HUMINT)
a. Troops
b. Civil Government Offices and Agencies
c. Specialized Staff
d. Informers and agents
2. Signal Intelligence (SIGINT)
a. Communication Intelligence (COMINT)
b. Electronic Intelligence (ELINT)
3. Imagery Intelligence (EMINT)
4. Insurgent Propaganda
TWO GENERAL CLASSIFICATIONS OF SOURCES OF INFORMATION

OPEN SOURCES – 90% CLOSE SOURCES – 10%
Includes info taken from: Includes info taken from:
a. Enemy Activity a. Surveillance
b. POW b. Casing
c. Civilians c. Elicitation
d. Captured Documents d. Surreptitious entry
e. Map e. Employment of technical means
f. Weather Forecast, Study, Researches & f. Tactical Interrogation
Report g. Observation and Description
g. Agencies Concerned
Other Sources of Information : (both overt and covert)

 Routine Patrol  Police – Public Relation Activities

 Criminal Investigation  Cordon and Scratch

 Use of Information  Coordination with law enforcement
 Interrogations agencies
 Search and Seizures  Inmates of various city jails, national
 Statistics penitentiary, military stockade.
 Checkpoints
PERSONS AS SOURCES OF INFORMATION

 INFORMATION NET – it is a controlled group of people who work through the direction
of the agent handler. The informants, principal or cut-outs supply the agents handler
directly with intel information.
 INFORMANTS – people selected as sources of information, which could be voluntary or
in consideration of a price.
 INFORMANT – refers to person who gives information to the police voluntary or
involuntary without any consideration of a price.
 INFORMER – those who gives information to the police for price or rewards.
TYPES OF INFORMANTS
1. CRIMINAL INFORMANTS – an informant who gives information to the police pertaining
to the underworld about organized criminals with the understanding that his identity will be
protected.
2. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMANTS – is similar to the former but he gives information about
violations of law to include crimes and criminals.
3. VOLUNTARY INFORMANT – a type of informant who gives information freely and
wilfully as a witness to a certain act.
4. SPECIAL INFORMANT – those who gives information concerning specialized cases only
and it is regarded a special treatment by the operatives (ex. Teachers, Businessmen, etc.)
5. ANONYMOUS INFORMANT – those who gives information through telephone with the
hope that the informant cannot be identified.
SUB – TYPE OF INFORMANT :

1. Incident Informant – a person who casually imparts information to a officer with no
intention of providing subsequent information.
2. Recruited Informant – a person who is selected, cultivated and developed into a
continuous source of information.
CATEGORIES OF RECRUITED INFORMANTS

1. SPONTANEOUS or AUTOMATIC INFORMANTS – an informant who by nature of
their work or position in society have a certain legal, moral or ethical responsibilities to
report information to the police.
2. ORDINARY RUN INFORMANT – informants that are under the compulsion to report
information to the police.
3. SPECIAL EMPLOYEE – informant who are of a specific operational nature.
OTHER CLASSIFICATION OF INFORMANT :

1. Automatic
2. Penetration
3. Full Time
4. Rival – Elimination
5. False Informant
6. Frightened Informant
7. Self – aggrandizing Informant
8. Mercenary Informant
9. Double – crosser Informant
10. Woman Informant
11. Legitimate Informant

COMMON MOTIVES OF INFORMANTS

1. Reward –
2. Revenge –
3. Fear & Avoidance of Punishment –
4. Friendship –
5. Vanity –
6. Patriotism –
7. Civic Mindedness –
8. Repentance –
9. Competition –
10. Other motives like jealousy, spite, etc.
INFORMANTS RECRUITMENT
1. Selection
2. Investigation
3. Approach
4. Testing
FACTORS CONSIDERED IN INFORMANT RECRUITMENT

1. Sex
2. Health
3. Age
4. Built
5. Education
6. Ability
7. Personality
GENERAL TYPES OF INTELLIGENCE

1. Tactical or Combat Intelligence – this is the knowledge of the enemy, weather, and
terrain required in the planning in the conduct of tactical and combat operations.
2. Strategic Intelligence – the knowledge required for the formulation of policies & plans at
national and international levels. It is oriented on national objectives and has the following
components.: (Known as PESTBAGS)
 Political Intelligence
 Economic Intelligence
 Sociological Intelligence
 Transportation & Communication Intelligence
 Biographic Intelligence
 Armed Forces Intelligence
 Geographic Intelligence
 Scientific Intelligence
3. Counter – Intelligence – is that aspect of intelligence devoted to offensive effort to
destroy or neutralize the effectiveness of adverse enemy intelligence activities, and
defensive actions to protect information against espionage, subversion or sabotage.
THE INTELLIGENCE CYCLE

The nucleus of the Intelligence Cycle is the MISSION. It is a clear and concise statement
of the task to be accomplished by a unit. It may be in the form of a mission statement that
emanates from higher headquarters; developed by the command; or deduced by to answer the 5
“W’s” and 1 “H”. Know what is required, where the info will be obtained; collection techniques
and the time allowable.
PHASE 1 – PLANNING THE COLLECTION EFFORT

This phase of the cycle involve the determination of the requirements of intelligence. It is
concerned with identifying the so called ESSENTIAL ELEMENT OF INFORMATION (EEI)

– an item of intelligence or information of the characteristics of the area of operations and the
enemy, which the commander feels he needs before he can reasonably arrive at a decision.
PHASE 2 – COLLECTION OF INFORMATION

This phase of the cycle is concerned with the identification of the collecting agency, the
formulation of procedures on the manner of collecting the information in conjuction of the phase
one.
PHASE 3 – PROCESSING THE COLLECTED INFORMATION

This phase of the cycle is concerned with the examination and collation of all collected
information
PHASE 4 – DISSEMINATION AND USE OF INFORMATION

This phase of the cycle refers to the activities of transferring the processed information to
the proper users, most particularly the authority that requires the activity.
STEPS IN PLANNING THE COLLECTION EFFORTS;

1. Determine the intelligence requirement
2. Determine the intelligence priorities :
a. Priority intelligence requirement b. Information requirement
3. Determine the indicators
4. Determine the specific order or request
5. Determine the collection agencies and the time and date the information is to be reported.
Note: Information are obtained 90% from Open Sources and only 10% from Clandestine /
Special Operations.
DIRECTING
In Directing the collection effort, the selection of assets and agents to be tapped is an
important things to be considered: Directing stops upon formulation of the SOR (Specific Order
or Request).
COLLECTING
This can be achieved OVERTLY (Collected from OPEN Sources) and COVERTLY
(collected clandestinely or secretly).
 Collection Planning – this is a continuous process which ultimately coordinates and
integrates the efforts of all collection units and agencies.
 Collection Agency – any individual or organization which exploits a source to collect
and/ or process information.
Factors to be considered in Selecting Collection Agencies:
1. Capability
2. Suitability
3. Multiplicity
4. Balance
PROCESSING
This is the very phase in the Intel Cycle in which the information becomes
INTELLIGENCE.
Steps in Processing Information (R, E, A)
 Recording – this is the reduction of information to writing or some form of graphical
representation and the arranging of this information into groups of related items.
 Evaluation – the examination of raw information to determine its intelligence value,
pertinence of the information, reliability of the source/ agency and its credibility or
truthfulness of the information.
COLLATION – is the organization and grouping of raw data to be reduced into a
useable form.

DATA EVALUATION – after information were obtained in relation to the inquiry, the
analyst will evaluate the information according to its reliability and validity, and
the relationship of the sources to the information.
In Evaluation, Admiralty Scale must be used.
Note : When grading any information, separate the source from the information. Do not grade
them together, because what may have been a reliable source in the past may not be true for the
present or future situation.
DATA COLLATION – after evaluating, information’s acquired should be stored and be

retrieved at a later stage. These can be integrated or cross referenced with other held information.
Storing information can be manually or electronically.
Factors to be considered in evaluating information:
1. Pertinence or importance of the information
2. Reliability
3. Credibility
 Analysis (Data Interpretation) – when information is received, processed and integrated

with available holdings, bits and pieces of info’s should be organized into forms which
facilitates understanding and highlights further as information requirements.
Steps in Analysis
1. Interpretation or Assessment 2. Integration
Pitfalls to Avoid:
1. Garbage Information b. Disinformation c. Intelligence Noise
INTELLIGENCE OPERATIONS
Intelligence Operations is the result of intelligence planning, planning is always ahead of
operation although an operation can be made without a plan, it is usually due to sudden and
inevitable situations but definitely this is poor intelligence management.
Different Task Involve in Police Intelligence Operation

 Discovery and identification activity
 Surveillance and Liaison Program
 Informant Management
 Clipping Services and Debriefing
 Casing and other relevant miscellaneous activities
 Utilization of informant for planning and organizational employment
BASIC PRINCIPLES OF INTEL OPERATIONS

 Intelligence operations and tactical operations are interdependent;
 Intel must be useful;
 Intel must be timely;
 Intel operations must permit flexibility in procedures;
 The nature of Intel requires employment of continuous security measures.
THE 14 OPERATIONAL CYCLES

1. Mission and Target
 Infiltration – The insertion of action agent inside the target organization
 Penetration – recruitment of action agent inside the target organization
2. Planning
3. Spotting
4. Partial Background Investigation (PBI) or Complete Background Investigation
5. Recruitment – the only qualification of an agent is to have an access to the target
6. Training

7. Briefing
8. Dispatch
9. Communication – technical method like telephone/ radio, non-technical method like
personal meeting, live drop or dead drop
10. Debriefing
11. Payments – depends upon the motivation of the informant
 Regulatory – pay no bonuses
 Supplemental – income that is enough to ease his financial worries
12. Disposition – involve activity on rerouting, retraining, retesting, termination
13. Reporting
14. Operational Testing
COVER AND UNDERCOVER ACTIVITIES

 COVER – the means by which an individual group of organization conceals the true
nature of its acts and or existence from the observer.
 COVER STORY – a biographical data through fictional that will portray the personality
of the agent he assumed, a scenario to cover up the operation.
 COVER SUPPORT – an agent assigned in target areas with the primary mission of
supporting the cover story.
 ORGANIZATIONAL COVER – is an account consisting of biographical which when
adopted by an individual will assume the personality he wants to adopt.
Types of Cover
1. Natural Cover – using actual or true background
2. Artificial – using biographical data adopted for the purpose
3. Cover within a Cover – justification of existence
4. Multiple Cover – any cover you wish
The Task of Procuring and Collecting of Information

Procurement as use in intelligence parlance is the aggressive effort of the agent to acquire
certain scientific information that may not be readily available. To this end a number of means
may be used, these are:
1. The Classical Intelligence Type such as and which utilize human being to gather
information.
2. The Modern or Technical Intelligence Type which employs machine human such as
satellites, electronic gadgets to gather information.
Procuring Different Type of Agents
1. Agent in Place – an agent who has been recruited by an intelligence service within a
highly sensitive target, who is just beginning a career or have been long or (outside)
insider.
2. Double Agent – an enemy agent, who has been captured, turned around and sent back
where he came from as an agent of his captors.
3. Expandable Agent – an agent whom false information is leaked to the enemy.
4. Penetration Agent – an agent who has such reached the enemy gets information and
would manage to get back alive.
5. Agent of Influence – an agent who uses influence to gain information.
6. Agent of Provocation – one who provoke the enemy to give information.
METHODS OF COVERT INTELLIGENCE

SURVEILLANCE
Surveillance is a form of clandestine investigation which consists of keeping persons,
place or other targets under physical observation in order to obtain evidence or information
pertinent to an investigation. Surveillance of persons is called Tailing or Shadowing,
Surveillance of place is called Casing or Reconnaissance, and Surveillance of other things,
events, and activities is called Roping.

TYPES OF SURVEILLANCE
According to Intensity and sensitivity
1. Discreet – subject person to be watch is unaware that he is under observation.
2. Close – subject is aware that he is under observation varied on each occasions.
3. Loose – applied frequently or infrequently, period of observation varied on each occasion.
According to Methods
1. Stationary – this is observation of place usually a bookie stall, a gambling, joint, a
residence where illegal activities are going on (Fixed Position).
2. Moving – surveillant follow the subject from the place to place to maintain continuous
watch on his activities.
3. Technical – this is surveillance by the use of communications and electronic hardware’s,
gadgets, system and equipment.
CASING OR RECONNAISSANCE
Casing is the term use in the police organization while reconnaissance is used in military
term. Casing or reconnaissance is the surveillance of a building place or area to determine its
suitability for intel use or its vulnerability in operations. It aids in the planning and operation by
providing needed information. It assists the agents handler to install confidence in his agent
during briefing phase by being able to speak knowingly about the area of operation. Casing is
also considered a security measure because it offers some degree of protection for those
operating in an area unfamiliar to them.
OBSERVATION AND DESCRIPTION a.k.a (ODEX)

 Observation – a complete and accurate observation by an individual of his surroundings
and encompasses the use of all the major sense to register and recognized its operational
or intel significance.
 Description – the actual and factual reporting of one’s observation of the reported sensory
experience recounted by another.
Psychologist estimates that approximately 85% of our knowledge is gathered through
sight, 13% from sense of hearing and only 2% through the three other senses.
ELICITATION
It is a system or plan whereby information of intelligence value is obtained through the
process direct intercommunication in which one or more of the parties to the common is unaware
of the specific purpose of the conversation. The three phases are determination of the mission,
selection of the subject, and accomplishment of the mission.
PORTRAIT PARLE (P/P)

It is a means of using descriptive terms in relation to the personal features of an
individual and it can be briefly described as a word description or a spoken picture.
TACTICAL INTERROGATION
The need for obtaining information of the highest degree of credibility taken on the
minimum of time can be through interrogation which varies and dependent entirely on the
situation. In tactical interrogation, familiarization of the following is necessary:
 Interrogation – the systematic asking of questions to elicit information in the minimum
time.
 Interrogator – person who does the questioning.
 Interrogee – any person who is subjected to the to the interrogation process in any of its
forms and phases.
 Suspect – any person believed to be associated with prohibited activity.
 Source – a person who for any reason submits information of intelligence interest usually
on a voluntary basis.
 Provocateur – an individual from enemy forces who is deliberately introduce in our
custody with a specific mission of causing some unfavourable action or reaction on our
part.

 Screening – initial examination of an interrogee to determine the extent of his knowledge

of persons, places, things or events in which we are interested.
 Formal Interrogation – the systematic attempt to exploit to an appropriate depth those are
of the interrogee’s knowledge which have been identified in the screening process.
 Debriefing – the interrogation of a friendly interrogee who has information at the direction
of or under the control of the friendly intelligence service.
 Interview – similar to a debriefing although it is less formal and the interrogee is not
necessarily under the control or employment of the respective intelligence service.
 Interrogation Report – an oral or written statement of information by the questioning of an
interrogee.
Form of Interrogation
1. Direct – the subject is aware of the fact that he is being interrogated, but he may not learn
the true objectives of the interrogation. This is being used extensively at the tactical lever.
2. Indirect – the subject is not aware that he is being interrogated. This is used when time is
not so important.
Types of Interrogation
1. Screening – usually accomplished as soon as after capture, apprehension or arrest of an
interrogee. The objective is to obtain background information about the interrogee and
determine his area of knowledge and ability.
2. Formal Interrogation (Detailed) – the systematic attempt to exploit to an appropriate
depth those areas of the interrogee’s knowledge, which have been identified in the
screening process.
3. Debriefing – a form of eliciting information, which is generally used when the area of
intellectual capability of the interrogee is known.
4. Interview – the interviewer must be fully aware of the actual type of information desired
and alert on the interviewee’s moods and expressions.
5. Interrogation of Lay Personnel (Specific Type) – the techniques used are the same as
in the interrogations, however, especial effort must be made to established a common
frame of reference between the interrogator and the ineterrogee.
6. Technical Interrogation – the level of interrogation where the source has specific and
such detailed information that requires a trained expert in the subject matter to be
explored.
INTTEROGATION TECHNIQUES:
Techniques of Approach – the purpose is to gain the cooperation of the source and induce him
to answer questions which will follows:
1. The “Open Techniques” – the interrogator is open and direct in his approach and
makes no attempts to conceal the purpose of the interrogator.
2. The “Common Interest” Technique – the interrogator must exert effort to impress the
interrogee of their common interest.
3. Record File (We Know All Technique) – the interrogator prepare a file on the source
listing all known information (record should be padded to make it appear to be very
extensive).
4. Exasperation Techniques (Harassment) – effectively employed against hostile type
interrogee.
5. Opposite Personality Technique – also known as “Mutt and Jeff”, “Threat and Rescue”,
“Bad Guy – Good Guy”, “Sweet and Sour”, “Sugar and Vinegar”, “Devil and Angel”.
Use of two interrogators playing opposite roles.
6. Egotist Techniques (Pride and Ego) – usually successful when employed against an
interrogee who has displayed a weakness or a feeling of insecurity.
7. “Silent” Technique – employed against nervous or the confident type of interrogee.
8. “Question Barrage” Technique (Rapid Fire Questioning) – intended to confuse the
interrogee and put him into a defensive position.

REFERENCES:
Book Trading, Inc.


LAW ENFORCEMENT
ADMINISTRATION
POLICE PERSONNEL AND

RECORDS MANAGEMENT


POLICE PERSONNEL AND RECORDS MANAGEMENT
DEFINITION OF TERMS
ADMINISTRATIVE RECORDS – these are records required in the management of the

department personnel and designed to aid assignments, promotions and disciplinary actions.
Such records are so essential in administering personnel matters that they must be maintained
in a police department.
ALERTNESS – ability to grasp ideas quickly, his response indicated that he would quickly
understand the implication of complex problem and his own actions in the police job.
APPEALED POLICY – this type of policy is born when a problem arises at the lower levels of
the organization and the man in charge does not know how to meet the problem.
ARREST AND BOOKING RECORDS – this record maintains the arrest and jail booking
report which is required for all person arrested. It is made out in full and it bears an arrest
number for each arrest made.
ARTISAN – a worker who is employed in industry or who is skilled craftsman.
AUTOCRATIC LEADERSHIP – the ability t obtain from each member of the highest quality
of service which he is capable of giving by which the superior officer assumes full
accountability for all the actions and seeks obedience from his subordinates by issuing orders
and commands.
AUTHORITY – means the management is held accountable for the result arising from
authority. Administrative supremacy, desired from the exercise of political power and its basic
purpose in the accomplishment of a particular goal.
BUDGETING – the forecasting in detail of the results of an officially recognized program of
operations based on the highest reasonable expectations of operating efficiency and is a total
coordinating, operating financial factors.
CAREER MANAGEMENT - determining, planning and monitoring the career aspirations of
each individual in the organization and developing them for improved productivity.
CASE RECORDS – composed of complaints and assignment sheet and investigation report. A
complaint or assignment sheet contains information concerning reports and complaints
received by a police unit from the public and the actions initiated by the police. On the other
hand, an investigation report reflects the findings of an investigating officer from inquiries
and other facts and circumstances concerning the commission of a crime.
CHAIN OF COMMAND – it is the system which has for its purpose to ensure that orders,
directives and other information are channeled downward and upward through an
organizational structure in a timely and uniformed fashion. It is also the manner through
which the supervisors establish and maintain the necessary control over subordinates.
CHARACTER INVESTIGATION – used to determine the candidates reputation and character
in his neighborhood and if his habits and attitude would make him a good prospect for the
police job.
CLASSIFICATION OF POSITION – it is a grouping of positions and tests of fitness may be
used to recruit employees.
CLASSIFYING - mentally determining the name of subject or number of which a specific
record is to be filed is called classifying.
CODING – making an identifying mark on the item to be stored to indicate what classifications
it is to filed is called coding. Maybe done by underlining, checking, circling or marking the
record in some other way.
COLLECTIVE BARGAINING – the process of negotiating agreements and following through
in day-to-day administration.
COMMAND COMMUNICATION – oral or written order of as superior officer to his
subordinate directly made and compliance is immediately expected.
COMMAND RESPONSIBILITY – generally means, each ranking officers is held responsible
for the acts of his subordinates.
COMMANDING OR ORDERING – transfer of duties and responsibilities from top man to a
subordinate.

COMMUNICATION IN MANAGEMENT – refers to the transfer of ideas or instruction from

one person to another.
CONTROL – it aims at making sure that the objectives and policies of the organization are
carried out according to the approved plan, organizational needs and the orders which have
been issued.
CONTROLLING – it involves the checking or evaluation and measurement of performance and
comparing it with planned goals or objectives of the organization, and making the necessary
corrective actions so that work is accomplished as planned.
COORDINATION – it refers to the accomplishment of group effort among working men
through a harmonious adjustment or functioning of task, directed towards a common goal.
CORRESPONDENCE FILES – this shall consist of sets of records of communication
classified, arranged, and filed alphabetically by the subject to which they pertain.
CRAFT – it is a trade or occupation which required skills, manual activity, understanding of the
principles of the trade, and definite periods of training in the trade.
CRAFTSMAN – refers to a skilled mechanical or manual worker who must exercise
independent judgment, posses or thorough knowledge of process, and is often reasonable for
the maintenance of equipment and material.
CRIME PREVENTION – recognized as the primordial concern of the police organization.
CROSS REFERRENCE – refers to a notation put into a file to indicate that a record not stored
in that file but in the file specified on the cross reference.
CUT – the tabs on guides and folders are said to be out according to the width of the tabs.
DEFINITION PURPOSES – refers to the realization of what is to be done.
DELEGATION – refers to the act of investing with authority to act for another.
DEMOCRATIC LEADERSHIP – the art of influencing people in which the supervisor draws
ideas and suggestions from his subordinates by means of consultation and discussion, by this
type of leadership, staff members are encouraged to participate in making decisions, goals,
methods, etc.
DIRECTING – it involves the overseeing and supervising of the human resources and the
various activities in an organizing to achieve through cooperative efforts the predetermined
goals or objectives of the organization. In law enforcement, directing is the exercise of
command coordination and control.
DIRECTION – deals with procedures what is to be done who is to do it, when, where, and how
it is to be done.
EFFICIENCY – it is securing of maximum results with minimum effort. It is using minimum
manpower and equipment to attain good results.
EMPLOYEE – it includes any person in the employ of an employee. The term shall not be
limited to the employee of a particular employer, unless the labor code so explicitly states.
EMPLOYEE PERFORMANCE RATING – refers to the evaluation of the traits, behavior and
effectiveness of an employer on the job as determined by established work standards, it maybe
judgmental or developmental in purpose. It is judgmental if it is made a tool in decision
making for promotion transfer, pay increases or termination of employee. It is developmental
in purpose when the evaluation is used to facilitate employee improvement in performance or
used to improve recruitment, selection, training and developmental of personnel.
EXECUTION – deals with the performance of tasks to be done with commensurate authority to
fulfill the responsibility.
EXPANDABLE SUPPLIES – refers to those provisions which are consumable or perishable in
nature.
EXTRA – DEPARTMENTAL PLANS – these includes those plans that requires actions or
assistance from persons or agencies outside the police organization or that relate to some form
of community organization.
FIELD PROCEDURES – they are intended to be used in all situations of all kinds and serves
as a guide to officers in the field on procedures that relate to the following: Reporting,
Dispatching, Raids, Arrests, Stopping suspicious persons, Receiving complaints, Patrolling
and Conduct of Investigation of crimes.
FILING – it is the actual placement of materials in a storage container, generally a folder,
according to a plan. It includes the process of classifying, coding arranging, and storing
systematically so that they may be located quietly when needed.
FILING MANUAL – refers to an instructional book containing detailed information about

various phases of filing and records management including rules for the procedures used.
FOLDER – refers to a container in which papers or materials are kept in a filing cabinet.
FORECASTING OF MANPOWER NEEDS – it is the determination of the number and skills
of people required for the work.
FREE-REIN LEADERSHIP – it is leadership in which the commanding officer assumes
minimum control but provides materials, instructions and information to his subordinates.
FUNCTIONAL ORGANIZATION – it divides responsibility and authority between several
specialists, such as the person responsible for all training, the employee directing of the
community relations activities of all units within the department handling a case involving a
juvenile.
GENERAL STATEMENT OF PRINCIPLE – this pertains to some companies who have their
policies stated in broad terms, such as statement of objectives, philosophy and creed.
HEADQUARTER PROCEDURES – usually found on the duty manual because they pertain to
the responsibility of one person or one class of persons. Procedures that involve coordinate
action on activity of several offices shall be established separately.
HORIZONTAL COORDINATION – involves liaisoning among the staff of the same level for
the benefit of the entire organization. This is also called Lateral Coordination among the
members of the staff.
HUMAN RESOURCE PLANNING – also known as manpower planning, it refers to a process
of analyzing organizations human resources needs under changing conditions and developing
the activities necessary to satisfy their needs.
IDENTIFICATION METHOD – refers to the third division of police records. Fingerprint
records are the heart of any identification system. It provides positive identification and the
police must supplement it with a record of physical characteristics and in their records have
their own series, an identification number is assigned to each criminal to identify records
relating to him.
IMMOVABLE – material goods that cannot be physically transferred or moved from one place
to another.
IMPOSED POLICY – this type of policy comes from the government in the form of laws,
administrative orders, and rules and procedures or contract specifications.
IMPROVEMENT PLANS – it is the determination of the appropriated steps to implement the
human resources plan in order to insure the company has the right number and right quality
people, properly assigned to jibs for which they are most useful.
INTER-OFFICE COMMUNICATION – interaction between offices at headquarters, provided
through stations, off the main switch board through the direct line telephones. It automatically
directs or transmits the voice through a similar instrument on selected desk.
INVENTORY OF MANPOWER – it is an analysis of the present manpower complement of
the company to determine whether it has enough or less or more personnel (both
quantitatively and qualitatively is required).
INVESTIGATION REPORT – a document which contains the findings of an action taken by
the investigating officer based on inquiries made and by obtaining the available facts of the
incident.
JOB – Otis and Leukrat defined it as a position involving substantially the same duties, skills
knowledge and responsibilities or a number of workers who customarily changes about from
one position to another. It is also defined as all the tasks carried out by a particular person in
the completion of his prescribed duties. “It is a solemn duty and obligation”.
JOB ANALYSIS – refers to the identification of the different jobs in an organization from one
another in which each category is given a specific title. It is the determining of the duties,
responsibilities and skills pertinent to each job category by analyzing each position in terms of
the duties and responsibilities involved and the relationship of the job with other job.
JOB DESCRIPTION – it is an abstract of information derived from the job analysis report,
describing the duties performed, the skills, the training and done, and relation of the job to
another job in the organization.
JOB SPECIFICATION – refers to the statement of the qualification and traits required of the
worker so that they may perform the job properly. It specifies the type of employee which the
job call for in terms of skill, experiences, training or other special qualification.
JOURNEYMAN – is the skilled worker actively engaged in trade or occupation requiring

apprenticeships. He is also a qualified craftsman who has mastered his trade by serving as an
apprentice.
LABEL – it is the tab on the folder which is often covered with a place of gunned paper that
identifies the contents of the folder.
LABOR-RELATION – refers to the relationship existing between the management of an
organization and its employees and the labor union representing the employee, if the
organization is unionized. It also refers to the effort satisfactory accommodation between both
employees both employees and the management to settle disagreement.
LINE AND STAFF POLICE ORGANIZATION – this refers to the combination of staff
specialists or units with the line organization so the services of knowledge can be provided,
line and personnel by specialist.
LINE COMMAND – it is the operating authority delegated by the commander down the line
thru each intermediate superior until level of execution is reached.
LINE FUNCTION – refers to the primary operational duties like patrol, investigation, vice
control and traffic tasks.
LINE ORGANIZATION – it is often called the individual, military or departmental type of
organization is the simplest and perhaps the oldest type.
MANAGEMENT – the process of directing and facilitating the work of people organized in
formal groups in order to achieve a scientific management.
MANAGEMENT DEVELOPMENT – refers to assessing and determining the developmental
needs of managers for future successions.
MANAGERIAL EMPLOYEE – a person who is vested with powers or prerogative to lay
down and execute management policies and or to hire, transfer, suspend, layoff, recall,
discharged, assign or discipline employees, or to effectively recommend such managerial
actions.
MANAGEMENT PLANS – preparations for equipping and putting in order the police
organization to do the job rather than to its actual operation as an organized force.
MAINTAINANCE – it covers all activities intended to provide an acceptable working
environment for employees. More over it is the process of keeping materials in serviceable
condition.
MEASURING POLICE WORK EFFECIENCY – it is the act of securing maximum effort. In
police service it is using minimum manpower and equipment to attain good results.
MEDICAL EXAMINATION – it is used to determine whether not candidate is in good health
and is free from defects which would disable or reduce his police efficiency and meet the
standard distance and color visions.
MEMORANDA AND CIRCULARS – are other common means of communicating company
policies to employees. They can be issued fast and they provide the greatest assurance of
reaching every employee.
MISCELLANOUS RECORDS – these records which do not relate to recorded complaints and
investigation reports but is informational in character.
MOVABLE PROPERTY – refers to those material goods that can be physically moved from
one place to another.
NATIONAL CRIMINALISTICS RESEARCH AND TRAINING INSTITUTE – serves as
the scientific criminalistics laboratory and handles technical courses for PNP personnel.
NATIONAL POLICE COLLEGE – the NPC handles the officer career courses, Bachelor of
Science in Public Safety for in service police personnel, as well as the Master in Public Safety
Administration. The course offerings are designed to set the direction for effectiveness,
efficiency and responsiveness of the men and women in public safety services.
NEURO-PSYCHIATRIC TEST – used to exclude those applicants who are emotionally and
temperamentally unstable, psychotic and suffering from mental disorder.
NON-EXPANDABLE SUPPLIES – are those provisions which are durable in nature when
used, do not suffer any materials or substance change or alteration in form or substance.
OFFICE PROCEDURES – the two principal office procedures are records division operation
and reporting regulations. The records division operation makes important an assurance that
each task is performed in the manner prescribed. On the other hand, reporting regulations

assist the office on what forms are to be used for a particular purpose, the number of copies to
be made and where they are to be routed.
OCCUPATION – it refers to a collection of job which is sufficiently similar with regard to their
main task to be grouped together under a common title.
OPERATIONAL PLANS – refers to the work programs of the line divisions.
ORGANIZATION – it is the arrangement of people with common purpose and objective in
manner to enable the performance of related tasks by individuals grouped for the purpose.
This organization can functional, line and staff, etc., depending on the objectives and
functions of organization.
ORGANIZED TRAINING – is the means by which officers are provided with the knowledge
and the skills they receive to perform their multiple complex duties.
ORIGINATED POLICY – this type of policy comes from the board of directors or the
president and is intended to set up guidelines in the operation of the firm.
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT – this includes analyzing, improving and monitoring the
performance of each and of the organization as a whole.
PERSONAL INTERVIEW – it is used to determine whether or not the candidate’s pattern of
personality traits is suitable for police work.
PERSONAL RESPONSIBILITY – refers to that obligation imposed by law and regulation on
any morals of the PNP for the proper use, maintenance and care of supplies entrusted to them.
PERSONNEL ADMINISTRATION – is the development of people, promotion of their
welfare and benefits as to their welfare and benefits as to the primary component of the police
force.
PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT – it is defined as that area of management concerned with
human relations.
PERSONNEL PLANNING – refers to a study of the labor supply of jobs which are composed
with the demands for employees in those victims an organization to determined future
personnel requirements which either increases or decreases.
PERSONNEL PROGRAM – refers to the activities programmed to implement the
organizational philosophy or creed and the personnel philosophy of central managers in
relations to people so as to accomplish organizational objectives.
PERSONNEL RECORDS – it is a file showing the history of each police officer, both prior
and subsequent to joining the force it is indispensable.
PHILIPPINE NATIONAL POLICE ACADEMY (PNPA) – administers the Cadetship
program that provides the core of professionally trained young officers for the public safety
courses.
POLICE NATIONAL TRAINING INSTITUE- Handles non-officer career courses including
specialized courses through its regional training schools.
PHYSICAL AGILITY TEST – it is used to determine whether or not the applicant posses the
required coordination strength, and speed of movement necessary for police service. Also
known as physical ability test.
PLACEMENT – refers to the process of making an employee adjusted and knowledgeable in a
new job and or working environment.
PLANNING - it is the determination in advance how the objectives of the organization will be
trained. It involves the determination of course of action to take in performing a particular
function or activity.
POLICE ADMINISTRATION – is the direction of the police organization or a part of it, and
the application of its various resources in such a way as to carry out its functions efficiently
and effectively.
POLICE MANAGEMENT – is the act, method or art of administering, controlling or
conducting a police unit or force.
POLICY – defined as a general plan action that serves as guide in the operation of a company.
They are tools of management which give life and direction to the program of activities and
set the limits within which action is to be pursued by the personnel concerned.
POLICY FORMULATION – involves what are to be done in the form of orders or broad
statement of action.

POLICY MANUAL – it covers all personnel policies and procedures, if made available to
managers and supervisors, will be a great help in their decision-making and employees
relationship.
POTENTIAL – the overall gross worth and capability of a candidate to assume a higher
position and greater responsibility based on tangible past performance.
POSITION – it is defined as a group of tasks duties and responsibilities regularly assigned to
and performed by a person. Used to indicate work of a mental and clerical character,
performed by professional.
PROBATIONARY APPOINTMENT – given to as applicant who possesses the appropriate
illegibility for position of PO1, who shall serve a probationary period of six (6) months
following his original appointment.
PROCEDURAL PLANS – they are outlined and officially adopted as the standard method of
action to be followed by all members of the department under specific circumstances.
PROCEDURES – are series of steps for the orderly arrangement of or records which include
alphabet, geographic, numeric, and subject of chronological.
PROFESSIONAL EMPLOYEES – refers to those individuals whose work is predominantly
non-routine and intellectual in character.
PROPER INCENTIVES – include reasonable pay allowances, promotion, assignments, career
development, guidance and fair equitable disciplinary.
PROPERTY ACCOUNTABILITY – it is the primary obligation imposed by law and
regulation on the supply accountable, office to keep forward record of supplies.
PUBLIC SAFETY OFFICERS ADVANCE COURSE – a mandatory training requirement for
police personnel aiming to be promoted to the rank of Chief Inspector, it consists of eight
modules namely: the general subjects, role of public safety bureaus on national development,
communication skills, Management II, research, institutional linkages, Law, Human Rights
and Specialization subjects which are distinct for each bureau of public safety service.
PUBLIC SAFETY OFFICERS BASIC COURSE – designed to provide the knowledge, skills
and attitude to junior officer of the PNP, BJMP and BFP to enable them to perform their
prominent duties and responsibilities for the middle staff positions. The course consists of
seven modules namely: general subjects, communication, leadership and management, law,
intelligence, investigation and specialization subjects which are distinct for each public safety
bureau. Passing the course is a requirement to be promoted to the rank of Senior Inspector.
PUBLIC SAFETY BASIC RECRUIT COURSE – entry training requisite for PNP permanent
appointment with the initial rank of Police Officer I.
PUBLIC SAFETY OFFICERS CANDIDATE COURSE – a mandatory requirement for
promotion to Inspector, its primary objective is to provide the senior public safety non-
commissioned officers with essential knowledge and skills to strengthen their leadership
qualities and sense of responsibility.
PUBLIC SAFETY SENIOR OFFICERS COURSE – the program of instruction covers both
academic and non-academic subjects including law enforcement, research methodology,
communications skills, development administration, internal security administration,
environmental studies, local and foreign educational tour. Also termed as OSEC, it is a
mandatory training requirement for promotion to Police Superintendent.
QUESTIONNAIRE METHOD – each employee is given a set of questions, answering this,
they describes his jobs, its operations, his duties and his responsibilities.
RECORD CYCLE – refers to the lifespan of a record from creation until disposition.
RECRUITMENT – refers to the process of encouraging job applicants from outside an
organization to seek employment in an organization.
REPAIR – the act to restore or place the unserviceable to a condition by replacing or adjusting
damage parts, assemblies or components.
REPORTING – refers to the making of detailed account of activities, work progress,
investigation and unusual in order to keep everyone informed of what’s getting on.
RESPONSIBILITY – means the management is held accountable for the result arising from the
authority.
SELECTION – it is the process of determining the most qualified job applicant or employees
for a given position in a company.

SCIENTIFIC MANAGEMENT – is a type of management which is characterized and guided

by the used of scientific approaches to the solution of managerial problem in business and
industry.
SCORE – is an indented or raised line the bottom edge of a folder.
SPAN OF CONTROL – is a principle or doctrine governing the ability of one man to direct,
coordinate and control immediate subordinates.
SPECIFIC RULES – covers specific situations. They are more direct and are less flexible. They
are more rigid in nature.
SPECIAL OPERATING PROCEDURES – special operating procedures- included in such
guidelines are crime scene search, preservation and investigation, dissemination of
information concerning wanted persons, organization and operation of police support units
and the like.
STAFFING – it is the task of providing competent men to do the job and choosing the right men
for the right job.
STATEMENT OF PROCEDURES – this pertains to procedures to be taken in certain
situations and is narrower in space than statement principles.
SUPERVISION – deals with the assistance and guidance given to subordinates to ensure
successful performance.
SUPPLIES – refers to both expandable and non-expandable commodities.
SYSTEM – as used in records storage means any plan of filing devised by filing equipment
manufacturers.
TAB – refers to the portion of a guide or of a folder that extends above the regular height of the
folder or the guide.
TACTICAL FORCE – it is a mobile striking force of value in those situations which calls for
saturation of an area either to prevent the outbreak of a criminal activity or racial, religious or
national conflict.
TACTICAL PLANS – these plans are restricted to methods of action to be taken at a designated
location and under specific situation.
TASK – defined in the Rules and Regulations implementing the Labor Code, refers to a major
element of work or combination of elements by means of which a specific result is achieved.
TEMPORARY APPOINTMENT – wherein in case of temporary vacancy caused by a member
who goes on leave without pay or who commutes his leave, a temporary appointment may be
extended to an applicant who possesses the necessary qualification during the existence of the
vacancy.
TESTING – checking the ability of an applicant to perform the operation or to apply the
knowledge in a new situation.
TRADE – refers to any industrial; craft or artisan occupation which is officially or traditionally
recognized as requiring special qualification which can be acquired by lengthy training
experience and practical and theoretical instruction.
TRADE TEST – refers to examination or test to determine whether a person meets the standards
of a particular trade.
TRADITION – an act of delivering or surrendering something to another or the transmission of
knowledge and institutions through successive generations without written instructions.
TRAINING – acquisition or finishing prescribed courses for the rank or its equivalent courses.
TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT – refers to any method used to improve the attitudes,
knowledge, skills or behavior pattern of an employee for adequate performance of a given job.
It is a day-to-day, year round task.
UNIT – the names, initials, or words used in determining the alphabetic order of filed materials
are called units.
UNITY OF COMMAND – refers to a principle in police service that one man is in complete
command or each situation and only one man in direct command or supervision of each
officer.
VERTICAL COORDINATION – authority from the top management or executive delegated
the line through each level of management to its frits-line supervisor.
WASSERMAN – test will be made before permanent appointment.

POLICE SUPERVISION AND MANAGEMENT

WHAT IS LEADERSHIP?
Leadership is a process of getting people to work some common objective. An executive
leader involves many processes that define organizational objectives and that move organizations
toward desired goals. While there are many definitions of the concept of leadership, each
generally includes some notion of the following description:
1. Power 4. Collective Action; and
2. Authority 5. Persuasion
3. Cooperation
SOURCES OF LEADERSHIP AUTHORITY

In organizational setting, persons can be formally charged with leadership roles, or they
can assume these roles informally. When we think of leaders, we typically think of individuals
with formal titles such as Chief of Police, which give these persons the formal responsibility to
lead.
In this sense, we say that leader has the authority to lead; he or she has been granted this
authority and has the power to exercises this authority in performing the duties of the chief of
police. Here “authority” refers to the legitimate right to lead and influence people, while “power”
refers to the capacity or ability to lead.
The German Sociologist Max Weber (1947) distinguished among three (3) forms of
authority in organization, they are:
1. Traditional 2. Charismatic 3. Legal-Rational
Within organizations, there are sources of authority other than the above-mentioned.
French and Raven (1959: 150-167) identified five sources of power and authority in social
relations:
a. REWARD POWER c. LEGITIMATE POWER
b. COERCIVE POWER d. REFERENT POWER
THE POWER MOTIVATION OF POLICE MANAGERS

POWER is an indispensable dimension of police departments. As we experience, power
is both a grant made from the led to the leader and an extension of the formal authority granted
to a particular position like police officers.
Below is a very simple comparison between police officers who uses personalized power
versus social power.
Power however is not always used for the same purpose; the term MOTIVATIONAL
POWER refers to the reasons, intentions, and objectives that underline a police manager’s use of
power.
STYLES OF LEADERSHIP
Generally, many books discussing leaders and leadership identified the leadership styles
into three only. These are:
1. AUTHORIZATION. Authoritarian leader makes all decisions without consulting the
subordinates and closely controls work performance.
2. DEMOCRATIC. Democratic leader is group oriented and promotes the active
participation of subordinates in planning and executing tasks.
3. LAISSEZ-FAIRE. Laissez-Faire leader takes a “hands-off” passive approach in dealing
with subordinates.
LEADERSHIP AND PERFORMANCE

The police leader to be recognized as excellent must be responsible for three (3) equally
important, but essentially different, broad responsibility:
1. Fulfilling the mission of the police department
2. Making work productive and helping subordinate to achieve;
3. Producing good impacts
A number of factors that encroaches on how well these three responsibilities are met are:
a. The Officer’s Leadership Style
b. The Community Preferences
c. Available Resources
d. The Officer’s Selection Process
Police leaders chosen by a competitive process or who are perceived by subordinates in

the department as competent are viewed consistently as having greater expertise and
consequently, have more influence and power. There are additionally “habit of mind” that police
leaders who meet their three (3) key responsibilities effectively must practice the following:
 They know where their time goes and manage it effectively
 They focus on outward contribution
 They build on strength
 They concentrate first on the few major areas where superior performance will produce
outstanding results
 They make effective decisions
THE PUBLIC SAFETY LEADERSHIP

The above literature provide us more understanding what, who and how a leader is, and
how it is being employed in an organization particularly in the field of public safety. As an
assessment we can surely say that a “A TRUE LEADER ARE THOSE WHO BY THEIR
IDEALS, QUALITIES AND POTENTIALS CAN CREATE WORTHY ASPIRATION; AND
BY THEIR PRECEPTS AND EXAMPLE CAN CORRECT OTHERS TO THAT
ASPIRATION AND LEAD THEIR MEN IN AN UNSELFISH CAUSE”.
In the public safety service, we need leaders who can both inspire men to do things
productively and effectively and convince, persuade and motivate others who at first do not want
to do their jobs or works, but later make them enjoy doing them soundly.
THE TRAITS AND PRINCIPLES OF A LEADER

We defined LADERSHIP as the process of directing and inspiring subordinates to
perform the task-related activities of the group or organization productively. We can simply
describe also leadership as an art of influencing others. In doing so, leaders must have the
following traits and principles to attain maximum success in influencing others:
A. TRAITS OF A LEADER
a. Bearing g. Discipline m. Judgment
b. Tactfulness h. Integrity n. Decisiveness
c. Initiative i. Dependability o. Patience
d. Courage j. Morality p. Edurance
e. Unselfishness k. Loyalty q. Enthusiasm
f. Knowledge l. Visionary
B. LEADERSHIP PRINCIPLES
1. Know yourself and seek self-improvement
2. Know your men and seek out for their welfare
3. Be technically and tactically proficient
4. Set as an example
5. Train your men as a team
6. Seek responsibility and take responsibility for your action and the action of your people
7. Employ your men accordance with their capability
Winning the respect and liking of the people supervised depends chiefly upon the
CHARACTER of the supervisor himself and the LEADERSHIP exercised. Appointment to a

supervisor position does not in itself guarantee that a man will automatically become accepted as
a leader, BECAUSE LEADERSHIP MUST BE EARNED.
C. OTHER DESIRABLE FACTORS AND TRAITS OF A LEADER

Below are some of the Desirable Factors of Leadership
1. Loyalty
2. Positive Thinking
3. Genuine Interest in and Liking for the People
The real leader is business-like, but he looks a thing in a friendly fashion. That many
people will work for less money to stay with friendly supervisor. One would like to work for the
man who looks at everything in a friendly manner. A ready smile, a friendly approach, will
OPEN LIKE MAGIC in a workplace like POLICE OFFICE or POLICE STATION.
To develop friendly personality, a supervisor or a leader may try the following:
a. Be conscious of the other person and not what he done;
b. Assume that people like you;
c. When you greet person, greet him empathetically;
d. Build up the other fellow’s feeling of self-worth
e. Admit your own defects, anyway no one is perfect;
f. Practice use of the word YOU and avoid the word I;
g. Admire your friends and workers; and
h. Associate with other people who are successful and happy.
CONCEPT OF MANAGEMENT AND SUPERVISION
A. Definition of Management
MANAGEMENT is the process of directing and facilitating the work of people
organized in formal groups in order to achieve a desired goal.
POLICE PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT is the art of preparing, organizing and
directing the efforts of members of a police in order that they may achieve accomplishment of
police purpose
Nature of Management
Management embraces the essential elements of authority and responsibility exercised in
the process of organizing and directing people at work so that they may obtain their maximum
efficiency both for themselves and the organization where they belong. It is concerned in placing
the right people on the right job and in maintaining satisfied work force. It accomplishes its
objectives through the effective use of men, money, materials, methods, and machines (SM’s of
Management)
B. Elements of Management
The basic elements of management are:

1. AUTHORITY – administrative authority is derived from the exercise of political power
and its basic purpose is the accomplishment of a particular goal. The three (3) sources of
management are:
a. Law b. tradition d. delegation
2. RESPONSIBILITY – the essence of responsibility simply means that management is
held accountable for the result arising from its exercise of authority. It is one of the
means of guarding against an abuse of management authority. In other words,
responsibility limits the exercise of authority.
C. Functions of Management
According to Prof. Luther Gulick, the seven basic functions of management may be
summed up by the word POSDCORB and this stands for the following:

1. PLANNING – the mental process of finding adequate solutions to management

problems and the preparation of an outline of things to be done and how they will be
done to achieve results.
2. ORGANIZING – the process of allocating authority; responsibility and
accountability to people, as well as the establishment of channels of inter-group
communication in order to secure coordination and efficiency.
3. STAFFING – the task of providing competent men to do job and choosing the right
men for the right job. It involves good selection and processing of reliable and well-
trained personnel.
4. DIRECTING – the giving authoritative instructions, orders, or commands to
working men, relative to specific actions, procedures or activities which are to performed
in a particular manner or times.
5. COORDINATING – the accomplishment of an orderly pattern of group effort
among working men, through the harmonious adjustment or functioning of tasks, directed
toward a common goal.
6. REPORTING – the making of detailed account activities, work progress,
investigations, and unusual in order to keep everyone informed of what’s going on.
7. BUDGETING – the forecasting in detail of the results of an officially recognized
program of operations based on the highest reasonable expectations of operating
efficiency and is a tool coordinating for operating financial factors.
DIRECTION, SUPERVISION AND COORDINATION
A. The Police Supervisor:

SUPERVISION: The leadership and direction of employees toward the objective of
getting work done and accomplishing the organization’s objectives. Supervision consists of
directing and controlling work; training and developing employees in knowledge, work, skills,
habits and attitudes, and will to work; coordinating efforts of workers, reviewing and evaluating
the work, results, methods, techniques and attitudes of groups and individuals
MAJOR DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

Analyzing the above-mentioned list, we find the following major duties and
responsibilities common to all supervisory positions:
1. Work accomplishment
2. Safety, Health, Physical welfare of the men
3. Development of morale
4. Development of cooperation
5. Training and development of subordinates, and
6. Records and reports
Command Responsibility
Command responsibility is a doctrine existing both in the Philippines Armed Forces and
National Police. This doctrine was established in order to ensure a more effective, sustained, and
successful campaign against unprincipled and erring government officials in administering their
offices or organization.
This was rationalized on the context that strict and effective management and control of
an organization by the supervisor is critical in ensuring responsive delivery of services by the
government especially in police matters. It is therefore expected that a supervisor or commander
is duty-bound and, as such, is expected to closely MONITOR, SUPERVISE, DIRECT,
COORDINATE, and CONTROL the overall activities of his subordinates within his area of
jurisdiction, and can be held administratively accountable for neglect of duty in taking
appropriate action to discipline his men.
This was institutionalized under Executive Order No. 226. The full text of the
Executive Order was included here as a mechanism of effective police administration and
supervision and is part of the appendices found in the last portion of this book.
BASIC FUNCTIONS OF A POLICE MANAGER

A true leader is one, who by his ideals, qualities, and potentials can create worthy
aspiration; and by his precepts and example can correct others to that aspiration, and lead them in
an unselfish cause. In the police service, we need leaders who can both inspire his men to do
things productively and effectively and CONVINCE, PERSUADE and MOTIVATE other who
at first do not want to do their jobs or works and make them enjoy doing them soundly.
Basically, these are the basic functions and the very quality of a Police Manager.
PLANNING AND DECISION MAKING

As we grow older and matured in our respective tasking we are unconsciously enhancing
our decision-making process, we call it the ART OF DECISION-MAKING. Experienced,
matured and professionalized public safety officers (not just PNP but including BFP and BJMP)
makes SOUND, TIMELY and FITTING, and ACCURATE DECISION – be it privy or personal,
and/or in official performance of their duties and responsibilities as career public safety officers.
WHAT IS DECISION MAKING?

It is a conscious and cautious process for selecting a course of action or disposition from
two (2) or more propositions or options for the purpose of accomplishing the desired result.
It is the disposition or position of a commander/head of office/superior/leader/manager
concerning a certain issue of problem confronting his organization, unit, group, office or
personnel including the resources.
ELEMENTS OF DECISION-MAKING
1. Choice (option)
2. Consciousness (knowledge)
3. Orientation (experience)
CONCEPT OF DECISION-MAKING
Decision are to conform to right and law, they are to be viewed to one’s own conscience
and are to be justified by all consequences.
Decision cannot be made if the leader does not have the choice between courses of
action. If only one choice is available, no decision is required. Once the decision is made, it is
time to act. The decision must be put into effect and then evaluate to ensure that the desire results
are being achieved. Because that which is a good decision today may not be a good decision
tomorrow.
TWO KINDS OF DECISION-MAKING

A. Programmed Decision B. Unprogrammed Decision
THREE PHASES IN DECISION-MAKING

1. Identify the problem 5. Select the best course of action
2. Gather information 6. Implement and re-evaluate the
3. Develop and list courses of action solution
4. Analyze the course of action
ERRORS IN DECISION-MAKING
1. Haphazard/Careless/Inappropriate decision-making
2. Dealing with the symptoms rather than causes of a problem.
3. Failure to solicit guidance, advises, coordination and consultation to:
4. Blased and prejudiced, partiality and factionalism, and pride, etc.
5. Immorality, corruption’s mismanagement, undisciplined, etc.
GUIDANCE IN DECISION-MAKING
A. Divine Wisdom
B. Education, Training and Experiences
C. Professional Commitment
D. Culture and Values

QUALITIES OF A GOOD SUPERVISOR

a. Superior Subordinate Relationship e. Development of Cooperation
b. The Psychological Needs of f. Development of Moral
Employees g. Training and Development of
c. Work Accomplishment Subordinates
d. Safety Health and Physical Welfare of h. Records and Reports
Men
POLICE PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT
Police Personnel Management Defined

Police Personnel Management (Human Resources Management) may be defined as that
area of management concerned with human relations in the police organization.
Purpose of Police Personnel administration

The prime objective of an effective police personnel administration is the establishment
and maintenance for the public service of a competent and well-trained police force, under such
conditions of work that this force may be completely loyal to the interest of the government at all
times.
Police Profession Service

In order to achieve the organization of a competent police force, it is necessary to create a
professional service where the personnel structure attracts to the police service the nation’s best
manpower by offering successful applicants any honorable career profession enduring from
youth to retirement. The merit methods should be the basis for appointment to the police service
and tenure within the service.
Workable Police Personnel Program

In order to attain the establishment of a competent and well trained police force, and
effective police personnel program must include a wide range of functions which affect the entire
working life of the police officer and should beyond his working life into retirement.
Objectives of Personnel Management

1. To assist top and line management achieves the organization’s objective of fostering
harmonious relationship with its human resources.
2. To acquire capable people and provide them with opportunities for advancement in self-
development.
3. To assist top management in formulating policies and programs that will serve the
requirements of the police organization and administer the same fairly to all members.
4. To provide technical services and assistance to the operating management in relation to
their personnel functions in promoting satisfactory work environment.
5. To assist management in training and developing the human resources of the organization
if it does not have a separate training department to perform its functions.
6. To see that all police members are treated equally and in the application of policies, rules
and regulations and in rendering services to them.
7. To help affect organization development and institution.
Operative Functions of Police Personnel

1. Police Personnel Planning – is a study of the labor supply of jobs, which are composed
with the demands for employees in an organization to determine future personnel
requirements, which either increase or decrease.
2. Police Recruitment – is the process of encouraging police applicant form outside an
organization to seek employment in an organization.
3. Police Selections (Screening) – is the process of determining the most qualified police
applicant for a given position in the police organization.
4. Police Placement – is the process of making police officers adjusted and knowledgeable in
a new job and or working environment

5. Police Training and Development – refers to any method used to improve the attitude,
knowledge and skill or behavior pattern of an employee for adequate performance of a
given job.
6. Police Appraisal or Performance Rating – performance rating is the evaluation of the
traits, behavior and effectiveness of a police officer on the job as determined by work
standards.
7. Police Compensation – financial compensation in the form of wages of salaries constitutes
the largest single expenditure for most organizations.
Police Personnel Programs and Policies
Nature of Personnel Programs
Personnel Programs refers to the activities programmed to implement the
organization philosophy or creed and the personnel philosophy of central managers in relation to
people so as to accomplish organizational objectives.
Police Personnel Policies

Personnel Policies are standard decisions or actions, which serves as guides to police
managers in making their decisions. It may restrain managers from taking actions, or it may limit
the actions they may take on police personnel.
A good police personnel program should adequately meet the needs of the
organization’s human resources in attaining its objectives. The program covers five areas mainly:
1. Acquiring competent personnel
2. Holding and retaining competent police personnel
3. Developing and motivating personnel
4. Developing and motivating personnel
5. Efficient administration of the program with adequate budget.
Police Policies and Procedures

Nature of Police Policies
Policies are tools of police management, which give life and direction to the police
program of activities and set limits within which action is to be pursued by the personnel
concerned.
A POLICY refers to a general plan of action that serves as a guide in the operation of
the organization.
Types of Police Policies

According to origin, policies are classified as:
1. Originated Policy – this type of policy comes from top management level and is
intended to set up guidelines in the operation of the police organization.
2. Appealed Policy – this type of policy is born when problems arise at the lower levels
of the organization and the man in charge does not know how to meet the problem. He
then appeals to his superiors for guidelines and for guidance.
3. Imposed Policy – this type of policy comes from the government in the forms of laws,
administrative orders and rules and procedures or contract specifications.
According to their subject matter, policies may be classified into:

1. General Statement of Principles – policies stated in broad terms, such as statement of
objectives, philosophy and creed.
2. Specific Rules – cover specific situations.
Administrative Personnel Policies

The implementation of personnel policies is the responsibility of the line managers,
their respective departments when the assistance of the personnel managers and his staff. The
effectiveness of personnel policies ultimately depends on the personnel managers and
supervisors.
Uses of Administrative Personnel Policies

1. Employee’s orientation and training

2. Administering disciplinary action

3. Handling complaints and grievances
4. Delegation and decentralization of responsibility and authority
5. Enabling the supervisors and managers to develop confidence in them in their day-to-
day relationships with their subordinates.
Dissemination of Policies
1. Police Handbooks – these handbooks are distributed to all personnel, and contain
among other things, information about the benefits and services that the organization
grants to its officers, the organization’s history, its organizational structure, its officers
and other information useful to the officers in understanding their relationship with the
organization.
2. Police Manual – a policy manual covering all police personnel policies and
procedures, if made available to managers and supervisors, will be a great help in their
decision making and employees relationship.
3. Memoranda and Circulars – memoranda and circulars are another common means of
communicating police policies to all officers.
4. Bulletin Boards – organizational policies, rule and regulations, and activities may be
typed out mimeographed and the posted on bulletin boards.
5. Meetings or Conferences – are often held to inform officers about new policies, their
objectives and implementation.
6. Police publications – communication has gained such importance to and attention by
management in recent years.
Police Job Description

Job description contains detailed and accurate descriptions of the following:
 Major duties performed
 Percentage of time devoted to each duty
 Performance standards
 Working conditions including possible hazards.
 Number of persons working on the same job.
 Reporting relationship
 Machine and equipment used.
Job Specification refers to the specification of the minimum personal qualifications in

terms of trait, skill, knowledge and ability required of a worker to perform the job satisfactorily.
Police Recruitment, Selection, and Placement

On Police Recruitment
The first step in the recruiting procedure, and the one that should receive greatest
emphasis, is that of attracting well-qualified applicants. The best selection devices available are
of little value if the recruiting effort has failed to attract candidates of high caliber.
Standard Policy on Selection and Appointment

There shall be a standard policy for the selection of policy personnel throughout the
Philippines in order to strengthen the police service and lay the groundwork for police
professionalization.
The general qualification for initial appointment to the police service shall be based on
the provisions of RA 8551, which states:
No person shall be appointed as uniformed member of the PNP unless he or she
possesses the following minimum qualifications:
a. A citizen of the Philippines;
b. A person of good moral conduct;
c. Must have passed the psychiatric or psychological, drug and physical tests to be
administered by the PNP or by any government hospital accredited by the Commission for
the purpose of determining physical and mental health;

d. Must possess a formal baccalaureate degree from a recognized institution of learning;

e. Must be eligible in accordance with the standards set by the commission;
f. Must not have been dishonorably discharged from military employment or dismissed for
cause from any civilian position in the government;
g. Must not have been convicted by final judgment of an offense or crime involving moral
turpitude;
h. Must be at least 1.62 meter in height for male and 1.57 meter in height for female;
i. Must weigh not more or less than five kilos from the standard weight corresponding to his
or her height, age and sex.
j. For a new applicant, must not be less than 21 nor more than 30 years old.
On Selection Procedures
The purpose of the selection process is to secure these candidates who have the highest
potential for developing into good policemen. The process involves two basic functions. The first
function is to measure each candidate’s qualifications against whose ideal qualification that are
established chiefly through job analysis. The second function, because of the comparative nature
of the merit system, is to rank the candidates relatively on the basis of their qualifications.
The Screening Procedures

 Preliminary Interview – the applicant shall be interviewed personally by the personnel
officer.
 Physical and Medical Examination – in order to determine whether or not the
applicant is in good health, free from any contagious diseases and physically fit for
police service, he shall undergo a thorough physical and medical examination to be
conducted by the police health officer after he qualifies in the preliminary interview.
 Physical Agility Test – the Screening Committee shall require the applicant to undergo
a physical agility test designed to determine whether or not he possess the required
coordination strength and speed of movement necessary for police service.
 Medical Standards for Police Candidates
- General Appearance
- Nose, Mouth and Teeth
- Genitals
- Varicose Veins
- Arms, Legs, hands and feet
- Eyes
- Respiration
- Circulation
- Kidneys
 Character and Background investigation – the Screening Committee shall cause a
confidential investigation of the character and from among various sources.
 Psychological and/or Neuro-Psychiatric Test- in order to exclude applicants who are
emotionally or temperamentally unstable, psychotic, or suffering from any mental
disorder, the applicant shall take a psychological and/or neuro-psychiatric test to be
administered by the NBI, the PNP, or other duly recognized installation offering such
test after he has qualified and met all the requirements above.
 The Oral Interview- the Screening committee shall interview the qualified applicants
for suitability for police work.
POLICE APPOINTMENT
Any applicant who meets the general qualifications for appointment to police service
and who passes the tests required in the screening procedures, shall be recommended for initial
appointment and shall be classified as follows:
Temporary – if the applicant passes through the waiver program as provided in RA
8551.
Probationary – if the applicant passes through the regular screening procedures.

Permanent – if the applicant able to finish the required field training program for
permanency.
Appointment in the PNP shall be affected in the following manner:

A. PO1 to SPO4 – appointed by the PNP Regional Director for regional personnel or by
the Chief of the PNP for National Headquarters’ personnel and attested by the Civil
Service Commission.
B. Inspector to Superintendent – appointed by the Chief PNP as recommended by their
immediate superiors and attested by the Civil Service Commission.
C. Senior Superintendent to Deputy Director General – appointed by the President upon
the recommendation of the Chief PNP with the endorsement of the Civil Service
Commission and with the confirmation by the Commission on Appointment.
D. Director General – appointed by the President from among the most senior officers
down to the rank of chief Superintendent in the service subject to the confirmation of the
Commission on Appointment. Provided, that the C/PNP shall serve a tour of duty not
exceeding four years. Provided further, that in times of war or other national emergency
declared by congress, the President may extend such tour of duty.
POLICE TRAINING
Organized Training – is the means by which officers are provided with the knowledge and
skills required in the performance of their multiple, complex duties, in order that the
recruit officer may commence his career with a sound foundation of police knowledge
and techniques, it is most important that the entrance level training he soundly
conceived, carefully organized and well-presented.
Pre and Post Employment University Training, Responsibility of Training

The training of police officers shall be the responsibility of the PNP in coordination
with the Philippine Public Safety College (PPSC) which shall be the premier educational
institution for the training of human resources in the field of law enforcement (PNP, BJMP,
BFP) subject to the supervision of the NAPOLCOM.
Types of Police Training Programs

a. Basic Recruit Training – the most basic of all police training. It is a prerequisites for
permanency of appointment.
b. The PNP Field Training – is the process by which an individual police officer who is
recruited into the service receives formal instruction on the job for special and defined
purposes and performs actual job functions with periodic appraisal on his performance and
progress.
c. The In-Service Training Program
 Junior Leadership Training (JLT) – for PO1 to PO3
 Senior Leadership Training(SLT) – for SPO1 to SPO4
 Police Basic Course(PBC) – preparatory for OBC- for Senior Police Officers
 Officers Basic Course(OBC) – for Inspectors to Chief Inspectors
 Officers Advance Course(OAC) – for Chief Inspectors to Senior Superintendent
 Officer Senior Education Course (OSEC) – Superintendent and above
 Directorial Staff Course (DSC) – for Directors and above
d. The Departmental Training Programs – as often as practicable and as the need arises,
all members of the police department shall undergo appropriate department in-service
training which includes the following:
 Roll-Call Training – instructional courses of several hours a day concerning
departmental activities.
 Supervisory Development, Specialized or Technical Training – Seminars or special
sessions on criminal investigation, traffic control, drug control, etc.
 Training conducted by other law enforcement units or agencies.
POLICE APPRAISAL

Appraisal refers to the process off measuring the performance of people in achieving
goals and objectives. It is also known as “performance evaluation system”.
Purpose of Police Appraisal

1. It serves as guide fro promotion, salary increase, retirement and disciplinary actions.
2. It increases productivity and efficiency of police works.
3. It assimilates supervisions.
4. It informs the officer of the quality of his work for improvements.
PNP Appraisal System

The Performance Evaluation in the police service is the responsibility of the
NAPOLCOM, which shall issue the necessary rules and regulation for the orderly administration
of the appraisal process. Such performance evaluation shall be administered in a manner as to
foster the improvement of every individual police efficiency and behavioral discipline as well as
the promotion of the organization’s effectiveness.
POLICE PROMOTION
Promotion is a system of increasing the rank of a member of the police service. It has
the following objectives:
a. To invest a member of the police force with the degree of authority necessary for the
effective execution of police duties.
b. To place the police officer in a position of increased responsibility where he can make
full use of his capabilities.
c. To provide and promote incentives, thus motivating greater effort of all members of
the police force, which will gradually improve efficiency in police works.
Under the law, the NAPOLCOM shall establish a system of promotion for uniformed
and non-uniformed members of the PNP, which shall be based on:
a. Merit – includes length of service in the present rank and qualifications
b. Seniority
c. Availability of vacant position.
The promotion shall be gender fair which means women in the PNP shall enjoy equal
opportunity for promotion as that of men.
Preferences for Promotion
a. Appropriate Eligibility
b. Competency and vacancy
c. Seniority
Factors in Selection for Promotion
a. Efficiency of Performance
b. Education and Training
c. Experience and Outstanding Accomplishment
d. Physical Character and Personality
e. Leadership Potential
Kinds of Promotion
a. Regular Promotion
b. Promotion by Virtue of Exhibited Acts (Special Promotion)
c. Promotion by Virtue of Promotion
RECORDS MANAGEMENT AND ADMINISTRATION
The Need for Police Records

A police department is only as good as its records keeping capabilities. The effectiveness
of the police department is directly related to quality of its records. They are the primary means
of communication among the members of the police department and have as their purpose the
integration of the various department units into an integrated organization for accomplishing the
police task. Records are essential in the efficient performance of routine duties, in the wise

direction of police effort, in the supervision and control of personnel, and in the determination of
department policy.
Organization of a Centralized Record System

Depending upon the size and needs of the police force, the station commander shall
maintain and adequate and centralized record system by organizing in his force and efficient
records and communication unit capable of providing appropriate services to the line units. The
centralization of records in a police station brings together at one point all information
concerning police activities, and it is through such centralization that the various line functions
of a police station and department are coordinated.
Functions and Uses of Police Records

A clear understanding of the functions and uses of the fundamental police records is
essential to the development of an adequate records system. The police records shall have the
following specific functions and uses.
 Measure police efficiency  Assists in investigation control
 Present the community’s crime services
picture  Coordinate custodial activities
 Assist in assigning and promoting  Integrate the department
personnel  Furnish data for the public
 Identify individuals  Establish responsibility
 Provide a basis for property  Aid in the apprehension of
accountability criminals
 Control investigation  Assists other police agencies
 make information available to the  Provide the basis for
public compilation of police statistics
 increase the efficiency of traffic  Effective employment of
control personnel and equipment
 assists the courts and prosecutors
Incidents to be Recorded
The following incidents shall be recorded in appropriate police records:
a. Violation of laws and ordinances reported and discovered
b. All calls in which member of the police force dispatched or takes official action
c. All legal papers handled such as warrants, subpoenas, summonses, citations, and the
like
d. Cases of missing and found persons, animals and properties
e. Reported vehicular and other types of accidents which requires police action
f. All personal injuries, bodies found, suicides
g. Damage to property
h. All cases in which police member is involved
i. All arrests made
j. Miscellaneous cases, general and special orders, violation of rules and regulations and
any other reportable incidents that the police commanders or supervisors desire to be
recorded.
Installation of a Police Records System

The standard record procedure of all law enforcement agencies shall meet the following:
1. A permanent written record shall be made of each crime immediately upon receipt of
the complaint;
2. Proper control shall be made upon the receipt of a complaint to ensure that it is
promptly recorded and accurately tabulated;
3. An investigative report shall be rendered in each case showing fully the details of the
offense as alleged by the complainant and as disclosed by the police investigation. An
effective follow-up system shall be adopted to ensure that all reports are promptly
submitted in all cases;

4. All reports shall be checked to see that crime classification conforms to the forms and
classification of the offenses;
5. The offense or complaint report on crime cleared by arrest shall be noted as cleared;
6. Arrest record shall be complete, special care being taken to show the final disposition
of all charges;
7. Records shall be centralized;
8. Records and statistical reports shall be closely supervised by the chief or station
commander or any other superior officer;
9. Periodic inspection shall be made to see to it that rules and regulations of the local
agency relative to record creation and maintenance are strictly complied with and;
10. Statistical records shall conform in all respect to the uniform crime reporting
standards and regulations.
TYPE OF POLICE RECORDS

The records of a police force shall be classified into five categories. They are the
following;
A. CASE RECORDS
The CASE RECORDS is the heart of any police records system. It is the basis for an
analysis of offenses and the methods by which they are committed. The following are the
different types of reports included under the case records that shall be accomplished by all
concerned.
A case record is composed of two categories, namely:
1. Complainant/assignment sheet, which reflects all information regarding complaints
and reports, received by the police from citizens and other agencies, or actions
initiated by the police.
2. Investigation reports which contains the finding of an action taken by the
investigating officer based on inquiries made and by obtaining the available facts of
the incident.
a. Case Report
b. Supplemental/Progress-Final Report
c. Continuation Report
d. Technical Report
e. Accident Report
f. Wanted Person Report
g. Daily Record of Events
1. Police Operations
2. Police Assignments; and
3. Admin. Instructions
B. ARREST AND BOOKING RECORDS
This record maintains the arrest and jail booking report that is required for all persons
arrested. It shall bear an arrest number for each made. Arrest and booking Records shall be made
out of complete information in full on each person arrested.
1. Arrest Report
2. Booking Report
3. Prisoner’s Property Receipt
C. IDENTIFICATION RECORDS
Identification record is the third major division of police or law enforcement records.
Fingerprint records are the hearts of the any identification system.
The various identification records for the identification of criminals and other individuals
now extensively used in police stations shall include ht following:
1. Fingerprint Record
 Criminal Fingerprint – all persons arrested for an offense shall be fingerprinted and an
identification number shall be assigned to each prisoner to identify records relating to
him. A prisoner shall be fingerprinted each time he is arrested, even though his records
are already on file, in order that a copy may be sent to the NBI main office. The

identification number are recorded chronologically in a ledger the entry on which

include the following:
a. Name of the arrested individual and it’s alias/es.
b. Identification number
c. The case number
d. The fingerprint classification;
e. And the date said individual fingerprinted.
 Civilian Fingerprint – all persons requesting clearance, certificate or other personal
identification purposes shall be fingerprinted using the prescribed form.
 Alien Fingerprint – all aliens requesting clearance certificate for purposes of petition
for naturalization, change of name, oath taking and for other personal identification
purposes shall be fingerprinted using also the prescribed form.
2. Criminal Specialty or Modus Operandi File – This consist of photographic records and
modus operandi of known criminals. This shall be filed accordingly based on:
a. Certain Modus Operandi Characteristics
b. Major Classes of Crime
c. Criminal Behaviorism and;
d. Identification Number
D. ADMINISTRATIVE RECORDS
These are records required in the management of the department’s personnel and
designed to aid in the following administrative functions:
1. Assignments;
2. Promotions; and
3. Disciplinary actions
Such records are so essential in administering personnel matters that they must be
maintained in a police department.
Other is of control characters such as:
a. Personal Records d. Assignment Records
b. Correspondence File e. Other Files
c. Memoranda, Policy Files, Order, etc.
E. MISCELLANEOUS RECORDS
Police stations perform a variety of service, which do not relate to recorded complaints.
In addition to the general classes of records, there is a miscellaneous group, which on occasions
created filling problems within a department. The average small police station may simply
maintain one file folder for its category. Each piece of correspondence, together with a copy of
the reply, should be filed in chronological order in an appropriate location file.
F. INDEXING
Police stations shall prepare and maintain index cards for all names appearing in the case
reports, and index card for serial number and description of recovered lost or stolen property that
has been brought to their attention. The following are the different types of “Index File”.
a. Master Name Index File
Index cards shall be made on all names appearing in the case report such as:
 Complete name and aliases;
 Names of complainants;
 Victims;
 Suspects and wanted persons
 Addresses and locator of all persons whose name appear in the case report.
a. Property Index File
a. Numbered Property Index b. Unnumbered Property Index
G. CHARGING OUT FILES

Responsibility for filing each class of records shall be definitely assigned to one or more
designated clerks. Access to records cabinets shall be restricted to records division member only.
Documents security classifications must be applied in accessing records of the police stations
and officers as a practice. When any records is removed from file, an appropriate borrower’s slip
is used and a Charge-out Card is accomplished.
1. Borrower’s Slip 2. Charge – out Card
H. FOLLOW-UP PROCEDURE
It is essential that each Station Commander have an administrative device that will ensure
that all cases brought to the attention of the force shall receive appropriate attention. The
mechanics of the follow-up system consists in making use of one furnished copy of the
complaint/disposed of at the time of the original report.
I. SPOT MAP
Spot map are useful to indicate the traffic accidents, critical and crime locations. The
location and frequency of crime hazards aids in the direction of enforcement efforts. It provides
supervising officers with evidence of weakness of the police service in a certain locality and
shows the individual police officer where the attention is specially needed.
In place of the crime index and the location index, spot map shall be maintained by the
police stations for its use as follows:
1. Traffic Spot Maps
2. Crime Spot Map
3. Disaster Spot Map
J. CRIME RECORDS MANAGEMENT

Crime records management may be accomplished through uniform crime reporting
system.
1. Monthly report of cases handled by the police station;
2. Supplement of monthly report on cases handled by the police Station;
3. Report of male person arrested; and
4. Report of female persons arrested
RECORDING AND FILING SYSTEM

The nature of police work justifies emphasis on criminal records. To be fully effective, a
police records system must:
1. be comprehensive and include every incident that had been brought to the police
attention;
2. be adequately arranged and indexed to permit ready reference for easy access;
3. be centralized to prove adequate control and maximum utilization of clerical
personnel;
4. be as simple as possible, consistent with adequacy; and
5. lend itself to summarization and analysis to permit continuing appraisal of the police
services.
BASIC METHODS OF FILING AND STORAGE

Basically, with the advent of computers, agencies handling voluminous documents may
not face difficulties in filing and storage of their records.
REFERENCES:
BOOKS

Book Trading, Inc.
 Jonah B. Badua (2010), Textbook in Police Personnel and Records Management for
Criminal Justice Education, Quezon City, Philippines:Wiseman’s Book Trading, Inc.
Special Laws
 RA 6975 : “The DILG Act of 1990”

 RA 8551 : “The PNP Reform and Reorganization Act of 1998”


LAW ENFORCEMENT
ADMINISTRATION
COMPARATIVE POLICE SYSTEM


COMPARATIVE POLICE SYSTEM
Definition of Terms
 Collaborative Method – the researcher communicates with a foreign researcher.

 Comparative Criminal Justice – it is subfield of the study of Criminal Justice that
compares justice systems worldwide. Such study can take a descriptive, historical, or
political approach. It studies the similarities and differences in structure, goals, punishment
and emphasis on rights as well as the history and political stature of different systems.
 Comparative Police System – it is the science and art of investigating and comparing the
police system of nations. It covers the study police organizations, trainings and methods of
policing of various nations.
 Cyber Crimes – defined as any type of illegal activity that makes use of the Internet, a
private or public network, or an in-house computer system.
 International Crime – defined as crimes against the peace and security of mankind. The UN
has identified the following as international crimes.
 International Criminal Justice – it involves the study and description of one country‘s law,
criminal procedure, or justice process (Erika Fairchild). Comparative criminal justice system
attempts to build on the knowledge of criminal justice in one country by investigating and
evaluating, in terms of another country, culture, or institution.
- is the systematic use of terror especially as a means of coercion. Also include
acts of unlawful violence and war.
 Model System – is used to describe the countries being used as topics of discussion. These
countries are chosen not because they are greater than others but because they are the focus
of comparison being studied.
 Money Laundering – is the process of creating the appearance that large amounts of money
obtained from serious crimes, such as trafficking, originated from a legitimate source.
 Safari Method – a researcher visits another country.
 Terrorism – the use of violence and threats to intimidate or coerce for political purpose.
 Transnational Crime – it is defined by the UN offences whose inception, proportion and/or
direct or indirect effects involve in more than one country.
COMPARATIVE LAW ENFORCEMENT
Historiography or Holism – the summary of the historical – comparative method, it is basically

an alternative to both quantitative and qualitative research methods.
Holism – which is a term that describes when a whole gives meaning to parts.
Eight Ways to Do History:

1. Great Man Approach 6. Geographic Factor Approach
2. Historical Forces Approach 7. The Conflict or ―Who Won‖
3. Crisis Civilization Approach Approach
4. Dialectic Approach 8. Serendipity or Accidental Discovery
5. Evolutionary Approach Approach
Four Kinds of Societies in the World

1. Folk-Communal Society – has little codification of law, no specialization among police,
and system of punishment that just let things go for a while without attention until things
become too much, and then harsh, barbaric punishment is resorted to.

2. Urban-Commercial Society – has civil law (some standards and customs are written
down), specialized police forces (some for religious offense, others for enforcing the
King‘s Law), and punishment is inconsistent, sometimes harsh, sometimes lenient.
3. Urban- Industrial Society – not only has codified laws (statutes that prohibit) but laws
that prescribe good behavior, police become specialized in how to handle property crimes,
and the system of punishment is run on market principles of creating incentives and
disincentives.
4. Bureaucratic Society – has a system of laws (along with army lawyers), police who tend
to keep busy handling political crime and terrorism, and a system of punishment
characterized by over criminalization and overcrowding.
5. Post-Modern Society – where the emphasis is upon the meaning of words and the
deconstruction of institutions.
Types of Police Systems

1. Common Law Systems – are also known as Anglo-American justice, and exist in most
English-speaking countries of the world, such as US, England, Australia, and New
Zealand. They are distinguished by a strong adversarial system where lawyers interpret
and judges are bound by precedent. They primarily rely upon oral systems of evidence in
which the public trial is a main focal point.
2. Civil Law System – are also known as Continental justices or Romano-Germanic justice,
and practiced throughout most of the European Union as well as elsewhere, in places
such as Sweden, Germany, France, and Japan.
3. Socialist Systems – are also known as Marxist-Leninist justice, and exist in many places,
such as Africa and Asia, where there had been a Communist revolution or the remnants
of one.
4. Islamic Systems – are also known as Muslim or Arabic justice, and derive all their
procedures and practices from interpretation of the Koran.
TYPES COMPARATIVE COURT SYSTEM

1. Adversarial – where the accused is innocent until proven guilty.
2. Inquisitorial – where the accused is guilty until proven innocent or mitigated.
THEORIES OF COMPARATIVE POLICING

1. Alertness to Crime Theory – is that as a nation develops, people‘s alertness to crime is
heightened.
2. Economic or Migration Theory – is that crime everywhere is the result of unrestrained
migration and overpopulation in urban areas such as ghettos and slums.
3. Opportunity Theory – is that along with higher standards of living, victims become
more careless of their belongings, and opportunities for committing crime multiply.
4. Demographic Theory – is based on the event when a greater number of children are
being born.
5. Deprivation Theory – holds that progress comes along with rising expectations.
6. Modernization Theory - sees the problem as society becoming too complex.
7. Theory of Anomie and Synomie (the latter being a term referring to social cohesion on
values), suggest that progressive lifestyles and norms result in the disintegration of older
norms that once held people together (anomie).
THE INTERNATIONAL POLICE ( INTERPOL)
The role of the international police in the control of the impact of globalization in
policing and human rights violations is tremendous being uniquely positioned to contribute
substantially to the success of all law enforcements efforts aimed at combating global crimes,
human rights violations and terrorism.
About INTERPOL
INTERPOL is the world‘s largest international police organization, with 190 member
countries. Created in 1923, it facilitates cross-border police co-operation, and supports and
assists all organizations, authorities and services whose mission is to prevent or combat
international crime.
INTERPOL aims to facilitate international police co-operation even where diplomatic
relations do not exist between particular countries. Action is taken within the limits of existing
laws in different countries and in the spirit of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights.
INTERPOL’s constitution prohibits ‗any intervention or activities of a political, military,
religious or racial character.‘
Non-member countries
1. Palau 5. Tuvalu
2. Solomon Islands 6. Vanuatu
3. Kiribati 7. North Korea
4. Federated States of Micronesia
SECRETARIES – GENERAL AND PRESIDENTS

Secretaries – general since the organization‘s inception in 1923:
1. Oskar Dressler 1923 – 1946
2. Louis Ducloux 1946 – 1951
3. Marcel Sicot 1951 – 1963
4. Jean Népote 1963 – 1978
5. André Bossard 1978 – 1985
6. Raymond Kendall 1985 – 2000
7. Ronald Noble 2000 – Present
Presidents since organization's inception in 1923:

1. Johann Schober 1923 – 1932 17. Jolly Bugarin 1980 – 1984 -
2. Franz Bradl 1932 – 1934 FILIPINO
3. Eugen Seydel 1934 – 1935 18. John Simpson 1984 – 1988
4. Michael Skubl 1935 – 1938 19. Ivan Barbot 1988 – 1992
5. Otto Steinhäusl 1938 – 1940 20. Norman Inkster 1992 – 1994
6. Reinhard Heydrich 1940 – 1942 21. Björn Eriksson 1994 – 1996
7. Arthur Nebe 1942 – 1943 22. Toshinori Kanemoto 1996 – 2000
8. Ernst Kaltenbrunner 1943 – 1945 23. Jesús Espigares Mira 2000 – 2004
9. Florent Louwage 1945 – 1956 24. Jackie Selebi 2004 – 2008
10. Agostinho Lourenço 1956 – 1960 25. Arturo Herrera Verdugo - Acting
11. Richard Jackson 1960 – 1963 president until the General Assembly in
12. Fjalar Jarva 1963 – 1964 Saint Petersburg in October 2008, and
13. Firmin Franssen 1963 – 1968 candidate for the President on that General
14. Paul Dickopf 1968 – 1972 Assembly
15. William Leonard Higgitt 1972 – 1976 26. Khoo Boon Hui - Oct 2008 – 2012
16. Carl Persson 1976 – 1980 27. Mrs Mireille Ballestrazzi – November
2012-2016
INTERPOL’s Leadership
The President of INTERPOL and the Secretary General work closely together in
providing strong leadership and direction to the Organization.
INTERPOL’s Structure

As defined in Article 5 of its Constitution, INTERPOL (whose correct full name is 'The
International Criminal Police Organization – INTERPOL‘) comprises the following:
 General Assembly
 Executive Committee
 General Secretariat
 National Central Bureaus
 Advisers
 The Commission for the Control of INTERPOL‘s Files
The General Assembly and the Executive Committee form the organization‘s Governance.
 General Assembly - INTERPOL‘s supreme governing body, it meets annually and
comprises delegates appointed by each member country. The assembly takes all important
decisions related to policy, resources, working methods, finances, activities and
programmes.
 Executive Committee – this 13-member committee is elected by the General Assembly,
and comprises the president, three vice-presidents and nine delegates covering the four
regions.
 General Secretariat - located in Lyon, France, the General Secretariat operates 24 hours a
day, 365 days a year and is run by the Secretary General. Officials from more than 80
countries work side-by-side in any of the Organization‘s four official languages: Arabic,
English, French and Spanish. The Secretariat has seven regional offices across the world;
in Argentina, Cameroon, Côte d‘Ivoire, El Salvador, Kenya, Thailand and Zimbabwe,
along with Special Representatives at the United Nations in New York and at the European
Union in Brussels.
 National Central Bureaus (NCB) - Each INTERPOL member country maintains a
National Central Bureau staffed by national law enforcement officers. The NCB is the
designated contact point for the General Secretariat, regional offices and other member
countries requiring assistance with overseas investigations and the location and
apprehension of fugitives.
 Advisers – these are experts in a purely advisory capacity, who may be appointed by the
Executive Committee and confirmed by the General Assembly.
 Commission for the Control of INTERPOL’s Files (CCF) – this is an independent body
whose mandate is threefold: (1) to ensure that the processing of personal information by
INTERPOL complies with the Organization's regulations, (2) to advise INTERPOL on any
project, operation, set of rules or other matter involving the processing of personal
information and (3) to process requests concerning the information contained in
INTERPOL's files.
The Role of Interpol in Crime Control
Trafficking in human beings is a multi-billion-dollar form of international organized

crime, estimated by the International Labour Organization to have an annual value of USD 39
billion. It affects every region in the world. Human trafficking victims are recruited and
trafficked between countries and regions using deception, threats or force. Typically, the victims

are unwilling participants. It is a crime under international law and many national and regional
legal systems.
MODERN-DAY SLAVERY
INTERPOL offers tools, training and operational support to disrupt the organized criminal
groups that engage in various forms of this modern-day slavery, including:
■■Trafficking in women for sexual exploitation. Women and children are lured by
promises of decent employment and forced into sexual slavery.
■■Trafficking for forced labour . Victims are held in conditions of slavery in a variety of
jobs, including agricultural and construction work, domestic servitude and other labour-
intensive jobs.
■■Commercial sexual exploitation of children in tourism . Apparent in Asia, Africa and
Latin America, predators are attracted by the relatively low risk of prohibition or
prosecution in these destinations for engaging in sexual relations with minors.
■■Trafficking in organs . Trafficking in humans for the purpose of using their organs, in
particular kidneys, is a rapidly growing field of criminal activity.
Though there are many forms of trafficking, one consistent aspect is the abuse of the
vulnerability of the victims.
OPERATIONAL SUPPORT AND TRAINING

INTERPOL supports national police in tactical deployments in the field, aimed at
breaking up the criminal networks behind trafficking in human beings. Operations are preceded
by training workshops to ensure that officers on the ground are trained in a range of skills,
including specialist interview techniques.
■■Operation Bia II: INTERPOL joined forces with national authorities in Ghana to rescue
child victims, aged from five to 17, who had been trafficked from other parts of the
country to work on fishing boats. During the May 2011 operation, police rescued 116
children and arrested 30 suspected traffickers.
■■Operation Bana: In December 2010, police in Gabon rescued more than 140 children who
had been trafficked from the region to work as forced labour after conducting checks at
market stalls in the capital. Officials arrested 44 individuals during the operation.
Training local authorities to detect and prevent human trafficking is also imperative. In
conjunction with local police, INTERPOL organizes training courses at the basic and advanced
levels that are tailored to the specific circumstances in each particular region.
ON DRUG CONTROL
The Criminal Organization and Drug Sub-Directorate is located within the Specialized
Crime Directorate of the Interpol General Secretariat. It is the central repository of
professional and technical expertise in drug control within the Interpol framework. Essentially, it
acts as a clearing-house for the collection, collation, analysis and dissemination of drug-related
information. It monitors also the drug situation on global scale, coordinates international
investigations, and maintains liaison with the United Nations, its specialized agencies and other
international and regional serve as a main source of professional and technical advice on narcotic
matters to Interpol bodies such as the General Assembly, Executive Committee and National
Central Bureaus.
The mission of the Criminal Organization and Drug Sub-Directorate is to enhance
cooperation among member countries and to stimulate the exchange of information
between all national and international enforcement bodies concerned with countering the
illicit production, traffic and use of narcotic drugs and psychotropic substances.
PROJECTS AND OPERATIONAL SUPPORT

INTERPOL‘s criminal intelligence officers focus on the most commonly used and trafficked
narcotic drugs – cannabis, cocaine, heroin and synthetic drugs – as well as precursor
chemicals and doping substances. Examples of ongoing initiatives are:

■ Project Drug.net - to tackle the growing area of drug trafficking via the Internet. Having
achieved its initial aim of creating a global network of specialists, this Project now
concentrates on supporting ongoing operations in the field.
■ Project White Flow - to boost intelligence exchange on South American-produced cocaine
smuggled into Europe via West Africa. Project White flow aims to gather identification
material on mid- to upper-level cocaine traffickers linked to Africa and to better disseminate
this data among INTERPOL‘s member countries.
■ Operation Ice Trail - to target organized crime groups trafficking huge quantities of
methamphetamine by courier and/or cargo shipment from Iran via Turkey to destination
countries in Southeast Asia and the Pacific.
■ Anti-doping initiatives - INTERPOL works in partnership with the World Anti-Doping
Agency to fight the use of performance-enhancing drugs in sport. A Memorandum of
Understanding signed in 2009 formalizes the sharing of information and expertise with a
view to dismantling the organized networks behind trafficking in doping substances.
In an operational case from 2010, known as Siska, INTERPOL helped coordinate the
investigative activities and flow of information between Belgium, Germany, Sierra Leone,
Switzerland and the USA to successfully dismantle an organized crime group trafficking
cocaine from South America to Europe via Sierra Leone. In July, a number of involved
member countries began coordinated, targeted operational activity against several members
of this syndicate, resulting in several arrests, house searches and seizure of numerous exhibits.
ON CHILD AND HUMAN TRAFFICKING

Trafficking is a subject that divides those who come into contact with it. Much of the
concern expressed about its causes and consequences has been emotional. For example, dwelling
on the plight of women and children trafficked into prostitution and sweatshop work. The role of
the criminal organizations has been highlight in the human trade that some put on a par with
drugs and arms smuggling in its profitability and perniciousness. Governments have announced
measure to control what they them to be an assault on their borders.
THESE DEFINITIONS ARE AS FOLLOWS;

SMUGGLING OF MIGRANTS – shall mean the procurement; in order to obtain,
directly or indirectly , a financial or other material benefit, off illegal entry of a person into a
state party of which the person is not a national or a permanent resident.
TRAFFICKING IN PERSON- shall mean the recruitment, transportation, transfer
harboring or receipt of a persons, by means of the treat or use of force or other forms of coercion,
of abduction, of fraud, of deception, of the abuse of the power or of the position of vulnerability
or of the giving or receiving of payments of benefits to achieve the consent of a person having
control over another person., for the person, for the purpose of exploitation. Exploitation of the
prostitution of others or other forms of sexual exploitation, forced labor or services slavery or
practices or similar to slavery, servitude or the removal of organs.
ON ENVIRONMENT CRIME
Environmental crime is a serious and growing international problem, with criminals
violating national and international laws put in a place to protect the environment. These
criminals are polluting the air, water and land. They are pushing commercially valuable wildlife
species closer to extinction and they are significantly impacting the biological integrity of the
planet.
Interpol’s contribution to combating Information Technology Crime

Interpol has actively been involved for a number of years in combating Information
Technology Crime. Rather than ‗re-inventing the wheel‘, the Interpol General Secretariat has
harnessed the expertise of its members of the field of Information Technology Crime (ITC)
thought the vehicle of a ‗working party‘ or a group of experts. In this instance , the working party
consists of the heads or experienced members of national computer crime units. These working
parties have been designed to reflect regional expertise and exist in Europe, Asia, and Africa. All
working parties are in different stages of development. It should be noted that the work done by
the working parties is not Interpol‘s only contribution to combating ITC‘ but it certainly
represents the most noteworthy contribution.
Interpol’s Criminal Intelligence Analysis

Concept: Criminal Intelligence Analysis (sometimes called Crime Analysis) has been
recognized by law enforcement as a useful support tool for over twenty-five years and is
successfully used within the international community. Within the last decade, the role and
position of Criminal Intelligence Analysis in the global law enforcement community has
fundamentally changed. Whereas, previously there were a few key countries acting as
forerunners and promoters of the disciple, more and more countries have implemented analytical
techniques within their police forces. International organizations, such a Interpol, Europe and the
International Criminal Tribunal for the Former Yugoslovia (ICTY), all have Criminal
Intelligence Analysts among their personnel. The techques are also widely private sector
organizations.
Definition: There are many definitions of Criminal Intelligence Analysis in use
throughout the world. The one definition agreed in June 1992 by an international group of twelve
European Interpol member countries and subsequently adopted by other countries is as follows:
The identification of and provision of insight into the relationship between crime data and other
potentially relevant data with a view police judicial practice.
Purpose: The central task of Analysis is to help officials – law enforces: policy makers,
and decision makers – deal more effectively with uncertainty, to provide timely warning of
threats, and to support operational activity by analyzing crime.
Divisions: Criminal Intelligence Analysis is divided into operational (or tactical) and
strategic analysis. The basic skills required are similar, and the different lies in the level of detail
and the type of client to whom the products are aimed.
1. Operational Analysis aims to achieve a specific law enforcement outcome. This might be
arrests, seizure or forfeiture of assets or money gained from criminal activities., or the
disruption of a criminal group. Operational Analysis usually has a more immediate benefit.
2. Strategic Analysis is intended to inform higher level decision making and the benefits are
realized over the longer term. It is usually aimed at managers and policy-makers rather
than individual investigators. The intention is to provide early warning of threats and to
supports senior decision-makers in setting priorities to prepare their organizations to be
able to deal with emerging criminal issues. This might mean allocating resources to
different areas of crime, increased training in a crime fighting techniques, or taking steps
to close a loophole in a process.
Both disciplines make use of a range of analytical techniques and analysts need to have a
range of skills and attributes.
INTERPOL’S FLIGHT AGAINST INTERNATIONAL TERRORISM

Interpol‘s involvement in the flight against international terrorism materialized during
the 54th General Assembly in Washington in 1985 with the creation of a specialized group within
the thin Police Division to coordinate and enhance cooperation in combating international
terrorism.
The widest possible co-operation and exchange of information is encouraged and
the Public Safety and Terrorism Sub- Directorate makes maximum use of Interpol‘s
communication network and central record capability to ensure that all information it receives is
treated to maximize subsequent analyses or responses to queries from member countries.
INTERPOL collects, stores, analyses and exchanges information about suspected

individuals and terrorist groups with its member countries through I-24/7, its secure global police
communications system. The Organization also coordinates the circulation of alerts and warnings
by means of specific tools such as its colour-coded international notices system.
FUSION TASK FORCE

At the forefront of INTERPOL‘s counter-terrorism activities is the Fusion Task Force
(FTF). Created in 2002, the FTF assists member countries in terrorism-related investigations
through a multi-disciplinary approach. Its primary objectives are to identify members of groups
involved in international terrorist activity and to provide a searchable database of wanted or
suspected terrorists. To date, 121 member countries have contributed to terrorism-related matters,
with 240 designated FTF contact officers forming a global network of specialists in this area.
Six regional task forces have been created, each coordinated by an expert in the field of
counter-terrorism for the geographical area in question:
■■Project Al Qabdah (Middle East and North Africa);
■■Project Amazon (Central and South America);
■■Project Baobab (East, West and Southern Africa);
■■Project Kalkan (Central and South Asia);
■■Project Nexus (Europe);
■■Project Pacific (Southeast Asia and Pacific Islands).
These projects are designed to identify active terrorist groups and their membership in
specific regions; solicit, collect and share information and intelligence; provide analytical
support; enhance the capacity of member countries to address the threat of terrorism, and identify
and request FTF contact officers in member countries.
A working group meeting is held annually for each project. These meetings are
operationally focused and bring together specialists to exchange information, examine the
current trends and issues in the region and discuss case studies. The working groups provide a
firm foundation from which to launch specific investigations and, ultimately, dismantle terrorist
networks and make arrests.
Terrorism in all its forms constitutes a grave threat to international peace and
security. INTERPOL has designated the fight against terrorism as a priority crime area
and has committed significant resources to supporting member countries in their efforts to
protect their citizens from all types of terrorism, including bioterrorism, firearms and
explosives, attacks against civil aviation, maritime terrorism, and weapons of mass
destruction.
Types of Notice
Red Notice Yellow Notice
To seek the location and arrest To help locate missing persons,
of wanted persons with a view often minors, or to help identify
to extradition or similar lawful persons who are unable to identify
action. themselves.
Blue Notice Black Notice

To collect additional To seek information on
information about a person‘s unidentified bodies.
identity, location or activities
in relation to a crime.
Green Notice Orange Notice
To provide warnings and To warn of an event, a person, an
intelligence about persons object or a process representing a
who have committed criminal serious and imminent threat to
offences and are likely to public safety.
repeat these crimes in other
countries.
INTERPOL–United Purple Notice
Nations Security Council To seek or provide information on
Special Notice modi operandi, objects, devices
Issued for groups and and concealment methods used by
individuals who are the targets criminals.

of UN Security Council
Sanctions Committees.
THE FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION

The Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) is an agency of the United States
Department of Justice that serves as both a federal criminal investigative body and an internal
intelligence agency. The FBI has investigative jurisdiction over violations of more than 200
categories of federal crime. Its motto is the backronym of FBI, "Fidelity, Bravery, Integrity".
The FBI's headquarters, the J. Edgar Hoover Building, is located in Washington, D.C..
Fifty-six field offices are located in major cities throughout the United States as well as over 400
resident agencies in smaller cities and towns across the country. More than 50 international
offices called "legal attachés" are in U.S. embassies worldwide.
THE SINGAPORE POLICE SYSTEM

The Singapore Police Force having been formed in 1819 with a skeleton force of 11 men
under the command of Francis James Bernard. The Singapore Police Force receives the highest
budget allocation annually compared to the various departments of the Ministry of Home Affairs
(MHA).
The full-time uniformed officers are predominantly male. The ratio of female regular
officers has been steadily increasing over the years. The force is also dominated by younger
officers. Besides the presence of PNSFs who usually serve up to two years typically from age 18,
there is also a relatively high turnover rate amongst regular officers.
Regulars, or uniformed, full-time officers, constitute about 20% of the police‘s total
workforce and number approximately 8,000 in strength. Basic entry requirements for police
offices include normal fitness levels, good eyesight, and at least five passes in the GCE
Ordinary level or a NITEC from the Institute of Technical Education, although those with
lower qualifications may still be considered. Those joining the senior police officers require a
basic degree from a recognized university. Alternatively, police officers from the junior ranks
may also be considered for promotion into the senior ranks. Officers serving in the force as
national servicemen are also regularly considered for absorption into the regular scheme. Basic
training for all officers are conducted at the Home Team Academy, under the purview of the
Police Training Command. It takes about six months and nine months to train a new police
officer and senior police officer respectively.
The salaries of police officers are reviewed in accordance to market rates. Salaries
are kept competitive as part of anti-corruption measures. Gross starting salaries for police
officers may range from S$1,559.43 to $2.186.90, and that of senior police offices from
S$2,650.00 to S$3,889.00, depending on entry qualifications and National Service.
Police officers commence their careers as Sergeants (Full GCE ‗A‘ level or Diploma
holders) or Corporals (other qualifications), while senior police officers start as either
Assistant Superintendent of Police (2nd Upper Honours Degree and above) or Inspectors
(2nd Lower Honours degree and lower). Reviews of an officer‘s performance for promotion
consideration are conducted annually.
Police National Servicemen

National service was introduced in 1967 in Singapore, it was solely geared towards the
building up of the Singapore Armed Forces. National service was thus extended to the Singapore
Police Force in 1975, with the primary aim of guarding key installation and to act as a
reserve unit..
Volunteers
Formed in 1946, The Volunteer Special Constabulary (VSC). The VSC comprises of
volunteers from all walks of life in Singapore, from businessmen to blue-collar executives to
even bus captains, bonded with the same aspiration to serve the nation by complementing the
Singapore Police Force.

Civilian Staff
Civilian staff in the Police Force are deployed in areas such as technology, logistics,
human resource and administrative and finance services as well as planning and intelligence. The
civilian staff schemes falls under the general civil service schemes managed by the Public
Service Division. These schemes include:
 Management Executive Scheme (MX) for degree holders
o Home Affairs Senior Executive (HASE)
 Corporate Support Scheme (Cs) for diploma and below
o Technical Support Officer
o Corporate Support Officer
.
Uniforms of the Singapore Police Force
Dark blue (or more accurately Dacron blue) is the organizational color of the Singapore
Police Force, and has remained until 1969.
THE MALAYSIAN POLICE SYSTEM
ROYAL MALAYSIAN POLICE – Polis de Raja Malaysia

The Royal Malaysian Police (Abbreviation: RMP; Malay: Polis Diraja Malaysia,
PDRM;) is a part of the security forces structure in Malaysia. Its headquarters is located at Bukit
Aman, Kuala Lumpur. The police force is led by an Inspector-General.
In carrying out its responsibilities, the regular RMP is also assisted by a support group
comprising of Extra Police Constables, Police Volunteer Reserves, Auxiliary Police, Police
Cadets and a civilian service element. Rakan Cop is a community outreach programmed
launched in 9 August 2005.
Police Pledge
Section 3 (3) Police Act. 1967 stipulates that the duties of the Royal Malaysian Police
personnel are as follows:
1. Apprehending all persons whom he is by law authorized to apprehend;
2. Processing security intelligence;
3. conducting prosecutions;
4. Giving assistance in the carrying out of any law relating to revenue, excise, sanitation,
quarantine, immigration and registration;
5. Giving assistance in the preservation of order in the ports, harbors and airports of Malaysia,
and in enforcing maritime and port regulations;
6. Executing summonses, subpoenas, warrants, commitments and other process lawfully issued
by any competent authority;
7. Exhibiting information;
8. Protecting unclaimed and lost property and finding the owners thereof;
9. Seizing stray animals and placing them in a public pound;
10. Giving assistance in the protection of life and property;
11. Protecting public property from loss or injury.
12. Attending the criminal courts and it especially ordered, the civil courts, and keeping order
therein
13. Escorting and guarding prisoners and other persons in the custody of the police.
RMP Organizations
Apart from the 2 departments involve in the administration viz Management Department
and Logistics Department, RMP have 6 departments involved in crime prevention they are:
 Criminal Investigation Division,
 Narcotics Criminal Investigation Division,
 Internal Security and Public Order Department 9KDN / KA).
 Special Branch,
 Commercial Crime Investigation Department; and

 Counter-Terrorism Special Operations Team.
They are led by the directors with the rank of Commissioner of Police (Army Equivalent
rank of 3 Stars Gen. or Lt. General)
 Management Department – The Management Department is tasked with the routine

of management and administration affairs of the RMP. This department is also the nerve
centre of the RMP and acts as the support services platform for the rest of the force.
 Logistics Dept. – Logistics Department has the role to provide several equipments
needed in RMP.
 CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION DEPARTMENT – This department deals with the
investigation, arrest and prosecution of hard crimes (murder, robbery, rape etc) and petty
crimes (theft, house-breaking etc). This department also specializes in gambling, vice and
secret societies (triads).
 NARCOTICS CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION DIVISION – This department‘s
function is to fight against dangerous drugs by enforcing the law to stop and reduce the
demand and supply of dangerous drugs.
 INTERNAL SECURITY AND PUBLIC ORDER DEPARTMENT – This
department is tasked with the maintenance of public security and order. It is responsible for
traffic control and search and rescue (SAE) operations.
The main branches under this department are: General Operation Force:
The Police Field Force (PFF) organized in battalions, was once the para-military units of the
Royal Malaysian Police. The force, which was also known as the Jungle Squad (Pasukan
Polis Hutan (PPH) in Malay) was tasked to operate in the jungle fringes in counter-
insurgency roles;
2 elite forces are known as Pasukan Geraka Khas (PGK) and Unit Gempur Marin
(UNGERIN).
The Federal Reserve Unit (Malay: Pasukan Simpanan Persekutuan) is better known with the
abbreviation FRU. Their role is riot suppression, crowd control, disaster relief and rescue, as
well as special operations assistance.
C4-I Implementation System (abbreviation for Command, Control, Communications,
Computer- Integrated) unit is based at Police Control Center in all police contingents in
Malaysia.
Royal Malaysian Police Air Wing Unit or Unit Udara PDRM (UUP) is a special unit of
Royal Malaysian Police was a big role in this duties look after national security with through
surveillance and patrol from the air and help national security agency another.
 Special Branch – This department is responsible for collecting intelligence for national
security. Its role is to collect security intelligence related to both domestic and external
threats, intercept subversive activities by extremist groups and individuals which could
threaten the nation‘s stability. Also, it is in charge of obtaining, processing, evaluating and
disseminating information to other departments and organizations.
This department is divided into several branches: (1) Technical intelligence, (2) Social
Intelligence, (3) External Intelligence, (4) Political Intelligence, (5) Economic Intelligence; and
(6) Security Intelligence.
Commercial Crimes Investigation Department – This department‘s main function is to
investigate, arrest, and prosecute offenders committing white collar crimes such as fraud, breach
of trust, cyber-crimes, forgery, counterfeiting etc.
Ranks – Senior officer: Highest is Inspector General (4-Star) and Deputy Inspector
General and all Department head are headed by Commissioner of the Police. Followed by
Deputy Commissioners, Senior Asst. Commissioners I and II, and Assistant Commissioners:
(Gazette Officers) Superintendents are categorized into (3) Superintendent of the Police, Deputy
Supt. and Asst. Supt.; (Non-Gazetted Officers) Inspectors are: Chief Inspector, Inspector and
Probationary Inspector: Ranks and File Officers (Subordinate): Sub-Inspector (SI); Sergeant
Major (SM); Sergeant (Sgt.); Corporal (Cpl.); Lance Corporal (L/Cpl.); and Police Constable
(PC).
THE INDONESIAN POLICE
INDONESIA NATIONAL POLICE (Kepolisian Negara Republik Indonesia) is the

official police force for Indonesia. It had formerly been a part of the Tentara Nasional Indonesia
since its independence from the Dutch. The police were formally separated from the military in
April 1999, a process which was formally completed in July 2000.
The Headquarter, known as Markas Besar/Mabes in Indonesian, is located in Kebayoran
Baru, South Jakarta, Indonesia.
Organization
Polri has a centralized command and divided into territorial forces
Provincial police (Kepolisian Daerah or Polda)
Regional police (Kepolisian Wilayah or Polwill)
City or regency police (Kepolisian Resort or Polres) and
Sub-district police (Kepolisian Sektor or Polsek).
THE THAILAND LAW ENFORCEMENT

The Thai police are subdivided into several regions and services, each enjoying their own
powers.
 Royal Thai Police Headquarter – Bangkok
o Director-General of Police
 Border Patrol Police Division 40,000 paramilitary force
o BPP General Staff Division
o BPP Tactical Training Division
o BPP Support Division
o BPP Nawut Sondetya Hospital
o BPP Village Scout Center
o BPP Counter-Insurgency Training Center
o BPP Districts 1 through 4
o Police Aerial Reinforcement Unit (PARU)
 Airborne Training
 Naresuan 261 Counter-Terrorism Unit (formerly the 4th Company
PARU)
 Sea Air Rescue Unit
 Bangkok Metropolitan Police
 Central Investigation Bureau – national coordinating headquarters which assist
provincial and metropolitan components in preventing and suppressing criminal
activity and in minimizing threats to national security.
o Crime Suppression Division, Responsible for investigating and enforcing
Thai criminal laws
 Emergency Unit(s) – a mobile unit used to suppress riots and public
disorders, combat sabotage, counterfeiting, fraud, illegal gambling,
narcotics trafficking, secret societies, and organized crime.
o Forestry Police Division
o Highway Police Division
o Marine Police Division
o Railroad Police Division
o Special Branch Division
o Licenses Division – registers and licenses all of the following: firearms,
explosives, vehicles , aircraft, boats, gambling establishments, and various other
items and organizations.

o Criminal Records Office

o Scientific Crime Detection Laboratory
 Office of Immigration Bureau
 Narcotics Suppression Bureau
 Office of Logistics
o Aviation Division
 Office of Royal Court Security Police
o Crown Prince‘s Royal Protective Unit
 Crown Prince Royal Protective Unit Dechochai Knight 3‘
 Provincial Police Division – divided into 9 regions covering the 75 Provinces of
Thailand except metropolitan Bangkok and the border areas.
 Region 1 Ayuthaya
 Region 2 Chonburi
 Region 3 Nakhon Ratchasima
 Region 4 Khon Kaen
 Region 5 Chiang Mai
 Region 6 Phitsanulok
 Region 7 Nakhon Pathom
 Region 8 Surat Thani
 Region 9 Songkhia
o Chaiya Training
o Special Operations Units
 191 Special Branch Police
o Arintharat 26 Special Operations Unit
 Training Division
 Tourist Police – uniformed personnel who lack police powers and are largely
responsible for writing out reports for insurance companies for victims of theft. In
more serious cases, they will translate reports to be passed on the normal police in
Bangkok. Recently recruiting foreign nationals living in Thailand
o Training
 Immigration Police Division
 Marine Police Division
 Metropolitan Police Division, Bangkok
 Narcotics Suppression Division
 Provincial Police Division
The Thai police have low official salaries, typically 6000 baht ($125) per MONTH, (or
barely P6,000.00) and the police stations are poorly paid by the government.
However, the minimum educational specification for applying to the police academy is
completion of a high school education, and the requirements were even lower a while back (now
older police). While many applicants have a Bachelor‘s Degree. It‘s not a requirement because of
concern there won‘t be enough good non-commissioned personnel. There also needs to be better
training of non-commissioned officers in conducing investigations and the English language.
THE HONGKONG POLICE

The Hong Kong Police Force (, HKPF，alias Hong Kong Police，HKP) is the largest
disciplined service under the Security Bureau of Hong Kong. It is the World's second and Asia's
first police agency to operate with a modern policing system. It was formed on 1 May 1844, with
strength of 32 officers. Queen Elizabeth II granted the Royal Charter to the Hong Kong Police
Force in 1969 for their handling of the Hong Kong 1967 riots, renaming the Hong Kong Police
Force as the Royal Hong Kong Police Force. Following the Transfer of sovereignty over Hong
Kong, the Police Force now uses the current name.
The Hong Kong Police Force has been recognised for its professionalism, organisation,
attitude on law enforcement and prompt response and efficiency, leading journalist Kevin
Sinclair, Federal Bureau of Investigation and INTERPOL have acknowledged that the Hong

Kong Police Force as "Asia's Finest". And in having set up the foundation for the social stability
of Hong Kong, and has won a good reputation as one of the safest cities in the World.
In 2008, a rating investigation of Asian police departments voted by the Political and
Economic Risk Consultancy Agency, result in the Hong Kong Police Force have been rated the
excellence of Asian police departments. The rating awarders commented that the Hong Kong
Police Force are respectable and outstanding in their performance of upholding the law and
maintaining public orders, keeping the Hong Kong people living and working in peace and
contentment. Furthermore, a quantitative research derived from the United States of America and
United Kingdom with its statistical outcome, aims for the World's police forces' overall quality,
including local public security, case cracking rate, incorruptibility, professionalism and language
proficiency, etc. The result is the Hong Kong Police Force has been rated in the top of Asia, also
as one of the best of the World.
The current Commissioner of Police is Tang King Shing, including the Hong Kong
Auxiliary Police Force and civil servants, leading a force of about 40,000 personnel, which
makes Hong Kong the second greatest citizen-officer ratio society in the world. In addition, the
Marine Region with about 3,000 officers, and a fleet of 143 is the largest of any civil police force.
The Force is commanded by the Commissioner of Police who is assisted by two deputy
commissioners - a "Deputy Commissioner - Operations" supervises all operational matters
including crime - and a "Deputy Commissioner - Management" is responsible for the direction
and coordination of the force management including personnel, training and management
services.
THE AUSTRALIAN FEDERAL POLICE

Law enforcement in Australia is facilitated by police, sheriffs and bailiffs under the
control of state, territory and the Federal governments.
The police are responsible for the criminal law. The sheriff, sherriff’s deputies and
bailiffs in each state and territory are responsible for the enforcement of the judgments of the
courts exercising civil law (common law) jurisdictions.
In Australia there are two distinct, but similar levels of police force,
1. the various state police forces - The state police forces are responsible for enforcing
state law within their own states (including cities within the states)
2. the Australian Federal Police (AFP) - are responsible for the investigation of crimes
against Commonwealth law which occurs throughout the nation. The AFP also have
responsibility for a community policing role (similar to the state police) in
Commonwealth territories such as the Australian Capital Territory.
THE AUSTRALIAN FEDERAL POLICE

The AFP also provide Liaison Officers to various overseas posts to assist in relations with
various police forces overseas, as well as providing community policing officers to assist in the
development of local law enforcement agencies and peacekeeping operation in locations such as
the Solomon Island with the RAMSI mission and Cyprus for example. The AFP is only 30 years
old having been borne out of the old Commonwealth Police whilst the various State Police forces
were established in the 1800s.
The role of the AFP is to enforce Commonwealth of Australia criminal law and to protect
Commonwealth and national interests for crime in Australia and overseas. The AFP is
Australia‘s International Law enforcement and policing representative, and the Government‘s
Chief source of advice on policing issues.
STATE POLICE OF AUSTRALIA

Each State as well as the Northern Territory is responsible for maintaining its own
police force which is responsible for policing at the state and local level. This involves
general law and order, traffic policing, major crime, anti-terrorism branches, water police, search
and rescue and in some states transit police. Local policing in the Australian Capital Territory,
Jervis Bay Territory and Australia‘s external territories is contracted to the Australian Federal
Police (AFP).
In some states, local governments employ by-laws officers or rangers to enforce local by-
laws or ordinances relating to such matters as parking, dog ownership, retailing, littering or water
usage. These local government officers are not considered to be police forces as they generally
only have the power to issue fines and do not have the same powers as state police. They may
rely upon appointment as a Special Constable or legislated powers for their authority.
Policing agencies
State police also perform certain functions on behalf of the Australian Government such
as the enforcement of various Commonwealth Acts and Regulations in conjunction with the
Australian Federal Police and other Commonwealth officers.
While the Australian Capital Territory Police is under the jurisdiction of the Australian
Federal Police, the following policing agencies are regulated by their respective State or
Territory Government and are highly visible:
 New South Wales Police Force  Tasmania Police
 Northern Territory Police  Victoria Police
 Queensland Police Service  Western Australia Police
 South Australia Police
Sheriffs
In recent years, the states and territories have returned the responsibility of recovering
court ordered fines to their sheriffs. In practice, the police often carry out the functions of sheriffs
and bailiffs in the country and more sparsely populated areas of Australia.
Local Police (Rangers)

Council rangers are officers employed by Local Government Areas in Australia to
enforce the by-laws of those local governments and a limited range of state laws relating to such
matters as litter control, animal control, dog laws, fire control, off-road vehicles, emergency
management, and parking. Unless they are also sworn as special constables, rangers do not have
full police powers. A Council Ranger is also referred to as ―Local Laws Officers‖ in some of
Australia‘s eastern states.
THE LAW ENFORCEMENT IN JAPAN

Law enforcement in Japan is provided by the Prefectural Police under the oversight of
the National Police Agency or NPA. The NPA is headed by the National Public Safety
Commission thus ensuring that Japan's police are an apolitical body and free of direct central
government executive control. They are checked by an independent judiciary and monitored by a
free and active press.
National Public Safety Commission

The mission of the National Public Safety Commission is to guarantee the neutrality of
the police by insulating the force from political pressure and to ensure the maintenance of
democratic methods in police administration. The commission's primary function is to supervise
the National Police Agency, and it has the authority to appoint or dismiss senior police officers.
The commission consists of a chairman, who holds the rank of minister of state, and five
members appointed by the prime minister with the consent of both houses of the Diet. The
commission operates independently of the cabinet, but liaison and coordination with it are
facilitated by the chairman's being a member of that body.
Imperial Guard
In 1947 the Imperial Police Headquarters (Kōgū-Keisatsu Honbu?) was created under
the control of the Home Ministry from the Imperial Household Ministry. It came under the aegis
of the National Police Agency of Japan in 1957. It provides personal security for the Emperor,
Crown Prince and other members of the Imperial Family of Japan, as well as protection of
imperial properties, including the Tokyo Imperial Palace, Kyoto Imperial Palace, Katsura
Imperial Villa, Shugakuin Imperial Villa (both in Kyoto), Shosoin Imperial Repository in Nara
and the imperial villas as Hayama, Kanagawa and Nasu, Tochigi.

Local organization
There are some 289,000 police officers nationwide, about 97 percent of whom were
affiliated with local police forces. Local forces include:
 forty-three prefectural (ken) police forces;
 Tokyo Metropolitan (to) police force, in Tokyo;
 two urban prefectural (fu) police forces, in Osaka and Kyoto; and
 one district (dō) police force, in Hokkaidō.
Prefectural Police
Each prefectural police headquarters contains administrative divisions corresponding to
those of the bureaus of the National Police Agency. Headquarters are staffed by specialists in
basic police functions and administration and are commanded by an officer appointed by the
local office of the National Public Safety Commission. Most arrests and investigations are
performed by prefectural police officials (and, in large jurisdictions, by police assigned to
substations), who are assigned to one or more central locations within the prefecture.
Experienced officers are organized into functional bureaus and handle all but the most ordinary
problems in their fields.
Kōban
Kōbans are substations near major transportation hubs and shopping areas and in
residential districts—form the first line of police response to the public. The Koban system is
composed of about 6000 police boxes (Koban) and about 7000 residential police boxes
(Chuzaisho). Koban is staffed by relatively small number of police officers (3-5 officers in usual),
and also Chuzaisho is usually staffed by a single officer. About 20 percent of the total police
force is assigned to koban. Staffed by officers working in eight-hour shifts, they serve as a base
for foot patrols and usually have both sleeping and eating facilities for officers on duty but not on
watch. In rural areas, residential offices usually are staffed by one police officer who resides in
adjacent family quarters. These officers endeavor to become a part of the community, and their
families often aid in performing official tasks.
Vigilance at the Koban and Chuzaisho is maintained by standing watch in front or sitting
watch inside, enabling police officers to respond immediately to any incident. While keeping a
constant watch, they perform a myriad of routine tasks, such as receiving crime reports from
citizens, handling lost and found articles, counseling citizens in trouble and giving directions.
Outside their Koban and Chuzaisho, police officers patrol their beats either on foot, by
bicycle or by car. While on patrol, they gain a precise knowledge of the topography and terrain
of the area, question suspicious-looking persons, provide traffic guidance and enforcement,
instruct juveniles, rescue the injured, warn citizens of imminent dangers and protect lost children
and those under the influence or intoxicated.
Radio-equipped patrol cars are deployed at each PPH, police station, Koban and
Chuzaisho. Police officers use them for routine patrol and rapid response. These cars remain in
constant radio contact with their police station and the communications command center of the
PPH. When an emergency is reported, this rapid response capability plays a major role in the
quick resolution of such incidents.
Riot police
Within their security divisions, each prefecture level police department and the Tokyo
police maintain Kidotai, special riot units. These units were formed after riots at the Imperial
Palace in 1952, to respond quickly and effectively to large public disturbances. They are also
used in crowd control during festival periods, at times of natural disaster, and to reinforce regular
police when necessary. Full-time riot police can also be augmented by regular police trained in
riot duties. Currently, there are 10,000 in the whole riot force.
Special operations
The National Police Agency has a counter-terrorist unit known as the Special Assault
Team, operating under police control.
A small number of anti-riot-trained police officers had been trained to handle incidents
that cannot be dealt with by regular police and riot police officers, but can operate independently
or with SAT cooperation. These units include the Special Investigations Team of the Tokyo
Metropolitan Police, the Osaka Police's Martial Arts Attack Team and the Chiba Police's Attack
Response Team.
Rank
Police officers are divided into nine ranks: superintendent general, superintendent
supervisor, Chief Superintendent, senior superintendent, superintendent, police inspector,
assistant police inspector, police sergeant and police officer.
The NPA Commissioner General holds the highest position of the Japanese police. His
title is not a rank but rather denotes his position as head of the NPA. On the other hand, the MPD
Superintendent General represents not only the highest rank in the system but also assignment as
head of the Tokyo Metropolitan Police Department.
Conditions of service
Education is highly stressed in police recruitment and promotion. Entrance to the force is
determined by examinations administered by each prefecture. Examinees are divided into two
groups: upper-secondary-school graduates and university graduates. Recruits underwent rigorous
training—one year for upper-secondary school graduates and six months for university
graduates—at the residential police academy attached to the prefectural headquarters. On
completion of basic training, most police officers are assigned to local police boxes called
Kobans. Promotion is achieved by examination and requires further course work. In-service
training provides mandatory continuing education in more than 100 fields. Police officers with
upper-secondary school diplomas are eligible to take the examination for sergeant after three
years of on-the-job experience. University graduates can take the examination after only one year.
University graduates are also eligible to take the examination for assistant police inspector,
police inspector, and superintendent after shorter periods than upper-secondary school graduates.
There are usually five to fifteen examinees for each opening.
The police forces are subject to external oversight. Although officials of the National
Public Safety Commission generally defer to police decisions and rarely exercise their powers to
check police actions or operations, police are liable for civil and criminal prosecution, and the
media actively publicizes police misdeeds. The Human Rights Bureau of the Ministry of Justice
solicits and investigates complaints against public officials, including police, and prefectural
legislatures could summon police chiefs for questioning. Social sanctions and peer pressure also
constrain police behavior. As in other occupational groups in Japan, police officers develop an
allegiance to their own group and a reluctance to offend its principles.
THE National Police Agency (Taiwan)
National Police Agency
Strength
Force Size 68,818 (2004)
Local Pop. 23,036,087
Headquarte No. 7, Section 1, Zhongxiao East Road, Zhongzheng District, Taipei City
rs 10058, Taiwan
Operations
Superior Hou Yu-ih
Jurisdiction
Area 35,980 km²
The National Police Agency is an agency under the Ministry of the Interior, Republic of
China (Taiwan), which oversees all Taiwan police forces on a national level. The National Police
Agency is headquartered in Taipei City.

Ranks. Rank insignias are worn over the right breast pocket when in uniform.
Ranks of Police Officer

Rank Insignia
One Star on One
Police Rank 5 (Police Officer I)
Horizontal Bar
Two Stars on One
Police Rank 4 (Police Officer II)
Horizontal Bar
Three Stars on One
Police Rank 3 (Senior Police Officer)
Horizontal Bar
Police Rank 2 (Assistant Four Stars on One
Inspector)(Sergeant) Horizontal Bar
Police Rank 1 (Inspector)(Sub- One Star on Two
Lieutenant) Horizontal Bars
Police Supervisor Rank 4 (Senior Two Stars on Two
inspector)(Captain) Horizontal Bars
Police Supervisor Rank 3 Three Stars on Two
(Superintendent) Horizontal Bars
Police Supervisor Rank 2 (Senior Four Stars on Two
Superintendent) Horizontal Bars
Police Supervisor Rank 1
One Star on Gold Field
(Superintendent General)
Chief Superintendent General Two Stars on Gold Field
Deputy Director General Three Stars on Gold Field
Director General Four Stars on Gold Field
Before 1999, the lowest-grade street policemen held the rank of Police Officer II, denoted
by an insignia of two stars on one horizontal bar, sometimes referred to colloquially as "一毛二"
or "one dime and two cents." On March 3, 1999, an adjustment of "the table of police positions
and corresponding ranks" from the Ministry of Interior resulted in regular policemen or women
on street holding the rank of Senior Police Officer, denoted by "three stars on one horizontal bar",
nicknamed "一毛三" or "one dime and three cents."
History
The current police service in Taiwan traces its roots back to police forces established in
Taiwan during Japanese colonial rule, as well as police services established in Mainland China
during the early 20th Century.
The first formal police forces in Taiwan were organized by the Japanese Colonial
Government which oversaw Taiwan between 1895 and 1945. In the early years of Japanese rule,
rebellions were common especially in rural areas. With the passage of the "Bandit Laws", police
forces as well as garrison units from the Japanese military were tasked with suppression of rebels,
though large scale rebellions had largely died out by 1902. movement, Secret police forces were
tasked with keeping a close watch on political groups and agitators.
Selection & training

Career police officers are trained at either the Taiwan Police College in Taipei City or
the Central Police University in Taoyuan. The Taiwan Police College provides basic training
for entry level police officers assigned to patrol duty, while the Police University provides more
advanced training for manager level or active duty officers in forensics, administration, traffic

control, fire control and science, border police, crime investigation, maritime police, foreign
affairs, information management, law and other related subjects.
In 2006, police selection criteria were amended to include all persons with a high school
diploma between ages 18 - 28 able to pass a police civil service exam and undergo one year of
training. This removed the past requirement where only graduates of specialized police colleges
and universities were allowed to become police officers.
Conscripts may also choose to fulfil their mandatory twenty month national service
requirement in the Police Department following basic training. Conscripts are typically deployed
to assist local officers in positions such as traffic control, riot control, secretarial work, and basic
patrol. Conscripts serving in the police force are generally not issued firearms.
THE ROYAL THAI POLICE
The Royal Thai Police are the national police of Thailand.

Primary responsibility for the maintenance of public order through enforcement of the
kingdom's laws was exercised by the Thailand National Police Department (TNPD), a
subdivision of the Ministry of Interior. Charged with performing police functions throughout the
entire country, the TNPD was a unitary agency whose power and influence in Thai national life
had at times rivaled that of the army.
The formal functions of the TNPD included more than the enforcement of laws and
apprehension of offenders. The department also played an important role in the government's
efforts to suppress the remnants of the insurgency. In the event of an invasion by external forces,
much of the police force would come under the control of the Ministry of Defense to serve with,
but not be incorporated into, the military forces.
Notable Thai Police Chiefs

 Phao Sriyanond (also "Pao Sriyanond") was Director General of Thailand's national
police from 1951 to 1957.
 Sarit Dhanarajata was Director General of Thailand's national police from 1959 to 1963.
 Pratin Santiprapop was Director General of the Royal Thai Police from 1994 to 1994.
 Poj Boonyajinda was Director General of the Royal Thai Police from 1994 to 1997.
 Pracha Promnog was Director General of the Royal Thai Police from 1997 to 1998 and
Commissioner-General of the Royal Thai Police from 1998 to 2000.
 Pornsak Durongkavibulya was Commissioner-General of the Royal Thai Police from
2000 to 2001.
 Sant Sarutanond was Commissioner-General of the Royal Thai Police from 2001 to 2004.
 Kowit Wattana was Commissioner-General of the Royal Thai Police from 2004 to 2007.
 Seripisut Temiyavet was the acting Commissioner-General of the Royal Thai Police from
February 5, 2007 to September 10, 2007.
 Kowit Wattana was reinstated as Commissioner-General of the Royal Thai Police from
September 10, 2007 to September 30, 2007 (his mandatory retirement).
 Seripisut Temiyavet was Commissioner-General of the Royal Thai Police starting from
October 1, 2007 to April 2008. Appointed Police Commissioner of Thailand by a military
junta government. As a police officer he gained a reputation from targeting mafia leaders.
He was removed from office on April 2008 by the elected government of Samak
Sundaravej under charges of corruption. His supporters, however, claim that these
charges are put-up jobs to punish him for prosecuting many cases against the militarily
deposed former premier Thaksin Shinawatra.
THE ROYAL CANADIAN POLICE

The Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP) (French: Gendarmerie royale du
Canada (GRC), literally ‗Royal Gendarmerie of Canada‘; colloquially known as Mounties, and
internally as ‗The Force‘) is the national police force of Canada, and one of the most recognized
of its kind in the world. It is unique in the world as a national, federal, provincial and municipal
policing body. The RCMP provides federal policing service to all of Canada and policing
services under contract to the three territories, eight provinces (the RCMP does not serve as

provincial or municipal police in Ontario and Quebec), more than 190 municipalities, 184
Aboriginal communities and three international airports.
The RCMP was formed in 1920 by the merger of the Royal Northwest Mounted Police
(RNWMP, founded 1873) with the Dominion Police (founded 1868). The former was originally
named the North-West Mounted Police (NWMP), and was given the Royal prefix by King
Edward VII in 1904. Much of the present-day organization's symbolism has been inherited from
its days as the NWMP, including the distinctive Red Serge uniform, paramilitary heritage, and
mythos as a frontier force. The RCMP/GRC wording is specifically protected under the Trade-
marks Act.
Personnel
The RCMP employs 28,700 employees, including police officers, civilian members, and
Public Service Employees.
Actual Personnel Strength by Ranks:

 Commissioner 1  Staff Sergeants Major 16
 Senior Deputy Commissioner 1  Staff Sergeants 928
 Deputy Commissioner 6  Sergeants 2,090
 Assistant Commissioner 26  Corporals 3,570
 Chief Superintendent 56  Constables 11,594
 Superintendent 186  Special Constables 74
 Inspector 433  Civilian Members 3,607
 Corps Sergeant Major 1  Public Servants 6,102
 Sergeants Major 6
----------Total 28,700
Regular Members
The term "Regular Member," or RM, originates from the RCMP Act and refers to the
17,916 regular RCMP officers who are trained and sworn as Peace Officers, and include all the
ranks from Constable to Commissioner. They are the police officers of the RCMP and are
responsible for investigating crime and have the authority to make arrests. RMs operate in over
750 detachments, including 200 municipalities and more than 600 Aboriginal communities. RMs
are normally assigned to general policing duties at an RCMP detachment for a minimum of three
years. These duties will allow them to experience a broad range of assignments and experiences,
such as responding to alarms, foot patrol, bicycle patrol, traffic enforcement, collecting evidence
at crime scenes, testifying in court, apprehending criminals and plain clothes duties. Regular
members also serve in over 150 different types of operational and administrative opportunities
available within the RCMP, these include: major crime investigations, emergency response,
forensic identification, international peacekeeping, bike or marine patrol, explosives disposal and
police dog services. Also included are administrative roles including human resources, corporate
planning, policy analysis and public affairs.
Ranks
The rank system of the RCMP illustrates their origin as a paramilitary force. The insignia
were based upon the Canadian army of the time, which is almost identical to that of the current
British Army. Higher ranks have been increased over the years since the formation of the force,
whereas the rank of inspector, which was initially a subaltern, is now a field officer level, the
lower officer ranks having been dropped. With the military introducing the warrant officer, the
RCMP non-commissioned officers were maintained using the older military style.
The ranks of inspector and higher are commissioned ranks and are appointed by the
Governor-in-Council. Depending on the dress, badges are worn on the shoulder as slip-ons, on
shoulder boards, or directly on the epaulettes. The lower ranks are non-commissioned officers
and the insignia continues to be based on British army patterns. Since 1990, the non-
commissioned officers‘ rank insignia has been embroidered on the epaulette slip-ons. Non-
commissioned rank badges are worn on the right sleeve of the scarlet/blue tunic and blue jacket.
The constables wear no rank insignia. There are also special constables, auxiliary constables, and
students who wear identifying insignia.
THE IRELAND NATIONAL POLICE FORCE

The "Garda Síochána na hÉireann" (in English - "Guardians of the Peace of Ireland")
is Ireland's national police force. The force is responsible for the maintenance of law and order
throughout the Republic of Ireland. The mission of An Garda Síochána is to protect life and
property, to safeguard the liberties of the individual, to preserve public peace, to prevent and
detect crime, to provide guidance for young people as they seek to become caring, law-abiding
citizens and in so doing to provide a quality service to the public while maintaining the highest
standards of integrity, professionalism and efficiency.
Organised policing in Ireland began with the Dublin Police Act, 1786. The Irish
Constabulary was established in 1822 , which became the Royal Irish Constabulary in 1867. The
Dublin Police was established in 1836. During one of the bloodiest periods in Irish History, the
War of Independence 1919-1922, over 400 policemen were killed. In 1922 the Royal Irish
Constabulary was disbanded and the Civic Guard was established. The Civic Guard was later
renamed the Garda Síochána and in 1925 the Dublin Metropolitan Police merged with the new
police force.
Today we have almost 11,000 members in our police force stationed in about 700 police
stations throughout the country. The population of the Republic of Ireland is 3.5 million with 1.1
million people in Dublin the capital city. As policemen we are lucky to have one of the lowest
levels of serious violent crimes in comparison to that of other developed countries while our
detection rates are comparable to other countries.
The entry level to the force is at the rank of Student Garda. Competitions for entry into
the Garda Síochána are usually held once every three years. The Student Garda undergo an
intensive two year training programme, with subjects such as Law, Social Science,
Communications, Irish Language, Physical Training. The training includes theoretical training at
the Garda Siochana College in Templemore, Co. Tipperary, and work experience at placement
stations. Irish is the first official language of the Republic of Ireland and English is the second
official language. Every member of our police force must be suitably qualified in both languages.
Successful students will then be appointed to the Force, and have promotional prospects up
through the ranks to the level of Commissioner.
Besides domestic duties, the Garda Síochána also performs peace-keeping duties
overseas with the United Nations. Since its first overseas mission with a 50 member contingent
to Namibia in 1989, the force continued to play a major role in United Nations peace-keeping
missions to Angola, Cambodia, Cyprus, Mozambique, South Africa and the former
Yugoslavia.Sadly, we have already lost one of our members to hostile fire while on such duties.
Sgt. Paul M. Reid was fatally injured while on duty with the United Nations UNPROFOR at
"Sniper's Alley", Sarajevo on 18.05.1995.
The Garda Síochána is a civil police force and uniformed members of the force do not
carry firearms. Policing is carried out in both rural and urban areas by uniformed officers
equipped with only a modest truncheon. Firearms are carried by detectives.
LAW ENFORCEMENT IN SWITZERLAND

Law enforcement in Switzerland is mainly a responsibility of the 26 cantons of
Switzerland, who each operate cantonal police agencies. Some cities also operate municipal
police agencies as provided for by cantonal law. The federal government provides specialised
services and is responsible for the protection of the Swiss border. Throughout Switzerland, the
police may be reached by the emergency telephone number 1-1-7.
Federal
The federal government does not run a general purpose law enforcement agency.
National-level law enforcement coordination is provided by a board of cantonal police
commanders. The Federal Office of Police, an organisation belonging to the Federal Department
of Justice and Police, coordinates international operations and may request cantonal police
support for criminal investigations conducted under federal jurisdiction (such as with respect to
organised crime, money laundering and terrorism). The Office's investigative arm is the Federal
Criminal Police, which operates a small special operations unit, Einsatzgruppe TIGRIS, whose
existence was not made public until 2009.
The Federal Department of Finance is responsible for the Swiss Border Guard Corps. The
military of Switzerland, led by the Federal Department of Defence, Civil Protection and Sports,
operates a professional military security service and a military police service. These services, as
well as the armed forces in general, can be tasked to support the cantonal police forces in
situations where civilian police resources are insufficient, such as catastrophes or large-scale
unrest. In this case, the military serves under cantonal civilian responsibility and command.
The Swiss Federal Railways operates a railway police service through Securitrans, a joint
venture with Securitas AG. Its agents are uniformed but unarmed, and may detain troublemakers
on the Swiss railway network.
Cantonal
The 26 cantonal police agencies and numerous municipal police agencies are the
backbone of Swiss law enforcement. They are not subordinate to federal authorities. Their
commanding officers report to the head of the respective cantonal or municipal department of
police, who is a member of the cantonal or municipal governing council.
Police training is conducted in cantonal service academies and at the Interkantonale
Polizeischule Hitzkirch, a joint police academy of twelve police agencies established in 2007.
Private
Several private security services such as Securitas AG and Protectas exist in Switzerland.
Their agents (except those of the railway police service as noted above) do not have any law
enforcement authority, such as the power of arrest, beyond that of ordinary citizens.
DIFFERENT POLICE MODEL (MATRIX)
Organ Minim
Entr
izatio Retirem Minimu Highest um
Country Agency ance
nal ent age m Rank Rank Qualifi
Age
Name cation
Philippin Philip Departm 21 56 years Police Police Baccala
es pine ent of years old Officer Director ureate
Nation the old one General Degree
al Interior (PO1) Holder
Police( and
PNP) local
Govern
ment
(DILG)
New New New 20 55 years Constabl Commision Tertiary
Zealand Zealan Zealand years in e er Educati
d Govern old service on
Police ment/
Ministry
of Police
Japan Law National 21 60 years Police Chief Upper-
Enforc Police years old Officer Superintendseconda
ement Agency old (Junsa) ent ry-
in or NPA (Keishie) school
Japan graduat
e and
universi
ty
Graduat
e
Columbi Nation Ministry 21 50 years Patroller Commission High
a al on years old er of school

Police National old Columbia/N Graduat

of Defense ational e/Colle
Colum Police ge
bia Graduat
Policia e
Nation
al
Myanma People Ministry 18 60 years Constabl PoliceBaccala
r ‘s of Home years old es Directorureate
Police Affairs old GeneralDegree
force Holder
Australia Austra Federal 21 57 years Probation Commission Bachel
lia Bureau years old Constabl er or‘s
Federa of old e Degree
l Narcotic
Police Australi
(AFP) a
Afghanis Afgha North 18 58 years Sergeant Master Baccala
tan nistan Atlantic years old General ureate
Nation Treaty old Chief
al Organiz
Police ation(N
ATO)
Sri Sri Ministry 22 58 years Police Inspector High
Lanka Lanka of years old Constabl General of School
Police defense, old e Rank4 Police Graduat
Public e
Security,
Law and
order
INDIA Indian India 21 60 years Police Director Bachel
Police Police years old Constabl Intelligence or
Servic Agency old e (PC) Bureau Degree
e (IPS (IPC) (DIB)
Spain Cuerp Cuerpo 18 67 years Private Lieutenant Second
o Superior years old ary
Nation De old Educati
al Policia on
Police (CSP)
(CNP)
Malaysia Royal Malayan 20 58 years Constabl Inspector Have a
Malay Union years old e General High
sia Police old Police (IGP) School
Police Force Diplom
(RMP) (MUPF) a
Hongko Hongk Security 18 60 years Police Commission Five
ng ong Bureau years old constable er of Police Subject
Police of old (PC) s
Force Hongko includi
(HKP ng ng
F) Chinese
languag
e and
English
languag
e

Thailand Royal Thailand 20 50 years Constabl Police High

Thai National years old e/Police General School
Police Police old Graduat
Departm e
ent
(TNPD)
Cheli Carabe Minister 15 49 years Aspiranti Director Baccala
neros io de years old a Official General ureate
de Defensa old (Officer (General Degree
Cheli Naciona Aspirant) Director
l
Pakistan Pakist Federal 20 60 years Constabl Inspector High
an Investig years old e General of School
Nation ation old Police Degree
al Agency
Police
(PNP)
Argentin Police Policia 21yea 55 years Candidat Superintend Univers
a Federa de rs old old e or ent General ity
l of Buenos Cadet or Degree
argenti aires Commission
ne er General
(PFA)
Indonesi Indone Under 18 45 years Second Police volunta
a sia Secretar years old Bhayang General/Jen ry
Nation y for old kara/ deral Polisi military
al Public bhayangk (Jend.Pol.) service;
Police Diploma ara 2years
cy and Dua conscri
Public (Bharada pt
Affairs ) service
obligati
on to
age
45;Indo
nesia
citizens
only
Brunei Royal Polis 18 60 years Corporal Inspector require
Brunei Diraja years old General d to
Police Brunei old posses
Force (PDRB) atleast
the
Brunei
Junior
Certific
ate of
Educati
on(BJC
E)
Laos Laos Ministry 21 60 years Private General Bachel
Nation of years old or
al Defense old Degree
Police
France Nation Ministry 17 60 years Gardien Directeur French
al of years old de la paix general de Baccala

Police Interior old (Keeper la police ureate

France of the nationale Degree
(Police peace) (Derictor
Nation General)
ale de
France
)
REFERENCES:
and Public Safety Administration (1st Edition, Quezon City, Philippines: Wiseman‘s
Book Trading, Inc.
Administartion, Quezon City, Philippines: Wiseman‘s Books Trading, Inc.
City, Philippines, Wiseman‘s Books Trading Inc.
 www.interpol.org

B. Lea Terminologies PDF

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

B. Lea Terminologies PDF

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

CSC-Antipolo City Pride/What Criminologist Knows?

What Criminologist Knows?

POLICE ORGANIZATION AND

1 | P a g e LAW ENFORCEMENT ADMINISTRATION/Charlemagne James P. Ramos R.C., J.D./2016

WHAT CRIMINOLOGIST KNOWS?

ACCORDING TO FUNCTION -organization according to the nature of the task to be

2 | P a g e LAW ENFORCEMENT ADMINISTRATION/Charlemagne James P. Ramos R.C., J.D./2016

BEACH OF INTERNAL DISCIPLINE – Any offense committed by a member of the PNP

3 | P a g e LAW ENFORCEMENT ADMINISTRATION/Charlemagne James P. Ramos R.C., J.D./2016

4 | P a g e LAW ENFORCEMENT ADMINISTRATION/Charlemagne James P. Ramos R.C., J.D./2016

7 | P a g e LAW ENFORCEMENT ADMINISTRATION/Charlemagne James P. Ramos R.C., J.D./2016

POLICE FORCE OF A MUNICIPAL CORPORATION – They refer to those that preserve

8 | P a g e LAW ENFORCEMENT ADMINISTRATION/Charlemagne James P. Ramos R.C., J.D./2016

POLICE ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION (LEA 1)

THE TERM POLICE

HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE POLICE (LAW ENFORCEMENT)

9 | P a g e LAW ENFORCEMENT ADMINISTRATION/Charlemagne James P. Ramos R.C., J.D./2016

ANCIENT LAW ENFORCEMENT

The Early Policing Systems

The policing system is divided into different systems namely:

a. No free men shall be taken or imprisoned, disposed or outlawed except by legal

 The Westminster Period of Policing (1285-1500)

 Modern Policing System

POLICE DEVELOPMENT IN ANGLO-EUROPEAN SOCIETY

THE PRANKPLEDGE SYSTEM

EARLY FOUNDATIONS OF ANGLO-AMERICAN POLICE

King Edward 1 made an authentic attempt to establish a bonafide POLICE

BEGINNING OF THE MODERN POLICING SYSTEM

THE EPITOME OF POLICE SERVICE IN THE PHILIPPINES

EARLY AND POST AMERICAN ERA (Including Japanese Occupation)

MARTIAL LAW ERA

14 | P a g e LAW ENFORCEMENT ADMINISTRATION/Charlemagne James P. Ramos R.C., J.D./2016

THE PRESIDENTIAL DECREE 765

The 1987 CONSTITUTION AND THE PNP LAW

TITLES OF ORGANIZATIONAL UNITS

Territorial Units- territorial divisions of the department are described as follows:

OUR PRIMAL CONDITIONS OF ORGANIZATION

16 | P a g e LAW ENFORCEMENT ADMINISTRATION/Charlemagne James P. Ramos R.C., J.D./2016

Elements of the Organization

PRINCIPLES OF POLICE ORGANIZATION

17 | P a g e LAW ENFORCEMENT ADMINISTRATION/Charlemagne James P. Ramos R.C., J.D./2016

2. Principle of Organizational Efficiency – An organization structure is effective if it is

Other Principles in Police Organizations

Organizational Structure Defined

Different Types of Organizational Structure

19 | P a g e LAW ENFORCEMENT ADMINISTRATION/Charlemagne James P. Ramos R.C., J.D./2016

3. Bureaucratic Organizational Structures

BROAD BASES OF ORGANIZATIONS

The following are the Broad Bases of Organizations:

The nature of the missions, functions and responsibilities assigned to a command

Organization on Area Basis

Organization on Function Basis

2. To achieved concerted actions toward the accomplishments of objectives by avoiding

Organization on Clientele Basis

Organization on the Basis of Work Processes

Organization on the Basis of Contingency

The CHAIN OF COMMAND

21 | P a g e LAW ENFORCEMENT ADMINISTRATION/Charlemagne James P. Ramos R.C., J.D./2016

THE PNP MISSION VISION AND FUNCTIONS

22 | P a g e LAW ENFORCEMENT ADMINISTRATION/Charlemagne James P. Ramos R.C., J.D./2016

THE PNP ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

The directorial Staff consists of ten (10) Directorates namely:

THE Administrative Support Units are the following: